FY25 powered by geothermal expansion and resilience
Contact Energy Limited Level 2 Harbour City Tower, 29 Brandon Street, Wellington 6011 | PO Box 10742, Wellington 6143
P: +64 4 499 4001 | W: contactenergy.co.nz
18 August 2025
FY25 performance powered by geothermal
expansion and resilient risk management
Twelve months ended
30 June 2025
FY25
Twelve months ended
30 June 2024
FY24
Underlying
i
Reported Against underlying
EBITDAF
ii
$774m $872m ↑ 17% from $663m
Profit $261m
$331m ↑ 13% from $230m
Profit per share 32.7 cps
41.6 cps ↑ 12% from 29.1 cps
Operating free cash flow
iii
$434m ↑ 2% from $424m
Stay-in-business capital expenditure (cash) $110m ↓ 29% from $156m
Growth capital expenditure (cash) $363m ↓ 14% from $424m
Key strategic highlights
• Manawa Scheme of Arrangement approved (acquisition completed 11 July 2025).
• New long-term agreement to supply electricity to Fonterra, supporting electrification.
• Tauhara and Te Huka 3 geothermal stations online.
• Glenbrook-Ohurua battery, Kōwhai Park solar and Te Mihi Stage 2 under construction.
• Supported the market over dry periods.
• Medium-term gas supply secured to support generation and gas-reliant businesses.
Financial performance
Contact Energy Limited (Contact) has today reported net profit of $331 million in FY25 and
operating earnings (EBITDAF) of $872m. Reported figures include a release of the Ahuroa
Gas Storage facility (AGS) onerous contract provision of $98 million within EBITDAF ($71
million within net profit after tax). The release, which takes the onerous contract provision to
nil, is a non-cash movement reflecting improved confidence in the ability to access storage
capacity and the rising value of thermal flexibility.
Excluding the release, underlying net profit is up 13 percent on FY24 to $261 million and
EBITDAF is up 17% to $774 million.
iv
Contact’s operating result was underpinned by a 34
percent uplift in geothermal generation, effective use of risk management assets and
contracts and better alignment of long-term sales to the market price of electricity.
Hydro volatility characterised operating conditions in FY25, and gas supply continued to
tighten, with domestic production down more than 20 percent over the last calendar year.
Together, these conditions impacted wholesale pricing as more expensive thermal
generation was required to cover the reduction in hydro generation in the market.
Contact contracted additional short-term gas from Methanex and utilised its flexible gas
storage capacity at AGS to support gas-backed electricity supply. As a result, Contact was
positioned to provide risk management support to other market participants, with sales of
Contracts for Difference (CFDs) 0.5TWh above plan in FY25.
Contact Energy Ltd
2
Operating free cash flow of $434 million is up two percent on the prior year driven by
improved operating performance and reduced stay-in-business capex. These improvements
were partly offset by relatively higher levels of working capital (due to higher value and levels
of stored gas) and higher interest paid (due to reduced interest capitalisation following the
completion of Tauhara). In FY25, growth capital expenditure was $363 million as Contact
invested its entire reported net profit for the year into renewable development projects.
The Board declared a final dividend of 23 cents per share, taking the annual dividend
declared for FY25 to 39 cents per share. Shareholders will have the option to participate in
Contact’s dividend reinvestment plan at a two percent discount.
Manawa
In FY25, Contact entered into a Scheme of Arrangement to acquire Manawa Energy Limited
(Manawa). The acquisition completed on 11 July 2025 resulting in the combination of the
two businesses and, importantly for New Zealand electricity users, bringing together our
complementary, geographically diversified hydro schemes.
Through Manawa, Contact has acquired 25 hydro schemes with around 500MW of capacity
and winter-weighted generation. The schemes are complementary to Contact’s existing
Clutha Mata-au hydro scheme.
“We now have an even more diverse and resilient generation portfolio, allowing Contact to
offer more fixed price supply agreements to the market. Access to this type of hedging adds
resilience, and support, for New Zealand’s large energy users to reduce their exposure to
spot market prices in dry years,” said CEO Mr Mike Fuge.
“We’re one month into our integration with Manawa. This is a quality, well-run business with
a committed and passionate team. We are now working closely together to ensure a smooth
integration.”
Demand
Flexible demand is an increasingly important source of system resilience as the New
Zealand market reduces its reliance on thermal generation. As at 30 June 2025, Contact had
reached a total 188MW of contracted flexible demand, including 141MW already online.
Contact’s new long-term supply agreement with the New Zealand Aluminium Smelter
(NZAS) began on 1 July 2024 on improved pricing. Demand response was immediately
activated by Meridian in response to dry market conditions at the start of 1H25. Across
multiple demand response agreements, NZAS released ~0.8TWh to the market in FY25.
v
Renewable development
In FY25, Contact’s newly-commissioned Tauhara and Te Huka 3 geothermal plants
generated 1.5TWh of baseload renewable output, reducing reliance on thermal generation in
a challenging market. This output alone is equivalent to ~60% of the year-on-year fall in
market hydro generation in FY25.
“This year demonstrated the critical role geothermal energy plays in the country. This is
baseload renewable electricity, not dependent on the weather. Our $1.2 billion investment in
Tauhara and Te Huka 3 all comes down to this: delivering the right projects, at the right time,
for New Zealand,” said Mr Fuge.
Construction began on three new projects this year: Our 100MW Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS,
168MWp Kōwhai Park solar farm and 101MW Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal plant.
vi
Following
on from the Tauhara and Te Huka 3 geothermal builds in Taupo, these new projects are
Contact Energy Ltd
3
bringing more investment and activity to the regions, supporting small businesses and local
employment.
Decarbonising the portfolio
Contact is committed to reaching net zero emissions from generation by 2035.
vii
Market conditions in FY25 illustrated the ongoing role that flexible thermal generation plays
to support hydro volatility in the New Zealand market. Having secured access to ~6PJ of
short-term gas from Methanex and drawing on the flexibility of the AGS gas storage facility,
Contact generated 738GWh above its expected mean thermal output for FY25.
“Contact has shown how we can effectively deploy risk management levers, including
through gas contracting and generation, to support a dry market like we’ve just seen.
Importantly, with our new geothermal assets online and Manawa generation, we expect
98%
viii
renewable output from our portfolio in a mean year going forward”.
Contact’s remaining baseload gas generation plant, Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC), was
made available for 2025. TCC has reached end-of-life and will close at the end of the year.
Retail
Total retail connections reached 646,000 across electricity, gas and broadband, up 21,000
on FY24, with a focus on multi-product customer growth (up 7%). Retail electricity net price
has improved to partially recover rising energy and lines costs.
Supporting our customers to manage their energy usage, we continue to see growth in our
Time of Use ‘Good’ plans, with 140,000 New Zealand households taking advantage of
discounted or free off-peak energy. Since launching in August 2021, customers have
received 260 million hours of free power. Contact also expanded its Hot Water Sorter
programme to more than 20,000 customers, shifting ~4GWh of electricity load away from
peak demand periods.
Contact remains focused on supporting its customers in energy hardship and has removed
disconnection and reconnection fees under its Energy Wellbeing programme. As a result,
disconnections have dropped 30 percent year on year. Our partnership with Women’s
Refuge continues, with Contact providing free power and broadband to all refuges and
safehouses nationwide.
Outlook
Looking ahead, the next twelve months will see Contact delivering the effective integration of
the Manawa business and bringing two new renewable energy projects online. Both the grid-
scale battery at Glenbrook and the Kōwhai Park solar farm are expected online in 2H FY26.
“We will continue to deliver the new renewable electricity projects and innovative supply
arrangements that are needed to support the energy transition in New Zealand. Progress will
require both visionary aspiration and the ability to remain responsive to this country’s energy
needs. We are excited about the future, and the leading role Contact is playing in New
Zealand’s energy transition,” said Mr Fuge.
– ends –
Contact Energy Ltd
4
1/ MORE INFORMATION
Investor enquiries Media enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth Louise Wright
Head of Corporate Finance (Acting) Head of Communications and Reputation
+64 27 227 2429 +64 21 840 313
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz media@contactenergy.co.nz
2/ WEBCAST
A webcast to support the full year results announcement will be held at 11am, NZ (New Zealand)
time on 18 August 2025. If you would like to attend the live presentation, please see the details
below to view the webcast off your chosen device:
Click here to register for the webcast: Contact Energy FY25 results webcast registration
Or access this link via our website: https://contact.co.nz/aboutus/investor-centre
i
In FY25, a release of the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $98m within EBITDAF and $71m within profit. In FY24 a net movement in
the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $12m within EBITDAF and $5m within profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.
ii
Refer to slide 50 of the FY25 results presentation for a definition and reconciliation between statutory profit and the non-GAAP profit measure
earnings before net interest expense, tax, depreciation, amortisation, change in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF).
iii
Refer to Note A3 of the 2025 Full Year financial statements for a definition and reconciliation between cash flow from operating activities and
the non-GAAP measure operating free cash flow. Operating free cash flow represents cash available to repay debt, to fund distributions to
shareholders and growth capital expenditure.
iv
Adjusting for one-off Manawa-related transaction and integration costs, underlying EBITDAF was $792m.
v
Based on observed volume at the Tiwai node.
vi
Partial replacement for Contact’s Wairakei A&B station.
vii
Scope 1 and 2 emissions.
viii
Based on long-term average hydrological conditions and an expectation of 200GWh to 300GWh of gas generation through the Stratford
peakers following the planned closure of TCC in late 2025.
---
1
1
2025 full year results
presentation
18 August 2025
Twelve months ended 30 June 2025
2
Disclaimer and important information
This presentation contains summary information and statements about Contact and its
businesses and activities as at the date of this presentation. The information is not held
out as being complete or exhaustive, nor does it contain all the information which a
prospective investor may require in evaluating a possible investment in Contact.
While all reasonable care has been taken in compiling this presentation, neither Contact
nor any of its directors, employees, shareholders nor any other person gives any
representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this information or accepts any
liability for any errors or omissions.
Subsequent to balance date, Contact acquired Manawa Energy Limited (Manawa) on 11
July 2025 via a scheme of arrangement.Manawa was delisted from the NZX on 5 August
2025, following early bond redemption.
Contact recommends that you read this presentation in conjunction with both its market
announcements and those of Manawa Energy Limitedand the materials attached to
those announcements, and in particular the market announcements and materials
Contactreleased on the date of this presentation. These are available on the NZX
website (at www.nzx.com), for Contact only the ASX website (at www.asx.com.au) and
on Contact's or Manawa's website www.contact.co.nz or
https://www.manawaenergy.co.nz/investor-centre.
This presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to a
variety of matters. All such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
significant uncertainties, assumptions, contingencies, and other factors, many of which
are outside the control of Contact, which may cause the actual results or performance of
Contact to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements speak only
as of the date of this presentation. Except as required by law or regulation (including the
NZX Listing Rules and the ASX Listing Rules), Contact undertakes no obligation to
update these forward-looking statements for events or circumstances that occur
subsequent to the date of this presentation or to update or keep current any of the
information contained herein. Any estimates or projections as to events that may occur in
the future (including projections of revenue, expense, net income and performance) are
based upon the best judgement of Contact from the information available as of the date
of this presentation.
EBITDAF, free cash flow, operating free cash flow and return on invested capital are
financial measures that are “non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) financial
information” under Guidance Note 2017: ‘Disclosing non-GAAP financial information’
published by the New Zealand Financial Markets Authority, “non-IFRS financial
information” under ASIC Regulatory Guide 230: ‘Disclosing non-IFRS financial
information’ and “non-GAAP financial measures” within the meaning of Regulation G
under the U.S. Exchange Act of 1934.
Such financial information and financial measures (including EBITDAF, free cash flow
and operating free cash flow) do not have standardised meanings prescribed under New
Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”),
Australian Accounting Standards (“AAS”) or International Financial Reporting Standards
(“IFRS”) and therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by
other entities, and should not be construed as an alternative to other financial measures
determined in accordance with NZ IFRS, AAS or IFRS accounting practice) measures.
Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is
provided in the supporting material.
This presentation does not constitute legal, financial, tax, accounting, investment or other
advice. Further, this presentation does not constitute a recommendation or offer of
financial products for subscription, purchase or sale, or an invitation or solicitation for
such offers, and may not be relied on in connection with any purchase of a Contact
security. Any person who is considering an investment in Contact should obtain
independent professional advice prior to making an investment decision, and should
make their investment decision having regard to their own objectives, financial situation,
circumstances and needs.
Numbers in the presentation have not all been rounded and might not appear to add.
All references to $ are New Zealand dollar unless stated otherwise.
Alltrademarks, service marks andcompany namesare thepropertyoftheir respective
owners. All company, product and service names used in this presentation are for
identification purposes only. Use of these names, trademarks and brands does not imply
endorsement or that they are or will be customers of Contact and reflects public
announcements of intention only.
3
FY25 highlights / Mike Fuge, CEO
Market update / Mike Fuge, CEO
Financial results and outlook / Matt Forbes, CFO
2
3
1
Agenda
33
Update on Manawa and strategic delivery / Mike Fuge, CEO
3
4
Supporting materials
33
3
5
4 - 8
9 - 15
16 - 29
30 - 39
40 - 55
4
Fonterra electrification
Contact to supply 540GWh p.a. at Whareroa by
2028 (~75% new demand)
Greymouth and OMV gas contracts
Secured up to 10PJ p.a. to CY2032
140,000 households
choosing discounted or free off-peak energy
FY25 highlights
Added to the
MSCI Global Standard Index
+17%
+13%
Continued representation within
Dow Jones Sustainability Index
Delivering for
shareholders
NPAT (underlying)
$261m up $31m YoY
EBITDAF (underlying)
$774m up $111m YoY
Dividend CPS
39c up 2c YoY
+5%
Stations online
$1.1b of projects under construction
Transaction completed
11
th
July 2025
Integration underway
Secured access to
~6PJ Methanex
gas, supporting the
market in dry sequences
Medium-term gas supply
supporting generation needs
& gas-reliant businesses
Taranaki Combined Cycle gas plant made
available for winter 2025
Tauhara
174MW
1.45TWh
Te Huka 3
51MW
0.43TWh
Delivering transformative
portfolio change
Delivering renewable
energy growth
Delivering financial
performance
Delivering for
customers
Delivering for
the market
Glenbrook-Ohurua | 100MW BESS
Te Mihi Stage 2 | 101MW Geothermal
Kōwhai Park |168MWp Solar
5
Refreshed leadership, delivering growth
Leadership team refreshed to match the scale, complexity and ambition of the business
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive
Officer
•Jack Ariel, Major Projects
Director, retired.
•Matt Forbes appointed Chief
Financial Officer.
•Carolyn Luey appointed Chief
Retail Officer.
Jan Bibby
Chief People
Experience Officer
Chris Abbott
Chief Corporate
Affairs Officer
John Clark
Chief Generation Officer
Tighe Wall
Chief Technology Officer
Matt Bolton
Manawa Integration Director
Dorian Devers
Chief Renewable
Growth Officer
Changes
(During 2H FY25)
Matt Forbes
Chief Financial Officer
Carolyn Luey
Chief Retail Officer
6
1
In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by
$98m and profit by $71m. In FY24 the net movement in this provision added $12m to EBITDAF
and $5m to profit. This is the only adjustment from reported to underlying performance.
All variances and commentary reflect year-on-year changes in underlying performance.
2
Refer to slide 50 for a definition and reconciliation of Profit to EBITDAF.
Summary of key financial performance measures
Building for the future, ready for today
Performance powered by geothermal expansion and resilient risk management
FY25 was shaped by challenging market dynamics:
•Two historically significant dry periods
reduced hydro output and increased reliance on
thermal generation.
•Gas production fell 20% year-on-year,
deepening fuel scarcity.
•Spot and short-term futures prices spiked,
then eased as inflows recovered and Methanex
gas was secured.
•Lines charges rose ~20% from April 2025,
adding further cost pressure.
Contact’s diversified portfolio and proactive risk
management supported strong performance in a
volatile year:
•Geothermal output rose 34%, with Tauhara and
Te Huka 3 delivering 1.5TWh of reliable baseload
energy.
•TCC was retained to support winter 2025,
despite being scheduled for closure.
‒Combined with AGS storage, this enabled
Contact to secure Methanex gas and supply
renewable-only generators during dry
periods—helping stabilise the market.
Market
FY25 highlighted several medium-term challenges:
•Ongoing gas scarcity with limited options to
increase gas supply.
•Rising costs for long-term risk management
products.
•Growing seasonal price spreads, especially
between summer and winter.
•Increased price volatility as more intermittent
generation enters the market.
Medium term
Contact is well-positioned for medium-term market
conditions:
•Renewable build-out progressing across solar,
geothermal and battery projects.
•Manawa acquisition adds portfolio flexibility and
favourable market channel exposure.
•Long-term gas contracts to 2032 support
intermittent generation and key customers.
•Strategic customer partnerships support
decarbonisation.
3
ROIC is four-year average. See slide 25 for the operating free cash flow reconciliation and for the basis of calculation of return on invested capital.
For FY24, $46m of growth capex has been reclassified to stay-in business capex, ensuring that spend is classified according to which assets
receive the most benefits under a revised scope of Te Mihi Stage 2.
4
Relates to interim and final FY25 dividends declared.
5
Includes capitalised interest.
Twelve months ended
30 June 2025 (FY25)
Twelve months ended 30
June 2024 (FY24)
Underlying
1
ReportedAgainst underlying
1
EBITDAF
2
$774m$872m↑17% from $663m
Profit$261m$331m↑13% from $230m
Profit per share32.7 c41.6 c↑12% from 29.1 c
Operating free cash
flow
3
$434m↑2% from $424m
Operating free cash flow
per share
3
54.4 c↑1% from 53.9 c
Average ROIC
3
4.9%↑From 3.7%
Dividend declared
4
$355m↑22% from $292m
Dividend declared per
share
4
39.0 c↑5% from 37.0 c
Stay-in-business (SIB)
capital expenditure
(cash)
$110m↓29% from $156m
Growth capital
expenditure (cash)
5
$363m↓14% from $424m
FY25
7
Delivering on the plan
FY25 operational plan
Grow renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
Strategic theme
Grow
Demand
Impressive delivery of the FY25 strategic targets outlined at the start of the year
FY25 achieved
▪New demand facilitated since FY21 to
reach >120MW.
▪Achieve FID for CO
2
.
▪Add 15MW of flexible demand.
▪Achieve FID for Te Mihi Stage 2.
▪Lodge consent for Stratford solar.
▪Achieve consent on Glorit solar.
▪Achieve consent on Southland Wind.
▪Te Huka 3 online Q4 CY2024.
▪Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS
1
on-track for
online Q1 CY2026.
▪Kōwhai Park solar on track for online for
Q2 CY2026.
▪Additional investment in carbon offsets.
▪Close TCC
2
gas generation plant.
Expected to close December 2024.
▪Sustained entry into the DJSI.
▪Electricity net price up by 2-3%.
▪Multi-product customers >149k (up from
140k).
▪Target cost to serve <$123/connection.
3
▪Scale Hot Water Sorter programme to
>20k homes (up from ~5k).
Complete /
on-track
Minor delay and / or
cost increase
Major delay and / or
cost increase
Key:
New demand facilitated and contracted since FY21 ~230MW (88MW online) up from 105MW.
15MW of additional flexible demand contracted, taking total contracted volume to 188MW (141MW online).
CO
2
Final Investment Decision (FID) now targeted for FY26.
Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS under construction. Expected online in Q1 CY2026.
Achieved FID on Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal station. Expected online in Q3 CY2027.
Consenting process underway for Glorit solar. Earliest expected FID FY26.
Consent declined under COVID-19 Fast Track. Contact has been accepted under the new Fast Track
Approvals Act and expects to lodge a substantive application shortly.
TCC made available for Winter 2025 to support security of supply. Closing 2025.
Up >3%; full recovery of lines cost increases; partial recovery of rising wholesale costs.
More than 149k multi-product customers, up ~7%.
Cost to serve $116 / connection.
Reached >20k homes in the programme and shifted 4GWh residential demand off-peak in FY25.
Sustained inclusion in DJSI Asia-Pacific (one of only five New Zealand companies).
Purchased additional ~8% interest in Forest Partners (taking total to 22%).
Te Huka 3 online December 2024 at 54MW operating capacity. Final commissioning completed June 2025.
Kōwhai Park solar under construction. Expected online in Q2 CY2026.
Consent lodged for Stratford solar.
1
Battery Energy Storage System.
2
Taranaki Combined Cycle.
3
Includes customer acquisition costs.
Strategy delivery
8
Renewable projects under construction
Target scheduleOnline in Q1 CY2026
1
Battery Energy Storage System.
2
Includes sunk cost of $66m and $5.4m for Te Mihi Stage 2 and Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS respectively. Excludes capitalised interest.
3
Excludes financing costs of $43m. Includes development costs.
Key facts & progress updates
Contact is currently leading the build of ~$1.1bn in renewable infrastructure across New Zealand
Battery capacity / storage
100MW / ~200MWh
Up to $163m
2
Total project costs
Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal
Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS
1
Kōwhai Park solar farm
4
▪All 28 transformers and 56 Megapacks are now installed on site.
▪Electrical connections between Megapacks and transformers are
well advanced.
▪Balance of plant works—including switch and control rooms,
cabling, and auxiliary transformers—are progressing well.
▪Concrete foundations for key infrastructure are largely complete.
Progress update
Target scheduleOnline in Q3 CY2027
Net capacity / annual generation
101MW / 0.8TWh
$712m
2
Total project costs
▪Earthworks are nearing completion.
▪The power station site has been handed over to the EPC
contractor, with foundation trenching and excavation now
underway.
▪Wairakei extension works have commenced, including planning
for major upgrades to electrical reticulation systems.
Progress update
▪Construction village and earthworks are well advanced.
▪Most PV modules, trackers, and inverters are now on site.
▪The first row of solar panels—the “golden row”—has been
successfully installed.
Progress update
Target scheduleOnline in Q2 CY2026
Net capacity / annual generation
168MWp / 0.3TWh
$273m
3
Total project costs
4
The Kōwhai Park solar farm is part of Contact’s 50/50 JV with Lightsource bp.
Strategy delivery
9
Market update
10
National electricity demand
Source: EMI, Contact.
Does not include NZAS.
National electricity demand (TWh)
Regional
change (%)
FY25 vs FY24
Source: EMI, Contact.
NZAS demand response is estimated by comparing total demand in FY25
against average demand at the Tiwai node over the preceding 4 years.
Market demand
NZ electricity demand down ~1% even when normalised for NZAS demand response
National electricity demand in FY25 reflected the
impact of extreme weather and challenging conditions.
Overall demand was down ~3% year-on-year, driven
by dry conditions and demand reductions from
customers exposed to fuel scarcity though high prices.
Adjusting for NZAS demand response—called by
Meridian to support lower hydro conditions—
underlying demand fell ~1%.
Notable regional changes included:
•A 58% drop in demand at the central North Island
node following the closure of the Winstone Karioi
pulp mill and Tangiwai sawmill in August 2024,
reflecting broader challenges in wood and paper
processing without the protection of fixed price
electricity hedging.
•A 12% decline in South Canterbury, concentrated
in irrigation nodes, driven by high inflows between
September and December 2024.
•A 16% increase on the East Coast, as Pan Pac’s
Whirinaki plant—closed after Cyclone Gabrielle in
2023—gradually resumed operations through 2H24
and 1H25.
(3%)
(4%)
1%
(12%)
(6%)
(3%)
(1%)
(2%)
9%
0%
(3%)
(1%)
(58%)
(1%)
(0%)
1%
(0%)
2%
16%
5.1
4.9
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.2
10.3
10.6
10.2
10.5
11.2
10.9
25.8
26.1
25.8
25.6
25.9
25.7
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
0.8
FY25
41.2
41.6
41.1
41.1
42.1
41.6
+1%
-1%
NZAS demand response
North Island
South Island (ex NZAS)
NZAS
40.9
-3%
11
Near term demand outlook is positive
Committed new load and consistent residential progression accounts for more than half of market growth
expectations in the next 5 years
20202021202220232024202520262027202820292030
0
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Calander year
NZ Electricity Demand (TWh/year)
+0.3%
CAGR
2
Estimates of future demand by sector
3
National demand growth over time
1
Future demand sources committed growth
Residential decarbonisation & EV uptakeAdditional / faster industrial electrification Data centres
Additional and / or faster industrial decarbonisation resulting
from higher cost and less available natural gas
1.3%
CAGR
2
Faster EV uptake and residential decarbonisation
(heating / cooling)
Data centre build out consistent with
current pipelines / projections
1.1
0.9
1.2
2024
actual
Dairy
0.2
MetalsData
centres
Residential2030
identified
Future
projects
46.2
2030
EDGs
44.9
3.3
41.6
+8.0% total
identified growth
ResidentialDairyMetalsData centres
Actual demand data (EMI)
Contracted / under construction demand
MBIE EDGs 2024 – Reference scenario
Market demand
+1.3
TWh
Known
&
committed
Market
interest
1.7%
CAGR
2
1
MBIE EDGs reference case used as a proxy for market expectations given its use by Transpower for capital investment planning.
2
Compound annual growth rate.
3
Forecast does not include assumptions around potential industrial demand loss or line losses.
12
Supply Commentary –
Generation Mix FY25
•Hydro generation was down
~10% on FY24, 9% below the post-
market mean and the lowest annual
volume since 2008. This reflected
two historically dry periods,
including record-low inflows
between January and March 2025.
•Gas generation increased to
support the market, enabled by
short-term gas from Methanex,
which paused methanol production
to make supply available.
•Geothermal rose with Tauhara and
Te Huka 3 contributing 1.5TWh—
geothermal delivers twice what
wind does.
•Solar increased from 10GWh to
100GWh, ~0.2% of total market
generation.
•FY25 highlighted the importance of
flexible, dispatchable generation
and strategic fuel reserves in
managing volatility and supporting
the transition to renewables.
Generation by type (TWh)
Hydro Storage – FY25 Summary
Hydro storage was highly volatile across the year:
•The financial year began with storage well below average due to low inflows in late FY24.
•Heavy rainfall in August lifted storage to a peak in December.
•From January to March, total inflows (across Taupo, Waitaki, Clutha and Te Anau) were the lowest in 99 years.
•With gas supply tight, the market conserved hydro storage ahead of winter 2025.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
Jul-
23
Dec-
23
Jul-
24
Dec-
24
Jun-
25
1H24 1H25
Storage
TWh
National hydro storage
Carbon
emissions (mT)
Source: EMI (generation data), MBIE (emissions data) and NZX Hydro data.
1
Carbon emissions for FY25 Apr-Jun quarter has been estimated using historic conversion rates with actual generation data.
Two historically significant dry periods
Fuel supply
Lower hydro output offset by new geothermal production and lower demand
2H252H24
3.1
2.9
2.7
2.5
7.1
3.5
3.7
27.0
7.6
9.0
23.9
21.4
3.1
2.4
1.7
3.9
4.2
0.5
FY23FY24FY25
Gas
Coal
Hydro
Geothermal
Wind
Solar
Other nonidentified
generation
43.1
44.1
42.9
4.1
1
2.3
4.2
1
2
1. Winter 2024
2. Summer 2025
MeanActual
13
Net domestic gas production
Volatile pricing driven by hydro and gas availability
Wholesale and futures electricity pricing ($/MWh)
Wholesale market
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Jun-
16
Jun-
17
Jun-
18
Jun-
19
Jun-
20
Jun-
21
Jun-
22
Jun-
23
Jun-
24
Jun-
25
10 year
average
spot price
$126
Long-dated futures (>12 months)
Short-dated futures (<12 months)
Monthly average spot price
Source: EMI wholesale pricing
Pricing Commentary – FY25
•Spot and short-term futures prices spiked during two dry periods—Winter 2024 and Summer 2025—driven by low hydro inflows, limited wind, and a 20% year on year reduction in gas supply.
Prices eased as hydro inflows recovered and Methanex gas was made available for generation.
•Long-dated futures rose in response to declining domestic gas forecasts (down by 20% on average) and the rising cost of firming intermittent renewables. While the HFO agreement (including a
strategic reserve at Huntly) helps reduce scarcity risk, prices continue to reflect the cost of dispatchable fuel—whether gas, coal, or demand response—needed to meet winter demand.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
MayJunJulAugSepOctNovDecJanFebMarApr
20242025
PJ
1
2
Source: MBIE gas statistics; 2P reserves data.
0
50
100
150
202520262027202820292030
2024 forecast2025 forecast
Average annual forecast production (2025 – 2030)
Average monthly gas
production down 20%
year-on-year
Latest annual production
forecasts stepped down 24%
on average
Current gas deliverability forecasts point to continued steep decline
14
Retail Electricity Market Connection Trends
•Competition remains strong, with churn steady at ~19% despite elevated
wholesale prices.
•Tier 1 retailers now hold ~85% market share. Growth over the last 2 years
was led by Meridian (+12% over two years, excluding Flick), followed by
Genesis (+4%) and Contact (+5%). Mercury remained stable.
•Meridian’s acquisition of Flick Energy (announced May 2025) adds ~41k
connections, though these are not yet reflected in reported market share.
•Tier 2 retailers are losing ground, with most stepping back from customer
acquisition. Flick (+27%) and 2Degrees (+9%) were exceptions.
•Contact added 20k residential connections over the past two years,
reaching 20% market share.
Change in retail customer electricity connections (000s)
30 June 2023 – 30 June 2025
2yr % change2yr ICP delta (1000s)
Retail electricity tariff changes (c/ kWh)
Tier 2: -9k connections
Retail Pricing Trends
•Residential electricity prices have risen steadily, with a compound annual
growth rate of ~4% over the past five years to March 2025. The average
increase in the year to March 2025 was ~4%.
•Cost pressures are expected to continue. Key drivers include:
‒Higher wholesale electricity prices, particularly in winter when
usage is highest.
‒Increased cost of transmission and distribution infrastructure.
2
These factors are expected to keep upward pressure on retail prices over
the near term. Continued investment in new renewable generation is
expected to bring down electricity costs over time.
12 months
ended:
Tier 1: +66k connections
Source: EMI – residential ICPs only
Source: MBIE
18.2
18.6
19.5
20.7
20.9
11.1
11.6
12.0
12.4
13.5
Mar-21Mar-22Mar-23Mar-24Mar-25
29.4
30.2
31.5
33.1
34.4
+4%
Retail strategic value outweighs margin headwinds
Retail electricity market
Medium-term cost pressures not deterring long-term positioning or competition
Lines (c/kWh)Energy & Other (c/kWh)
1
1
Compound annual growth rate.
4%
5%
0%
12%
-3%
-6%
27%
9%
8%
-20
0
10
20
30
-30
GenesisContactMercuryMeridianNovaPulseFlick
-21%
Electric Kiwi2Degrees/
Vocus
Other
2
From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network charges began to take effect, increasing household bills by $10–$25 per month on average
(depending on region and usage profile).
15
Responding to the energy challenges that matter
Investing at
pace
Making the most
of favourable
consenting
environment
Fuel security
and dry year
risk
Regional
growth
Energy
wellbeing
▪Generation totalling 6.7TWh
built or committed by industry
between 2020 and 2027.
▪335MW of grid-scale batteries
now online or under construction
in New Zealand.
▪Industry-wide focus on energy
wellbeing and reducing
punitive practices.
▪Disconnections now viewed as
last resort.
Contact is investing in renewables, flexible storage, and demand response - guided by clear market signals and
long-term national priorities; These actions reflect strong alignment with government objectives and reinforce
the value of stable, predictable policy settings
1
Based on observed volume at the Tiwai node.
2
HFO agreement is subject to Commerce Commission review.
Leading sustainable decarbonisation in the transition to Net Zero 2050
We are anticipating the government’s response to the review of electricity market performance in September
We expect this to propose sensible market enhancements to improve outcomes for consumers
▪Removed all disconnection and
reconnection fees and financial
barriers for reconnection.
▪Free power and broadband to all
Women’s Refuge safehouses and
refuges nationwide along with
other targeted social agencies.
▪225MW of baseload renewables
brought online at Tauhara and
Te Huka 3 geothermal stations
in CY 2024.
▪Investments in battery and solar to
come online in CY 2026. Te Mihi
Stage 2 to come online CY 2027.
▪Fast Track Approvals Act passed
into law.
▪Changes to national policy
statements proposed.
▪Replacement Resource
Management legislation to be
introduced before end of year.
▪Contact and Manawa together
can move at pace on a robust
pipeline of consentable
developments and reconsents.
▪Engaging on RMA reforms,
including seeking automatic
reconsent for schemes <50MW.
▪Entered 50MW HFO agreement.
2
▪Secured up to 10PJ p.a. gas supply
to CY 2032 with option to extend.
▪Improved performance of AGS gas
storage enhances flexibility.
▪NZAS demand response
activated, releasing ~0.8TWh to
the market in FY25.
1
▪Signed 10 year, 150MW HFO
agreement keeping rankines
available for dry year risk.
2
▪Methanex short-term gas
interruptibility achieved.
▪Major renewable developments
underway creating jobs in the
regions. Including Southland,
Central North Island, Hawkes
Bay, Northland and wider.
•Contact’s geothermal
development programme has led
to job creation in Taupo region.
•Tauhara alone involved 2.65
million work hours with over 4,000
people helping to build it.
Market
Contact
16
Financial results
and outlook
17
Key themes from the financial results
FY26 normalised and expected
3
EBITDAF of $980m (or $945m after
transaction and integration costs), up
from the initial $770m in FY25.
Improved confidence in the ability to
access AGS storage capacity, and the
rising value of thermal flexibility, increased
the value of the AGS contract and led to
the removal of the non-cash provision.
TCC and AGS storage enabled
Contact to secure ~6PJ of short-
term gas from Methanex, supporting
renewable generators during dry
conditions.
New NZAS contract delivered
improved pricing, enabled demand
response during dry conditions,
and provided long-term certainty to
support renewable investment.
1
1
Net cost of NZAS demand response to Contact in FY25 was $22m.
Includes fixed and variable payments to NZAS and the NZAS CFD revenue foregone, net of assumed spot sales.
2
Reported EBITDAF, including AGS onerous contract provision release of $98m, was $872m.
3
Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumes mean hydrology and wind for the year and assumes planned asset availability / capacity i.e. adjusts for planned in-year outages (e.g. geothermal statutory outages, hydro refurbishments).
Delivered 1.5TWh of new baseload
geothermal from Tauhara and Te
Huka 3; Contact’s hydro generation
was 15% below mean.
Underlying EBITDAF $774m
2
($792m before Manawa-related costs);
ahead of normalised and expected EBITDAF.
Delivering
value from fuel
flexibility
Delivering value
from renewable
generation
growth
18
133
151
98
12
663
46
-185
-3
15
-46
774
675
-31
872
111
49
71
5
-18
-65
-10
-33
-3
235
-43
331
230261
Profit ($m)
1
Performance underpinned by renewable growth, fuel flexibility, and pricing discipline
Strong earnings growth reflects investment
Underlying EBITDAF ($m)
1
Gas and acquired
generation costs
rose $85/MWh to
$200/MWh (+72%),
driven by short-term
Methanex
purchases and
NZAS demand
response.
Market channel
pricing up
$36/MWh to
$186/MWh (+24%),
driven by higher
realised C&I, CFD
and merchant
prices in a fuel-
constrained market.
Renewables up
0.8TWh, with 1.2TWh
more geothermal from
Tauhara and Te Huka 3
offsetting 0.3TWh lower
hydro—reducing
reliance on thermal and
acquired generation
($200/MWh). Partly
offset by a volume mix
shift to longer-term
sales channels.
Opex higher,
including transaction
and integration costs
($18m) and for new
plants online; partly
offset by non-cash
AGS unwind ($15m).
5
3
1
FY25 results: Summary
FY24 profit
Net
interest
costs
EBITDAF
Depreciation
& Amortisation
Tax
Change in
FV of
financial
instruments
FY24 EBITDAF
4. Gas, carbon and
acquired
generation cost
6. Fixed
costs
FY25 EBITDAF
Long-term channel
pricing rose
$9/MWh to
$136/MWh (+7%),
reflecting improved
NZAS contract
terms from 1 July
and retail pricing
moving closer to
long-run
expectations.
2
Other income was
lower in the period
reflecting loss on
sale of gas.
6
3. Market
channel
pricing
FY25 profit
AGS onerous contract release
Underlying EBITDAF
AGS onerous contract release (after tax)
Underlying profit
Realised change in FV of financial instruments
Unrealised change in FV of financial instruments
2. Long-term
channel
pricing
5. Other
income
4
1
Movements in profit and EBITDAF are shown on an underlying basis. For FY24, this excludes all impacts of the AGS onerous contract provision—EBITDAF increased by $12m, interest decreased by $5m, tax decreased by $2m, and NPAT increased by
$5m. For FY25, underlying figures include the cumulative impact of monthly provision unwinds—EBITDAF increased by $15m, tax decreased by $4m, and NPAT increased by $8m—but exclude $98m from the release of the provision.
2
In FY24, Contact recognised $50m of write-offs, primarily relating to peaker engine damage, Tauhara assets impacted by the 2023 steam hammer event and valve failures, and software assets from discontinued HRIS and CRM projects. In FY25, a
further $1 million was written off, relating to capital work in progress and inventory.
Asset
impairment
/ write-offs
2
1. Renewables
and sales
volumes
19
Wholesale EBITDAF
1
(underlying, $m)
Retail EBITDAF ($m)
Corporate / unallocated costs ($m)
Operating performance by segment
Wholesale business performance offsets retail losses
and integration-related costs
Refer to slides 20 - 22
Refer to slide 23
68
215
FY24Generation
costs
(including
acquired
generation)
Total
contracted
revenue
3
Trading,
merchant
revenue
and losses
FY25
746
895
+149
-32
-49
FY24
0
Electricity
Volumes
77
96
Electricity
Prices
2
Other
products
2
0
OpexFY25
-17
Electricity gross margin
(-$19m)
Electricity
and network
cost inflation
Price recovery
2
Other products includes retail gas and telco gross margins.
FY25 results: Segmental performance
1
Simply and Western included within Wholesale EBITDAF.
Underlying EBITDAF is shown excluding a net $12 million AGS onerous contract
provision movement in FY24 and a $98m provision release in FY25.
3
Stats NZ CPI increase over the 12 months to June 2025 plus
wage inflation.
4
Net of $4.3m of Manawa transaction costs incurred in FY24.
-51
-55
-73
FY24
2
Inflation
2
Growth &
performance
FY25
before
Manawa
costs
18
Manawa
Transaction
and
Integration
Costs
FY25
-22
3
4
20
Electricity generated or acquired (GWh)
Generation costs rose despite strong geothermal growth, reflecting elevated gas and demand response costs
FY24FY25
Electricity generated or acquired costs ($m)
Generation costs
FY25 results: Wholesale business
Gas and diesel
Acquired
Thermal
Renewable
Gas storage
1
Carbon costs
Electricity and gas
transmission and levies
Other operating costs
Generation volumes
•
FY25 saw two distinct periods of historically low hydro inflows. The
result was a reduction in hydro generation of 331GWh (9%) when
compared to FY24 and 603GWh below mean (~15% vs 3,900GWh).
•
Geothermal volumes were up 1,156GWh on FY24 (34%). This
increase was a result of Tauhara being operational for the entire
period and Te Huka 3 being operational for 2H25. Their 1.5TWh
contribution was partly offset by statutory outages at other stations.
•
While thermal generation was required to support periods of low hydro
inflows, particularly in Winter 2024 and Q1 2025, it was down on FY24
by 532GWh as the geothermal stations were online.
•
While acquired generation was used to help cover supply risk from
reduced hydro inflows in FY25, total volume was down 123GWh on
FY24. Costs, but not volume associated with the call on NZAS
demand response FY25 are captured in acquired generation.
Costs
•
Renewable generation costs were up $23m (18%) on FY24 due to the
costs of operating new stations ($7m within opex), geothermal outage
acceleration, higher transmission costs and rates.
•
Thermal generation costs, were up $15m (7%) on increased average
cost of gas as a result of short-term purchases in a constrained market
(FY24: $8.5/GJ, FY25: $15.4/GJ).
•
Acquired generation costs were up $29m (31%) despite lower volume.
Reflects NZAS demand response payments of $35m
2
and no
associated volume recognised (FY24: $159/MWh, FY25: $264/MWh).
3,388
4,543
3,628
3,297
1,620
1,088
585
462
FY24FY25
Acquired
Thermal
Hydro
Geothermal
9,220
9,390
114
134
126
34
149
37
218
113
233
143
93
62
122
61
27
93
122
5
Generation
type
Cost
type
8
Generation
type
14
Cost
type
443443
511511
+68
81%
Renewable % of
own generation
88%
$48.02/MWh
$54.40/MWh
1
Gas storage costs exclude the $12 million net movement in the AGS provision in FY24 and
the $98 million provision release recognised in FY25. In FY25, gas storage costs include a
$14.6 million provision unwind released throughout the year.
Development
Acquired generation
costs
2
Total payments to NZAS. Does not account for foregone revenue from
NZAS on the demand response volume nor any associated sales opportunity.
21
562
601
163
169
376
471
67
146
11
3
-11
FY24
4
5
-9
FY25
Other net income
Steam sales
Strategic fixed price sales
CFD sales
C&I net price
Retail segment sales
C&I channel
and decarbonisation
support costs
1,171
1,386
+215
3,689GWh
$162.9/MWh
Contracted
revenue ($m)
Diversified mix of long-term and ASX linked sales channels
2,297GWh
$204.9/MWh
-112GWh
+$15.15MWh
-276GWh
+$58.6/MWh
Contracted wholesale revenue increased across most channels, supported by
higher prices and strategic volume shifts.
•Sales to the retail segment were 112GWh lower than FY24, with warmer
conditions reducing usage per connection. The electricity transfer price rose by
$15/MWh to $163/MWh—reflecting higher wholesale prices over the past three
years—resulting in a $39 million increase in revenue.
•C&I channel sales were marginally higher in FY25 (+41GWh) with fueling
limitations in Winter 2024 and early 2025 reducing the ability to sell additional
volume in the period. Net price improved slightly (+$0.2MWh) reflecting customer
contracts repricing closer to the prevailing ASX price during the period.
•CFD volumes fell by 276GWh as more sales volume was allocated to long-term
strategic channels. This was partly offset by a large risk management contract
sold to Meridian in 1H25. CFD pricing rose by $58.6/MWh to $205/MWh,
reflecting the market conditions.
•Strategic fixed price volumes rose by 508GWh, driven by new PPAs linked to
Tauhara and higher contracted volumes to NZAS. This was partly offset by NZAS
demand response during the period. Pricing for these sales increased by
$29.5/MWh, reflecting both the Tauhara-backed PPAs and a full year of sales
under the new NZAS agreement effective 1 July 2024.
•Other income was lower due to a loss on gas sales, driven by a materially higher
weighted average cost of gas following purchases from Methanex in early FY25.
Wholesale contracted revenue
1,170GWh
$144.1/MWh
+41GWh
+$0.2/MWh
FY25 results: Wholesale business
1,727GWh
$84.7/MWh
+508GWh
+$29.5/MWh
Year-on-year
changes to
volume and price
FY25 volumes
and price
22
Trading EBITDAF ($m)Long / short position (GWh)
$178.4/MWh
4.8%
($8.5 / MWh)
9.0%
($7.4 / MWh)
In FY24, hydro volatility and elevated spot prices led to
reduced hydro generation and increased reliance on
higher-cost thermal, resulting in lower merchant
generation compared to FY23. This trend continued in
FY25, with merchant generation remaining broadly flat
year-on-year.
FY25 conditions were shaped by:
•Historically low hydro inflows, significantly reducing
hydro output.
•Lower wind generation, compounding the supply gap.
•Elevated wholesale spot prices throughout the year.
•Significant demand response from NZAS, helping
reduce system demand during tight periods.
•A shift away from merchant exposure, as short-dated
electricity sales contracts were used to de-risk
material gas arrangements.
The LWAP/GWAP spread widened to 9%, reflecting
volatile market conditions, including periods of higher
South Island prices and periods where generation at
thermal nodes was concentrated (suppressing pricing).
Trading revenue
Merchant sales: short-term sales channel available when the
spot prices exceed the opportunity cost of Contact generation.
LWAP / GWAP losses: locational price differences
between where electricity is generated and purchased.
Wholesale trading and merchant revenue
$197.9MWh
Spot purchases and
sell CFD settlement
Spot sales and buy
CFD settlement
Merchant generation
91
100
-73
-80
FY24FY25
18
20
513
507
8,707
-8,707
FY24
8,883
-8,883
FY25
513
507
FY25 results: Wholesale business
LWAP/GWAP
losses
23
1
Retail business performance
EBITDAF ($m)
Managing through rising wholesale input costs while growing market share through a multi-product strategy
Revenue & Tariff
1
($m)
FY25FY24Variance
$mTariff$m$mTariff
Electricity revenue
1,079$312/MWh1,01861+$25/MWh
Gas revenue
103$49/GJ967+$8/GJ
Telco revenue
101$72/Mth8219-
Other income
710-3
Total revenue
1,2901,20684
Contract Asset (closing)
330
# of connections (closing)
1
642k621k
Cost to serve/connection
2
$116$123
1
Retail connections only, excludes Simply Energy.
2
Reflects total operating costs (direct and indirect) / average connections. Includes customer
acquisition costs.
10
13
8
18
17
7
-11
-74
-74
FY24FY25
Other
Gas GM
Electricity GM
Telco GM
Other operating
expenses
-32
-49
4
-17
Gross Margin (GM) is Revenue less Cost of Goods
(Networks, meters, levies, energy, carbon and telco)
3
Input costs shown per MWh at the GXP.
FY25 results: Retail business
Retail margins have contracted, driven by sustained high wholesale
prices and rising distribution costs.
•Retail EBITDAF decreased by $17m on FY24 largely driven by
the $96m increase in electricity input costs that were not fully
passed through to customers.
The average retail electricity tariff increased by 8.8% reflecting
targeted retail price rises to partially offset rising wholesale costs
and full recovery of lines cost increases.
•Around 91% of customers received a price increase in the last 12
months.
As the energy industry decarbonises, cost pressure for retailers is
expected to remain, including:
•Significant investment in lines and distribution infrastructure.
4
•Continued elevated wholesale futures prices.
This will result in an increase in the cost that consumers will pay
over the coming years.
Connections grew strongly since 2H24 particularly through telco and
Time of Use (ToU) electricity Good plans, with a focus on multi-
product customers.
•Total connections +21k on FY24with telco up 15k and energy
up 6k.
•Multi-product customers up 7% on FY24, driven by strong telco
product attachment alongside ToU Good plans growth.
Cost to serve – reduced by $7/connection, largely driven by
increased connections, lower marketing spend and productivity
improvements through continued growth in digitised interactions,
partially offset by wage inflation.
73k
109k
439k
FY24
73k
124k
445k
FY25
Gas
Telco
Electricity
621k
642k
Closing connections (k)
Electricity
transfer price
3
$148/MWh$164/MWh
Networks,
meters and
levies
3
$118/MWh$132/MWh
4
From 1 April 2025, Commerce Commission-approved changes to network charges
began to take effect, increasing household bills by $10–$25 per month on average
(depending on region and usage profile).
24
Other operating cost movement ($m)
Base
movement
Non-recurring and performance items
•FY24 included $4 million of one-off costs related to assessing the Manawa
acquisition (in addition to costs for cyclone repair and restructuring).
•In FY25, non-recurring spend outside of Manawa included feasibility costs for the
Wairakei extension, SAP Ariba implementation and restructuring. FY25 saw an
increase in employee incentives, reflecting strong performance outcomes.
Base movement
•General inflation contributed approximately $3 million (2.7%). However, several
key cost categories rose faster than inflation:
•Labour costs increased by 3.5%, including $5 million for staff
development under the Grow Your Whānau parental support programme.
•Rates rose by 36% ($1 million).
•Staff benefit costs higher—including medical insurance, electricity
subsidy support, and increased retirement contributions— to support
capability retention.
•Insurance costs increased by 20%, although this was partly offset by
changes to the insurance programme structure.
•Productivity improvements in the Retail and C&I businesses helped
mitigate some of these cost pressures.
Growth
•Retail connection growth added $1 million in operating costs.
•Tauhara and Te Huka 3 contributed $7 million in additional operating expenditure.
•A further $2 million was invested in feasibility work for future geothermal, wind,
and solar development.
Operating costs reflect inflation, growth, and one-
off items related to the Manawa acquisition
General cost inflation
Growth
FY25 results: Other operating costs
Headwinds
FY25 One-off Impacts
FY24 One-off Impacts
5
10
11
10
7
2
4
Non-recurring
3
0
Base movementGrowthUnderlying
Opex
FY25 Manawa
Related Costs
FY25
Reported
253
0
13
276
18294
FY24
Non-recurring
and
performance
Productivity savings
Manawa Costs
FY25 Performance
Integration Costs
Transaction Costs
25
•Higher underlying EBITDAF, as detailed on slide 18.
•Working capital change was a negative $35m impact to OpFCF (vs. positive $31m in FY24),
mainly due to increased gas inventory purchases—both in volume and cost per GJ.
•Tax paidwas $9m higher, reflecting stronger operating profit and the July 2024 final wash-up
payment for FY24.
•Interest paid, net of capitalised interest, rose by $56m. This was driven by the commissioning
of Tauhara, which reduced the amount of interest eligible for capitalisation compared to FY24.
12 months
ended
30 June 2025
12 months
ended
30 June 2024
Comparison
against FY24
EBITDAF (underlying)$774m$663m↑$111m
Working capital changes($35m)$31m↓($66m)
Tax paid($106m)($97m)↓($9m)
Interest paid, net of interest capitalised($77m)($21m)↓($56m)
SIB capital expenditure
1
($110m)($156m)↓$46m
Non-cash items included in EBITDAF($12m)$4m↓$16m
Operating free cash flow
1
$434m$424m↑$10m
Operating free cash flow per share54.4 c53.9 c↑0.5 c
Cash conversion (OpFCF / underlying
EBITDAF)
55%64%↓down 9%
Return on invested capital (ROIC)
Cash conversion lower with strong EBITDAF growth offset by negative working capital changes and interest
Cash flow and capital expenditure
Sources and uses of cash ($m)
FY25 results: Cash flow
14620017496251
NOPAT - $m
1
Pre-FID costs associated with Te Mihi Stage 2 have been reclassified as SIB capex in FY24 ($46m). These were previously allocated to growth capex. FY24 operating cash flow has been adjusted accordingly.
2
NOPAT is calculated as annual EBIT less tax (tax includes annual tax expense and movements in deferred tax over the year as a proxy for cash tax paid). Invested capital is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance of:
net working capital (adjusted to remove current borrowings, current net derivatives and excess cash above $50m) + non-current assets (adjusted to remove non-current derivatives). The ROIC calculation includes the after-tax movement in the AGS
provision over time. In FY25 this amounted to a $71m benefit in the NOPAT figure.
3
ROIC average is calculated as NOPAT (4-year average) / Average IC (4-year average).
4
ROIC (FY) is calculated as Annual NOPAT (FY) / Average IC (FY).
434
309
110
285
6
0
473
Sources
13
361
43
Uses
1,0171,017
Cash Used
Debt drawdown
OpFCF
Dividend
re-invested (DRP)
Sale of asset
Strategic investments / acquisitions
Growth investment
Dividends paid
Financing costs
Realised losses on market derivatives
0
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
3.6%
3.7%
3.7%
3.3%
3.7%
4.9%
ROIC (average)
3
ROIC (FY)
4
475
Net operating profit after taxes (NOPAT) / Invested capital (IC)
2
Average IC
($m)
4,575
4,482
4,518
4,874
5,349
5,670
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
26
Growth capital expenditure
1
Excludes ~$1m of development capex that has been approved to advance Manawa projects in FY26.
2
Total under current board approvals.
3
For Te Mihi Stage 2, the board approved an additional $49m contingency (over and above the contingency amount already included in the expected and approved total construction cost of $712m) to account for a scenario where a broader range of
risks materialise and to ensure prudent balance sheet management. If called on, this would take the total cost to $761m.
4
Relates primarily to Western coil tube drilling and deployment of demand flex technology.
5
Relates to Te Mihi Stage 2 and Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS development.
6
Excludes pre-FID development expenses for solar which are captured within receivables.
Growth capital expenditure – cash basis ($m)¹
Up to
30 June 2024
12 months ended
30 June 2025
Remaining under
current approvals
Total²
Tauhara$852m$53m$26m$931m
Te Huka 3$246m$47m$12m$305m
Te Mihi Stage 2$57m$144m$511m$712m
3
Wind$13m$8m$5m$26m
Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS$5m$87m$71m$163m
Other
4
$17m$2m$3m$23m
Capitalised interest$173m$23m$70m
5
$266m
Total$1,363m$363m$697m$2,425m
Contact’s FY25 growth investment demonstrates progress in the strategic execution of its renewable
development pipeline
•Construction commenced in FY25 on three major renewable projects: the
Glenbrook-Ohurua Battery Energy Storage System (BESS), the Kōwhai
Park solar farm, and the Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal plant.
•The totals shown reflect board-approved funding and include pre-FID sunk
costs of $66 million for Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal and $5 million for the
Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS.
•Construction of the Tauhara and Te Huka 3 geothermal plants is now
complete. Remaining spend on Tauhara relates to planned works during its
first statutory outage in November 2025. For Te Huka 3, the remaining
spend reflects final milestone payments due post-completion.
•Contact does not currently have any wind projects under construction. The
reported wind development spend reflects pre-FID activity only.
•For major growth projects, Contact capitalises interest from the point of
FID—or from the commencement of significant pre-FID works—through to
commissioning. The capitalisation rate reflects the average interest rate
across the portfolio.
•Contact’s investment in the Kōwhai Park solar farm is accounted for as an
investment in joint ventures and associates, and is therefore excluded from
growth capital expenditure.
Up to
30 June 2024
12 months ended
30 June 2025
Remaining under
current approvals
Total²
Solar
6
--$37m$37m
C0
2
$2m$5m$1m$7m
Forestry$44m$39m$1m$84m
Total$45m$43m$39m$128m
Investment in joint ventures and associates ($m)
FY25 results: Cash flow
27
Approach and FY25 highlights
•Contact’s capital management strategy is
anchored to maintaining an investment grade
credit rating, which is supported by a net debt
to EBITDAF sustainably below 3.0x. At FY25
year-end, the point estimate of net debt to
EBITDAF was 2.3x.
•During FY25, Contact issued a NZ$250 million
Capital Bond and a A$400 million Australian
Medium Term Note (AMTN). Both instruments
were certified Green under the Climate Bonds
Initiative framework and support the funding of
Contact’s renewable development pipeline.
Looking ahead
•Following the completion of the Manawa
acquisition on 11 July 2025, Contact raised
NZ$900 million in new bank debt. This was
used to repay Manawa’s existing bonds
(NZ$388 million), settle bank facilities, and fund
the cash consideration paid to Manawa
shareholders.
•It is expected that the Manawa acquisition will
increase net debt to EBITDAF in the near term
and it may temporarily lift above 3.0x. However,
it is expected to return below the threshold as
the benefits of the acquisition are realised.
Contact’s diverse funding sources enable continued renewable build
Closing net debt ($m)
Face value of borrowings less cash
Interest rate (%)
Weighted average gross interest
2
on average borrowings
Net debt to EBITDAF (x)
Includes S&P adjustments
3
Borrowing maturities ($m)
Average tenor of 7.7 years as at 30 June 2025
Supportive balance sheet
1
Includes $87m (FY24) and $0m (FY25) of collateral held on deposit for margin calls associated with the trading of electricity price derivatives on the ASX. Includes $180m of commercial paper (FY25) not shown in borrowings breakdown (right).
2
Gross interest includes all interest on borrowings, bank commitment fees and deferred financing costs. Unwind of leases, provisions and capitalised interest not included.
3
Illustrated here on a point basis based on expected S&P adjustments. See breakdown of S&P approach on slide 51.
774
1,025
1,474
1,831
2,314
-514
22
-44
FY20
21
-150
FY21
25
-168
FY22
49
-140
FY23
47
-229
FY24
50
FY25
1
1,014
645
882
1,383
1,649
1,850
1,036
Lease obligationsBorrowingsCash on hand
67
434
435
225
250
135
150
300
250
350
350
7
FY26
7
FY27
22
4
FY28FY29FY30FY31FY32FY52FY55
142
157
625
717
Undrawn bank facilities
Domestic bonds
USPP
NEXI
Capital bonds
AMTN
2.4
1.4
1.8
2.6
2.7
2.3
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
974
892
5.2%
FY20
5.2%
FY21
5.4%
FY22
5.8%
FY23
6.1%
FY24
5.8%
FY25
1,029
1,310
1,727
1,973
Average gross interestAverage gross debt
FY25 results: Key balance sheet metrics
1
28
Dividend for FY25 of 39 cents per share
•The final dividend of 23 cents per share is imputed up to 57% or 13 cents per share for qualifying shareholders.
•This takes the total FY25 dividend declared to 39 cents per share, representing a pay-out of 82% of FY25 operating
free cash flow and 101% of the average operating free cash flow over the preceding 4 financial years (FY21-FY24).
•The record date is 26 August 2025; payment date is 24 September 2025.
•The NZD / AUD exchange rate used for the payment of Australian dollar dividends will be set on
3 September 2025.
Dividend per share for FY25 39cps, up 5%
Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP)
•Shareholders will have the option of full, partial or no participation. If a shareholder elects to participate, they
will remain in the plan at the same participation level until they elect to terminate or amend their participation
level.
•A 2% discount will be offered for the FY25 final dividend and Contact will have the right to terminate or suspend
the plan at any time.
•Dividend reinvestment plan application forms must be in by 27 August 2025 to confirm participation in the plan.
•The trading period for setting the price for the DRP is 25 August 2025 to 29 August 2025. The DRP strike price
will be announced: 1 September 2025.
Ordinary dividends ($m)
Declared
Final dividend
Interim dividend
% pay-out of annual operating free cash flow
3535
35
37
39
83%
97%
68%82%
Operating free cash flow
Average operating free cash flow for the preceding four financial years
Contact’s dividend policy is to pay dividends of 80-100% of average operating free cash flow of
the preceding four years. As the historic measure will not capture the operating free cash flow
contribution from Manawa within the history, the Board will apply discretion in the first few years
post-acquisition, if the measure is temporarily above 100%, so that it is not constrained in
delivering the expected DPS uplift. This has been the approach taken in FY25. If the shares
issued as consideration for Manawa are excluded, the FY25 dividend declared would represent a
pay-out of 72% of FY25 operating free cash flow and 89% of the preceding 4-year average.
309
247
FY21
326
261
FY22
333
266
82%
FY23
318
256
92%
FY24
352
282
101%
FY25
371330
282
➢Annual operating
free cash flow
100%
80%
Dividend level
as a % of preceeding
4yr operating fcf
163
164
165
181
227
109
109
109
110
128
FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
272
273
274
291
355
cps
73%
424434
1
All dividend decisions are a matter for the Board at the conclusion of each reporting period. These align to the dividend policy and are dependent
on business and market conditions when each payment decision is made.
Dividend expectations
•Contact indicated that it expects to lift the total dividend in FY26 to 40cps and between 41 and 42cps in FY27.
1
‒On this basis, dividends in FY26-FY27 are expected to be imputed up to ~80%.
•Reliable ordinary dividends are expected to increase over time with growth in operating free cash flow.
Reflects 101% of the average operating free cash flow for the preceding four years
29
Normalised and expected FY26 EBITDAF $980m
1
Before Manawa transaction and integration costs and assuming mean hydrology and wind conditions
Strategic fixed price3,960GWh$95/MWh$376m
CFDs1,700GWh$155/MWh$264m
C&I1,750GWh$165/MWh$289m
Retail3,825GWh$164/MWh$627m
Other income
4
$100m
$1,656m
Hydro mean5,750GWh$0/MWh-$0m
Geothermal average4,950GWh$4/MWh-$20m
Thermal275GWh$215/MWh
5
-$59m
Renewable PPAs830GWh$100/MWh=-$83m
Acquired200GWhx$260/MWh
6
=-$52m
-$214m
Length
7
$139mTransmission/Storage-$90m
Location losses
8
-$140mOpex underlying (including in-year synergies)-$370m
Opex - Integration & transaction costs -$35m
Total Opex-$405m
Total$-1mTotal -$495m
2. All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP).
3. Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh.
4. Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin and other income.
ASSUMPTIONS FOR NORMALISED EARNINGS
5. Gas price of $16/GJ, carbon price of $80/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (10.5GJ/MWh).
6. Acquired generation price includes premiums paid for HFO (operational from 1 Jan 2026), and
NZAS demand response.
7. Length of 770GWh p.a. assumed.
8. Locational losses of 6.5% on spot purchases and settlement of
CFDs sold at a wholesale price of $180/MWh.
* Fuel is natural gas and carbon costs.
1,046
654
Channel choices maximise
long term value
2
1
Net price
3
driven by
best commercial practices
2
x
=
FY assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF for FY26
Fuel cost
Net Revenue
Trading
Fixed costs
Hydrology & Asset
availability optimise generation
3
4
Total
x
=
Access to and price of fuel* drives
financials & risk position
Total
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
=
=
=
=
=
=
1,535
215
3,825
3,960
CFDs
C&I
Retail
Strategic fixed
$155/
MWh
$165/
MWh
$164/
MWh**
ContractedUncontracted
1,656
-214
-90
-370
-1
-35
945
x
153
150
160
123
219219219
247247247
142
133
140
111
140
183183
223
160
147
Aug-
25
Sep-
25
Oct-
25
Nov-
25
Dec-
25
160
Jan-
26
Feb-
26
Mar-
26
Apr-
26
May-
26
Jun-
26
ASX Futures $/MWh
At 6 Aug 2025
$95/
MWh
OTA monthly
OTA Quarterly
BEN Monthly
BEN Quarterly
1. Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumes mean hydrology and wind for the year and assumes planned asset availability / capacity i.e. adjusts for planned in-year outages (e.g. geothermal statutory outages, hydro refurbishments).
=
Trading delivers value to largely
offset locational losses
5
Digitalisation & continuous
improvement optimise fixed costs
6
Reported basis
Includes $35m
integration and
transaction costs
Opex (underlying)
Opex (integration
and transaction)
$m
** Retail volume contracted. Competitive risk remains on pricing achieved.Note: All figures are subject to rounding.
GWh:
30
Update on
Manawa and
strategic
delivery
31
31
Recap: A strategically compelling acquisition
Combined portfolio will see mean renewable
generation of more than 11TWh
2
with ~98%
renewable output
2
, accelerating Contact’s
strategy to grow renewable generation while
decarbonising its portfolio.
1
Geographically diversified hydro schemes are
complementary, enhancing portfolio resilience
and the volume of fixed price supply agreements
able to be placed into the market.
1
2
Hydro flexibility is expected to provide firming to
expedite intermittent renewable development.
3
Highest value options can be advanced from an
attractive and diversified combined
development pipeline, supported by Contact &
Manawa’s renewable development execution
capabilities.
4
1
When compared to the volume that can be supported by Contact’s and Manawa’s standalone hydro portfolios.
2
Based on long term average hydrological conditions and an expectation of 200GWh to 300GWh of gas generation through the Stratford peakers following the planned closure of the Taranaki Combined Cycle gas plant in late 2025. Excludes
any short-term acquired generation purchases e.g. fuel replacement via ASX which will reflect the renewable mix of the market.
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
123456789101112
Seasonal shape
Monthly averages (2007-2023)
Manawa
Contact
Output relative to average (x)
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
200720092011201320152017201920212023
Manawa
Contact
Volatility and generation shape over time
Output relative to average (x)
Average
Average
JanFebMarJunJulSepOctNovDecAprMayAug
32
Delivering on the promise of the Manawa acquisition
Contact is well-positioned to deliver the benefits of the Manawa acquisition, backed by market tailwinds and a
proven integration approach
Re-cap: Expected benefits on transaction announcement (EBITDAF)
1
Status
Key changes
Cost
synergies
$23m – $28m
100% within 18-24 months
Generation
normalisation
~$11m
MCY, PPA & C&I
contract rollover
~$21m
Expected portfolio
benefits
$10m - 20m
Embedded value – Future Manawa standalone earnings potential
✓
On track
✓
On track
✓
On track
✓
On track
Continued integration plan
refinement has underpinned
confidence in cost synergies
➢Targeting $25m - $28m
operating cost reduction
➢Targeting $26m - $29m cash
opex and financing cost
synergies
➢100% within 12-18 months
(exit run-rate)
Key milestones met in Manawa
asset refurbishment programme
➢Matahina upgrade completed
in FY25 (17GWh mean annual
uplift)
➢On track to achieve mean
annual hydro generation of
1,991GWh from FY28
Contact’s view of long-term
wholesale prices remains
$115 to $125/MWh
2
➢Benefit of ~$21m is a long-
term estimate i.e. no change
➢Near-term upside from ASX
electricity futures uplift since
announcement
Emerging market trends
support future quantified and
non-quantified portfolio
benefits
Widening of winter / summer
ASX electricity futures pricing
gap since announcement
(up >20%)
➢Value shift to flexibility
1
Expected EBITDAF benefits as presented at announcement on 11
th
September 2024 – Shown with reference to Manawa’s FY24 EBITDAF (March year end).
2
Real 2025. This is a through-the-cycle measure in a balanced market. Prices achieved are a function of the market at a point in time.
33
ASX Futures (Quarterly, base period, OTA)
3
$/MWh
Increase in electricity futures prices expected to provide
higher near-term hedge repricing benefits
1
Represents incremental annual output delivered by the programme. Assumes mean hydro and a 2021 baseline.
2
Phased uplift to occur from FY26.
Winter 2026 and winter 2027 ASX futures
up >20% vs. announcement
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
Q1Q2Q3Q4Q1Q2Q3Q4Q1Q2Q3Q4
1,576
457
1,079
825
576
326
250
869
748
1,001
1,251
1,500
1,750
500
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
FY26FY27FY28FY29FY30FY31
76
FY32
Roll-off (cumulative)ASX-linked
4
Fixed price (set 2021) + CPI
GWh
+21%
+22%
Key milestones met in Manawa’s asset refurbishment
programme: On track for 1,991GWh p.a. mean output from FY28
Project StatusUplift (GWh)
1
Branch
Completed
10
Matahina
Completed
17
Waipori
Completed
-
Cobb
Completed
-
Arnold
Completed
-
Various
Completed
20
Highbank
On track – FY27
8
Coleridge
On track – FY28
2
23
Total
78
47
12
14
59
72
78
0
20
40
60
80
FY22-FY25FY26FY27
6
FY28
Hydro uplift over time – approved projects
1
(30 June year end)
Hydro improvement project status
Asset upgrades and market tailwinds building
confidence
Current
At announcement
Completed (cumulative)
On track
Mercury hedge volume
(30 June year end)
3
ASX NZ Electricity Otahuhu base quarter futures pricing as at 30 July 2025.
4
Pricing linked to historic rolling ASX prices from 1 October 2026.
Volume is winter-weighted
(60% / 40%; winter / summer)
CY 2026CY 2027CY 2028
GWh
34
Cost synergies on track
Opex reduction target: In-year benefit
$m
FY26FY27
Opex reduction target: Exit run-rate
$m
FY26FY27FY26FY27
Integration costs (opex)
1
$m
Integration Management Office (IMO) established.....
A well resourced integration management programme is in place
6
Integration management
workstreams
9
Functional
workstreams
~70
Initiatives
Executive sponsorship for each workstream and initiative
IMO accountabilities:
▪Ensure a smooth transition for teams, systems, and operations.
▪Achieve ~70% of targeted cost reductions within the first six months
(exit run-rate basis).
▪Deliver the full value of the acquisition, including cost synergies.
▪Guide the organisation through its transition to the future operating model.
.....with granular plans firming up targets for cost synergies
Cost reduction targets confirmed (all shown pre-tax)
Opex reduction target at
announcement:
Opex reduction target
now:
$23m - $28m
100% within 18-24
months post completion
(exit run-rate)
100% within 12-18
months post completion
(exit run-rate)
$26m - $29m
Cash opex and financing
cost synergy target:
100% within 12-18
months post-completion
(exit run-rate)
33 – 37
20 – 25
10 – 15
10 – 20
23 – 27
Expected combined operating costs FY26
$m
$m
Opex reduction (in-year benefit)10 – 20
Less: Integration costs within opex
1
(20 – 25)
Less: Transaction costs within opex (13)
Total operating costs(400 – 410)
1
Approved integration costs (both opex and capex) total $45m over FY25 to FY27 ($7m has been incurred in FY25) with an additional $9m contingency. The ultimate allocation between opex and capex is dependent on accounting treatment and is
yet to be confirmed.
$25m - $28m
22 – 25
25 – 28
35
Upside from portfolio combination benefits to come
Since the acquisition announcement, updated New Zealand
gas reserve data shows a decline of more than 20% in forecast
production for each year through to 2030, relative to 2024
estimates.
1
Limited gas availability and rising costs have
pushed the marginal cost of thermal generation above
$200/MWh.
Material downgrade to gas
field reserves
Supported by market trends... ... which are expected to grow the portfolio combination benefits
Winter Summer Price
Separation Widening
Value shift to flexibility
While average prices continue to reflect long-run economics,
ASX Futures show winter prices rising significantly faster
than summer prices. This trend is driven by the need to
recover higher thermal fuel costs and the growing share of
must-run renewables in the market. Futures for winter 2026
and 2027 are now up >20% compared to levels at the time
of the acquisition announcement.
We expect market value to increasingly favour operators of
flexible, intra-day assets and those with fuel storage—rather
than intermittent renewable generators.
Combined inflow
characteristics
Increasing
importance of
flexibility
More efficient
participation in spot
market
How is it
captured?
Quantification
(2025, Real, $m)
13
•Portfolio diversification reduces risk.
•Increased fixed-price sales enhance revenue certainty.
•Greater flexibility in managing stored fuel (eg AGS and Hydro).
•Reduced generation costs through avoided gas use.
•Lower spend on risk management products (e.g. HFO).
•Improved arbitrage margins from battery storage (BESS).
•Higher generation-weighted average price (GWAP).
•Increasing GWAP:TWAP
ratio for key flexible
assets over time.
Benefits quantified
and included in
acquisition
evaluation
✓
?
Not included in acquisition
evaluation. Benefits
present future upside
potential
•$10m - $20m, mid-point $15m targeted FY27
2
•$5m targeted FY26
2
•n/a
Focus on capturing the benefits of increased generation flexibility, increased access to renewable winter energy
and reducing hydrology risk
•Initial coordination in place from Day 1 through existing communications and
processes.
•Gradual integration of dispatch operations across both portfolios.
•Enhanced real-time decision-making to optimise dispatch across all assets.
Steps to
achieve
1
Source: MBIE 2P reserves data published 5 June 2025; Contact analysis.
2
This is a through-the-cycle measure. Actual result will be impacted by hydrology, fuel and other market conditions.
•Unlock further flexibility and
improve monetisation with
improvedtrading of assets.
2
36
Combined portfolio 98% renewable from FY26 (mean wind and hydro)
1
Final commissioning activities were ongoing at the illustrated online dates for each of Tauhara and Te Huka 3. Those commissioning activities were completed in FY25.
2
The uplift of 78GWh p.a. is on a 2021 base and assumes mean hydrology. As at 30 June 2025, asset refurbishments have been completed delivering 47GWh p.a. of this uplift, with work continuing on the 31GWh p.a. remaining. See slide 33.
3
FY25 generation figures reflect actual volumes in FY25. FY26 and FY28 volumes assume mean hydro and wind generation and account for planned hydro outages (refurbishments) and the geothermal statutory outage schedule. See slide 47.
4
Other geothermal volume excludes geothermal PPA purchases due to the near-term completion of the contract (December 2026).
Summary of renewable projectsdelivered and underconstruction
Expectedgeneration(indicative):
Indicative output by source over time (TWh)
3
Existing plant and committed projects only:
1.0
0.6
1.3
0.9
2.3
1.4
2.6
3.3
1.1
5.8
FY25
0.3
FY26
8.9
11.6
+30%
100MW/200MWh
Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS
Other renewable
electricity assets
available by FY28
Wind (PPA)
Tauhara
online
1
TeHuka3
online
1
TeMihi Stage2
(0.8TWh)
Wairakei Partial closure
(-0.6TWh)
Glenbrook-
Ohurua
BESS
(100MW)
Roxburgh hydro
(45GWh p.a. mean uplift)
KōwhaiPark
Solar
(0.3TWh)
2024202520262027
Calendaryear
Delivered
Under
construction
Manawa hydro asset refurbishments
(78GWh p.a. mean uplift)
2
Renewable output:
88%~98%
Annual mean renewables to support electricity sales to be above 12TWh per annum from FY28
0.6
2.2
2.5
5.9
0.2
0.2
0.5
FY28
12.1
~98%
Wairakei station
Te Mihi
Other geothermal
4
Solar
Hydro
Thermal
Chart excludes short-term
acquired generation
purchases e.g. fuel
replacement via ASX which
will reflect the renewable
mix of the market
37
Development prioritised as the market requires
Grid connection and transmission
Ease of consent; Ease of construction
Quality of resource; Capacity factors
Development options across Contact and Manawa’s integrated pipeline will be prioritised and advanced based on
key strategic evaluation criteria and guiding capital allocation principles
Location and shape vs. demand
Portfolio diversification and fit
Relative cost; Funding model
Key strategic evaluation criteria for renewable projects
Investtodelivervalueaccretivegrowth
•Returnsimprovedthroughprioritisationofnon-equityfunding.
•Projectsrankedconsideringreturnsavailableandoverallportfolioimplications.
•Allocate capital to strategic priorities, with an ability to scale down in downside scenarios.
Optimise existing operations and manage risk
•Reducecarbonexposure and manage marketvolatilityduringthethermaltransition.
•Disciplinedapproachtosustainingcapitalspend.
−Efficient deployment of stay-in-business capital expenditure.
•Strong operating cash flow.
Continuetoattractcapital
•Delivercompetitiveshareholderreturnsincludingdividendcommitment.
−Reliable ordinary dividends that increase in line with growth in cash flow.
−Pay-out ratio of 80-100% of average operating free cash-flow over the preceding 4 years.
•Balancesheetstrength with investment grade credit metrics through the cycle.
−Target BBB <3x net debt to EBITDAF.
−If temporarily above, always have clear plan to restore metrics.
Recap: Contact’s guiding capital allocation principles
Considering supportive market conditions and a broad range of attractive
projects post Manawa acquisition, we will prioritise investments to grow
shareholder value and distributions
Strategic evaluation criteria are used to prioritise development options
that will offer the most attractive returns on investment; prioritised
projects compete under our capital allocation framework
38
Project
Capacity
(MW)
1
Estimated
output (GWh)
Expected
online date
Earliest
available
investment
timing /
decision
2
Project status
Land
secured
Consent
lodged
Consented
Under
construction
Contact
Committed
Kōwhai Park Solar168275Q2 CY2026
Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS100n/aQ1 CY2026
Te Mihi Stage 2101840Q3 CY2027
Assessing
Glorit Solar170280FY26
Glenbrook BESS 200
3
200
3
n/aFY26
Southland Wind
4
3261,210FY27
Strafford BESS
5
100n/aFY27
Stratford Solar180300FY27
Other solar7001,155Various
Other wind6852,470Various
Other geothermal
6
TBC~1TWh>FY28
ManawaAssessing
Argyle 1 & 2
90177FY26
Kaipara
113190FY27
Huriwaka
300890FY27
Hawke's Bay Airport
4580FY27
Kaihiku (JV)
7
3001,060FY27
Hapuakohe
230710FY28
Mackenzie Basin
283540FY28
Ototoka
150530FY29
Marlborough Wind
100330FY29
Development options across a diverse combined pipeline of >10TWh
An attractive and diversified development pipeline
1.Capacity for solar projects is shown as MWp.
2.All available FID timings are to be confirmed.
3.Indicative sizing at FID. Consent application filed for 400MW
new capacity, providing future optionality.
4.Based on 6MW turbines. Turbine size is to be confirmed.
5.Capacity of 100MW consented. Preparing to seek consent
for additional capacity.
6.Reflects uplift in output available from Tauhara Stage 2 and
Te Mihi Stage 3 from consented fluid take.
7.Kaihiku is a 50:50 JV with 300MW total capacity.
Solar options
Wind options
Land access secured
Consenting underway
Consented
7TWh
3TWh
Combined solar and wind pipeline
options of >10TWh
39
Our operational plan for the next 12 months
FY26
Achieve FID for CO
2
Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS online Q1 CY2026
Kōwhai Park solar online Q2 CY2026
Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal on track for
online Q3 CY2027
Close TCC gas generation plant late CY 2025
Scope 1 & 2 emissions <650ktCO
2
e
2
Multi-product customers >156k (up from 149k)
Cost to serve <$116/connection
3
Grow renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create outstanding
customer
experiences
Strategic theme
Grow
Demand
Subject to market conditions and
obtaining consents, achieve FID on:
▪Solar (e.g. Glorit, Argyle); and/or
▪Glenbrook 200 BESS
New demand facilitated since FY21 to reach >250MW
1
At least 50% of new demand contracted in-year structured
with favourable shape (considering load and generation)
Sustained New Zealand leadership position in
the Asia Pacific DJSI
Next update on strategy will be provided at Contact’s November 2025 Capital Markets Day
Manawa
integration
In-year benefits target:
▪Opex reduction $10m to $20m
▪Portfolio benefits $5m
4
Targeting net price up by ~2%
Exit run-rate benefits target:
▪Opex reduction $22m to $25m
▪Portfolio benefits $10m to $20m
4
Consents lodged on at
least 2 renewable
development projects
1
Cumulative measure (~230MW as at 30 June 2025). Shown on a total contracted basis.
2
Assumes mean hydrological conditions.
3
Excludes customer acquisition costs.
4
This is a through-the-cycle measure. Actual result will be impacted by hydrology, fuel and other market conditions.
40
Questions
41
Supporting
materials
42
Guidance topics
FY25 guidanceFY25 resultFY26 guidanceFY26 Guidance Commentary
Stay in business (SIB) capex (cash)
$120-130m$110m$175m - $190m
SIB capital expenditure BAU
$77m - $87m$71m$115m - $125mAt the mid-point ~$5m higher than long-run expectations due to consenting.
SIB accelerated programme
~$40m$36m$12m - $13m Close-out of Contact’s $150m accelerated capex programme announced 2021.
SIB capital expenditure Wairakei
$2m - $3m$3m$20m - $25mWairakei extension costs.
SIB capital expenditure enhancements and integration
nana$23m - $27mGeothermal wells (~$8m), Manawa hydro refurbishment (~$12m) and integration.
Growth capital expenditure (cash)
1
$450m - $550m$363m$390m - $400mGrowth capital for Tauhara, Te Huka 3, Te Mihi Stage 2, Wind and BESS projects.
Depreciation and amortisation
$275m - $285m$273m$280m - $290m
Reflects useful life changes on thermal assets, introduction of Tauhara and Te
Huka 3 as well as Manawa expected depreciation.
Net interest (accounting)
$105m - $115m$100m $145m - $165m
Reduction in capitalisation of interest with Tauhara commissioning. Higher interest
rate environment and increased borrowings with Manawa acquisition.
Cash interest (in operating cash flow)
$85m - $95m$80m$135m - $155m
Cash taxation
$105m - $115m$106m$130m - $140m
FY26 provisional payments based on FY24 results and higher final tax payment
relating to FY25. Includes estimated Manawa tax payments.
Realised (gains) / losses on market derivates not in a
hedge relationship
$15m - $20m$13m$10m - $15mIncluding (gains) / losses on ASX market making.
Corporate costs - ex Manawa
$54m$55m$55m
Reflects Contact corporate costs only. Manawa corporate costs are all allocated to
wholesale. As integration progresses, allocations may be updated.
Corporate costs - Manawa integration and transaction
$20m$18m$30m - $40mNon-recurring costs relating to the Manawa acquisition.
Target ordinary dividend per share
39 cps39 cps40 cpsIncrease in the ordinary dividend to reflect benefits of the Manawa acquisition
Operating cash flow conversion
50%55%
2
~50%
Higher interest costs as investments come online (meaning lower capitalised
interest) and reflecting Manawa debt. Working capital to support HFO.
1
Growth capital expenditure includes capitalised interest.
2
Based on $774m underlying EBITDAF.
43
Strategic fixed price1,900GWh$80/MWh $152m
CFDs1,770GWh$154/MWh$273m
C&I1,300GWh$150/MWh$195m
Retail3,800GWh$154/MWh$585m
Other income³$47m
$1,252m
Hydro3,900GWh$0/MWh-$0m
Geothermal4,620GWh$4/MWh-$19m
Thermal⁴350GWh$130/MWh
4
-$46m
Acquired350GWh$215/MWh-$75m
-$139m
Length⁵$86mTransmission/Storage-$71m
Location losses⁶-$85mOperating expenses-$272m
Total$1mTotal-$343m
FY25 assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF of $770m over a financial year
EBITDAF guidance reconciliation to actual FY25
Hydrology & Asset
availability optimise generation
3
4
Total
x
=
Access to and price of fuel* drives
financials & risk position
Increased market channel price
Normalised & Expected
Lower renewables
Other income
Actual FY25 EBITDAF (underlying)
Hydro generation below mean (-603GWh).
Impact calculated at thermal SRMC
Channel choices maximise
long term value¹
1
Net price² driven by
best commercial practices
2
Total
x
=
Trading delivers value to more
than offset locational losses
5
Digitalisation & continuous
improvement optimise fixed costs
6
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
1.All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP).
2.Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs
(network, meters and levies) /MWh.
3.Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin and other income.
4.Gas price of $8.2/GJ, carbon price of $80/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate
(10GJ/MWh).
5.Length of 450GWh assumed.
6.Locational losses of 5.1% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs.
sold at a wholesale price of $190/MWh.
Fixed costs
LCE rebates ($11.5m) and AGS provision unwind partly
offset by opex increase
Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumptions
FY25 results
With reconciliation to actual performance
x
Increased long–term channel price
Retail ($160/MWh) & Strategic fixed price sales ($85/MWh) prices
higher than expectation (the latter due to NZAS demand response)
Higher CFD price ($205/MWh) with tight market
conditions and thermal-backed CFD sales
Gas, carbon, acquired generation price
Gas prices were materially higher in the period ($15/GJ)
Demand response payments to NZAS included
Volumes above expected; lower than expected location loses
Net volume impact
Risk management sales premiums and expected
losses from distressed gas sales not realised
Manawa transaction and integration costs
EBITDAF pre Manawa-related costs
*
Fuel is natural gas and carbon costs.
136
38
102
17
17
18
4
15
770
792
774
44
57
76
53
939
-258
-265
-291
-315
-346
-76
-85
-56
-74
-80
-230
-185
-94
-269
-326
1,069
48
FY21
1,023
FY22FY23
1,269
FY24
1,476
50
FY25
Electricity sales margin
Other gross margin
Fixed operating costs
Location losses
Variable fuel costs
553
546
573
663
774
Operating earnings (EBITDAF)
108
106
115
127
136
3.61
1.33
FY21
3.69
1.39
FY22
3.73
1.42
FY23
3.80
1.22
FY24
3.69
1.73
FY25
4.94
5.08
5.14
5.02
5.42
RetailStrategic fixed-price
101
117
126
200
1.67
0.55
FY21
1.13
0.39
FY22
0.52
0.15
FY23
116
1.62
0.59
FY24
1.09
0.46
FY25
2.23
1.52
0.67
2.20
1.55
ThermalAcquired
Electricity sales
Variable fuel costs
11111
3.70
3.11
FY21
3.94
3.28
FY22
3.92
3.19
FY23
3.63
3.39
FY24
3.30
4.54
FY25
6.81
7.22
7.10
7.02
7.84
HydroGeothermal
(i) Renewables
(ii) Thermal and acquired
131
133133
150
186
1.23
1.94
0.93
FY21
0.94
2.10
0.63
FY22
1.10
1.44
0.09
FY23
1.13
2.57
0.51
FY24
1.17
2.30
0.51
FY25
4.10
3.66
2.63
4.21
3.97
Commercial and IndustrialCFDsSpot sales
(i) Long-term channels
(ii) Market channels
Price
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Price
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Fuel cost
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Fuel cost
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Integrated portfolio performance
Continuing operations ($m)
1
EBITDAF
1
2
1
2
1
Refer to slide 50 for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF. All EBITDAF figures are underlying i.e. excluding the impacts of the ($113m) AGS onerous contract provision expense in FY23, a $12m net movement in the AGS provision in FY24, and a
release of the AGS provision of $98m in FY25.
118117121
137
158
9.040
8.739
7.772
9.232
9.390
Price
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Historic performance
45
Greenhouse gas emissions
Carbon reporting
1
Contact’s swaption with Genesis Energy ended 31 December 2022 and was not called during FY23.
2
All Science-based targets are on a calendar year basis.
IndicatorUnitTargetFY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
Direct GHG emissions (Scope 1)tC02e
45% reduction of 2018
Scope 1 and 2
emissions by 2026
(Absolute emissions
reduction target)
2
1,044,744786,842526,621947,491740,468
-Stationary combustiontC02e1,044,537786,544526,282947,131739,945
-Mobile combustiontC02e178297307332409
-Fugitive emissionstC02e2913228114
Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 2)tC02e1,303
1,3991,9579751,183
Sub-total Scope 1 and 2tC02e647,4431,046,047788,241528,579948,466741,651
Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 3)tC02e259,118555,035394,784273,673265,034369,583
-Category 1 – Purchased goods and servicestC02e
30% reduction of 2018
Scope 3 GHG
emissions from use of
sold products by 2026
2
16,699
6,3716,1976,5228,799
-Category 2 – Capital goodstC02e41,72657,87688,26679,18587,203
-Category 3 – Fuel and energy
1
tC02e330,207149,7431,0505,1308,006
-Category 4 – Upstream distribution and transportationtC02e27444108254205
-Category 5 – WastetC02e149108475869
-Category 6 – Business traveltC02e2635671,2741,6011,081
-Category 7 – Employee commutingtC02e306832965927956
-Category 11 – Use of sold productstC02e165,259178,554175,603170,929250,612
-Category 13 – Downstream leased assetstC02e399289164429339
-Category 14 – InvestmentstC02e----12,313
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissionstC02e906,5611,601,0821,183,025802,2521,213,5001,111,235
46
Contact generation output sold to the national grid (GWh)
Generation and sales position
3,256
3,333
3,114
3,283
3,185
3,388
4,543
4,231
3,752
3,698
3,940
3,919
3,628
3,297
1,421
1,360
1,592
1,046
1,620
1,088
FY19FY20FY21FY22
439
FY23FY24FY25
Thermal
generation
Hydro
generation
Geothermal
generation
8,908
8,445
8,404
8,269
7,543
8,636
8,928
Operational data
Renewable % of
own generation
sold to grid
84%84%
81%
88%
87%
94%81%
Geothermal generation (GWh)
FY25 geothermal generation was ~1.2TWh higher than FY24. Generation from the new Tauhara and
Te Huka 3 plants (1.5TWh) was partially offset by statutory outages at Te Mihi, Wairakei and Ohaaki.
1,382
1,415
1,240
1,386
1,380
991
1,045
1,081
1,055
998
1,405
1,255
388
335
339
331
308
1,064
1,287
310
340
299
322
323
274
986
186
198
155
189
176
316
300
203
277
210
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23
127
FY24
229
FY25
3,257
3,333
3,114
3,283
3,185
3,388
4,543
Hydro generation (GWh)
FY25 was marked by two periods of historically low inflows (July – August 2024 and January – April 2025). The
result of these conditions meant total inflows for the year were 701GWh below FY24 volumes.
103
4,786
69
4,069
3,959
75
4,276
-59
3,904
-51
5,450
-101
3,681
-975
-1,606
-148
FY19FY20
-275
FY21
-78
FY22
75
FY23
-230
FY24
-459
FY25
4,231
3,752
3,698
3,940
3,919
3,628
3,297
Inflows stored include uncontrolled storage lakes
Inflows
Inflows
stored
Spill
Thermal generation (GWh)
1,013
871
1,126
673
164
1,395
692
207
291
234
179
148
223
378
195
195
213
190
125
78
5
83
FY19
3
79
FY20
18
81
FY21
4
81
FY22
2
FY23
1
FY24
18
FY25
1,503
1,439
1,673
1,127
517
1,620
1,088
Although down significantly on FY24, thermal generation volumes were materially higher than mean
expected volumes due to dry conditions in winter 2024 and Jan to April 2025.
Te Huka
Ohaaki
Poihipi
Wairakei
Te Mihi
Tauhara
Te Huka 3
Whirinaki
Te Rapa - direct
Te Rapa - spot
Stratford Peakers
TCC
47
Plant and fuel performance
Geothermal fuel extracted at Wairakei vs consented (mT)
Wairakei, Poihipi and Te Mihi conversion effectiveness
(MWh per kT extracted)
% of geothermal fluid extractedWairakei mass extracted
20
40
60
80
100
0
99%
88
FY19
100%
90
FY20
98%
87
FY21
100%
89
98%
89
FY23
100%
91
FY24
95%
87
FY25FY22
-5%
31.4
31.1
30.5
31.0
30.4
29.2
29.7
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
+2%
Geothermal fuel performance
Taranaki combined cycle (TCC)
Hydro
Geothermal
1
Stratford Peakers
Plant availability
Availability Factor calculation includes all station outages (Planned, Maintenance, Forced) but does not consider plant deratings.
1
Reduction in geothermal net capacity in FY23 was a result of decommissioning wells on the Wairakei steam field. Increases in
FY24 and FY25 related to Tauhara and Te Huka 3 respectively.
Whirinaki
Wairakei total mass extracted, and extracted volumes as a % of consented
mass take, were significantly down on FY24 as a result of a planned outage
(25 days) at Te Mihi and an electrical outage at Wairakei A&B station.
2
Statutory turnarounds occur after the first operating year of a new plant, again in operating year 3, and every four years
thereafter. The table shows which plant have a major statutory turnaround in the next 3 calendar years. The GWh impact is
an estimate based on understood scope at the time of publishing. Turnarounds in FY27 and FY28 are indicative.
Upcoming geothermal statutory turnarounds (outages)
2
Plant
Impact
(GWh)
FYFrequency & type
Tauhara
11326Y1 Stat Turnaround
Te Huka 3
3726Y1 Stat Turnaround
Wairakei25264y Stat turnaround
Te Huka 1&2
25274Y Stat Turnaround
Wairakei300274y Stat turnaround + ext works
Poihipi31284y Stat turnaround
Te Mihi Stage 27328Y1 Stat Turnaround
Tauhara
16928Y3 Stat Turnaround
Te Huka 3
3728Y3 Stat Turnaround
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2137789%34%1,126193217
FY2237784%20%673180121
FY2337785%5%16410718
FY2437782%42%1,395184257
FY2537789%21%692330229
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2178484%54%3,698167617
FY2278483%57%3,940121478
FY2378484%57%3,91974290
FY2478490%53%3,628164594
FY2578487%48%3,297163538
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2142589%84%3,114175546
FY2242597%91%3,283140458
FY2341094%89%3,18580254
FY2458694%89%3,388177 601
FY2563590%84%4,543186845
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2120290%13%23423054
FY2220253%10%17921238
FY2320277%8%14820731
FY2420250%12%22317539
FY2520270%22%37821782
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2115894%0%184107.5
FY2215895%0%45972
FY2315882%0%24911.2
FY2415897%0%16871.1
FY2515892%1%1866112
Operational data
48
Hawea storage (GWh)
Gas storage (PJ)
Closing storage
Closing storage (current)
Fuel storage movements
Source: NZX Hydro data
166
260
113
252
188
141
85
263
324
190
322
265
242
232
330
174
-231
-334
-183
-326
-291
-286
-151
-278
1H222H221H232H231H242H241H252H25
Inflows
Opening storage
Releases
259
116
253
191
139
87
264
160
5.8
7.8
4.7
2.4
3.4
2.8
1.6
3.4
2.4
0.5
2.7
1.7
0.9
1.3
3.1
1.9
-3.5
-0.7
-0.7
-1.5
-2.5
-1.3
-2.0
-4.3
-0.4
1H222H221H232H231H242H241H252H25
Gas Injected
Gas Extracted
Opening Storage
7.8
4.7
2.4
3.4
2.8
1.6
3.4
3.3
Operational data
0
Transferred to
long-term
storage (PJ)
04
44444
Long-term storage
49
Contracted gas volumes (PJ)
Uses of gas (PJ)
Gas storage monthly injections and extractions (PJ)
Contracted and stored gas
Gas injectedGas extracted
5.4
3.6
7.07.07.07.07.07.0
6.2
5.6
2.9
3.6
3.0
2.6
2.2
2.82.8
2.8
4.4
3.8
0.0
CY24
CY25
1
CY26
2
CY27CY28CY29CY30CY31CY32
15.3
10.3
10.6
10.0
9.6
9.2
9.89.8
9.0
Jul-
24
-0.51
0.25
Aug-
24
-1.24
0.01
Sep-
24
-0.96
0.02
Oct-
24
-0.24
Nov-
24
-0.09
0.18
0.12
-0.20
0.25
Jan-
25
-0.04
Dec-
24
0.81
Feb-
25
-0.13
0.48
Mar-
25
-0.03
0.17
Apr-
25
-0.60
0.28
-0.21
-0.68
0.07
0.77
Jun-
25
May-
25
9.8
6.6
9.8
6.3
8.8
6.4
9.1
6.4
-2.0
3.1
-2.0
-1.0
0.6
1.3
-1.8
-4.4
-6.5
-3.3
-2.7
-6.7
-6.4
-4.0
-5.2
-1.6
-1.3
-1.6
-1.1
-1.4
-1.1
-1.3
-1.0
-1.6
-1.9
-2.7
-1.4
-1.3
-0.2
-2.1
-0.5
1H222H221H232H231H242H241H25
0.2
2H25
Net extraction
(injection)
Generation
Customer sales
Wholesale sales
Purchases
Operational data
1
CY25 reflects actual volumes and forecasts for the second half of the year.
2
CY26-CY32 reflects the maximum volume of gas available under contracts. Forecasted volumes for these periods are not yet available.
3
Greymouth Gas volumes illustrated based on maximum gas available at Contact’s option up to October 2032. The contract also includes an option to extend for a further 3 years from October 2032.
Short-term gas
Greymouth
Swap
Maui
Pohokura
3
50
50
EBITDAF is Contact’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, asset impairment and write-offs,
and changes in fair value of financial instruments.
EBITDAF is commonly used in the electricity industry so provides a comparable measure of Contact’s performance.
Reconciliation of statutory profit back to EBITDAF:
12 months ended
30 June 2025
12 months ended
30 June 2024
Variance on prior year
$m %
Underlying
1
ReportedUnderlying
1
Against underlying
Profit2613312303113%
Depreciation and amortisation273255187%
Change in fair value of
financial instruments
35(8)43na
Net interest expense1003565186%
Tax expense10413210133%
Asset impairment / write-offs150(49)(98%)
EBITDAF77487266311117%
Movements in depreciation and amortisation, net interest, tax expense and asset impairment / write-
offs are explained on the right.
Reconciliation between Profit and EBITDAF
The movements between FY25 and FY24 underlying profit are as
follows:
•Depreciation and amortisation: Increased by $18m. Increase
driven by Tauhara and Te Huka 3 (representing operational assets
of ~$1.2b), partially offset by extension of the useful life of Wairakei
assets and thermal assets now fully depreciated in FY24.
•Net interest expense: Interest was up $65m on FY24 reflecting
that debt related to Tauhara is no longer being capitalised.
•Tax expense for the period increased by $3m due to the tax impact
of higher operating earnings. Of note, FY24 tax expense was
elevated by $6m relating to the removal of tax depreciation on
buildings.
•Asset impairment / write offs: Decreased 98%. In FY24, Contact
recognised $50m write-offs relating to peaker engine damage,
Tauhara assets (relating to the 2023 steam hammer event and
failure of valves) and software assets (due to HRIS and CRM
projects not proceeding as planned).
Non-GAAP profit measure
1
All variances and commentary reflect movements in underlying performance. In FY24 Contact recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12m within EBITDAF and $5m within profit – underlying excludes these impacts. In
FY25, reported results include a release of the AGS onerous contract provision of $98m pre-tax ($71m after tax). Underlying performance excludes the impact of the provision release.
51
S&P Net Debt / EBITDAF ratio
FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25
Actuals from S&P ratings report
Estimated
Net Debt
Carrying value of borrowings
856
1,0991,5561,9132,449
Fair value adjustments
(64)
(55)(43)(41)(93)
Restoration and environmental provisions net of tax
53
53 120142163
Hybrid bond credits
1
-
(113)(113)(113)(237)
Accessible cash
2
(41)
(4)(89)(146)(514)
S&P Adjusted Net Debt
804
9801,4311,7631,768
EBITDAF
Reported EBITDAF (underlying)
553546573663774
Realised gains/losses on market derivatives
(1)(9)(27)(6)(13)
Share based compensation
34445
Transaction costs related to the Manawa acquisition
11
S&P Adjusted EBITDAF
555541551661777
Net debt/EBITDAF (x)
1.41.82.62.72.3
1
50% equity credit for capital bonds.
2
Cash less restricted cash held by Macquarie for ASX prudential.
•These calculations have been
provided as an illustration of the
adjustments made by Contact’s
ratings agency, S&P Global, when
assessing Contact’s Net
Debt/EBITDAF ratio.
•Net Debt has been adjusted from
the financial statements to include
certain long-term liabilities where
S&P considers these to have debt-
like characteristics.
•Adjusted EBITDAF reflects S&P’s
view of core operating items
(unrelated to investing and
financing).
S&P adjustments
52
Reconciliation of change in fair value of financial
instruments
Change in fair value offinancial instruments
Realised /
unrealised
FY25FY24VarianceDescription
(A) Net market making
Realised
(13)(3)(10)
Realised gains or losses on the settlement of
electricity derivatives entered into to meet
Contact’s market making obligations
- Market making
Unrealised
24(2)
Mark-to-market of open electricity derivatives
in future periods
- NZAS long-term sale CFD
(7)-(7)
NPV of the changes to the forecast forward
wholesale price path vs the wholesale path
when the contracts were agreed
- Kōwhai Park acquired PPA
(13)-(13)
- Other non-hedged movements
(4)7(11)
Mark-to-market of open electricity/interest
rate derivatives in future periods
(B) Unrealised movements in non-hedge effective
electricity derivatives
Unrealised
(22)11(33)
Total change in fair value offinancial instruments
as per segment note (A+B)
Realised and
unrealised
(35)8(43)
Commercial hedges recognised in EBITDAF that do not qualify for hedge accounting
−Financial Transmission Rights (FTR) settlements
and Exchange for Physical (ASX)
Realised
(5)-(5)
Financial contracts that hedge portfolio sales
that are settled in the period
−Net settlement of NZAS contract in the period
(134)-(134)
Realised settlement (difference between the
fixed contract and spot settlement)
Change in fair value of financial instruments as per
Income Statement
(174)8(167)
In the period, Contact entered into two long-term
contracts for difference (CFD) that were not
eligible for hedge accounting. These contracts
relate to the sales of electricity to NZAS and the
purchase of electricity from the under-
development Kōwhai Park solar farm (expected
online in Q2 CY2026).
As a result, movements in expected wholesale
prices when compared to forward wholesale
prices when the contracts were entered into are
recognised in change in fair value of financial
instruments, increasing volatility of Net Profit
After Tax. These non-cash movements, which
relate to future periods, are recognised in the
current period.
The primary change to wholesale price
expectations in the period was the listing of the
2028 ASX contract from October 2024, which
was higher than Contact’s internally generated
price path for the same period.
Fair value of financial instrucments
53
Historical financial information
UnitFY21FY22
FY23FY24FY25
Underlying
2
ReportedUnderlying
2
ReportedUnderlying
2
Reported
Revenue
1
$m2,5732,3872,1182,8673,306
Expenses
1
$m2,0201,8201,5001,6132,2042,1922,5322,434
EBITDAF$m553546573460663675774872
Profit$m187182211127230235261331
Operating free cash flow$m371330282424434
Operating free cash flow per sharecps50.242.436.053.954.4
Dividends declared cps3535353739
Total assets$m5,0285,1665,8086,2086,813
Total liabilities$m2,1012,3263,0043,5894,053
Total equity$m2,9272,8402,8042,6192,760
Gearing ratio
3
%2328364247
Historic performance
1
Revenue and expense figures align with the treatment of realised movements in financial instruments within the segment note of the financial statements.
2
In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of ($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 Contact recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12m within
EBITDAF and $5m within profit. In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision increased reported EBITDAF by $98m and profit by $71m. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.
3
Gearing ratio is calculated as: Senior debt - including finance lease liabilities / (Senior debt - including finance lease liabilities + Equity).
Note: From FY24 Contact no longer reports impairments and write-offs within EBITDAF. These are now reported separately to better reflect underlying performance. FY24 EBITDAF is stated excluding $50m of write-offs and impairments.
Previous years have not been restated (FY22 includes a $1.5m peaker write-off).
54
FY25FY24
Year ended 30 June 2025Year ended 30 June 2024
VolumeGWAPVolumeGWAP
Note: this table has not been rounded and might not addGWh$/MWh$mGWh$/MWh$m
Electricity sales to Retail segment3,689163 6013,801148562
Electricity sales to C&I (netback)1,566133208 1,456 129188
CfDs – Tiwai support sales920892
PPAs411-
CfDs - Long term sales394752
CfDs and ASX - Short term sales1,9031,820
Electricity sales – CFDs3,629157 5693,465118407
Total contracted electricity sales8,883 1551,3778,7071331,157
Steam sales229 21 5 194 183
Other income148
Net income on gas sales(12)3
Net income on electricity related services1(0)
Net other income411
Total contracted revenue9,112 1521,386 8,901 1321,171
Generation costs
1
8,928(44)(389)8,635(40)(349)
Acquired generation cost462 (264)(122)585 (160)(93)
Generation costs (including acquired generation)9,390(54)(511)9,220(48)(443)
Spot electricity revenue8,9281951,742 8,6351771,529
Settlement on acquired generation462 252116585 195 114
Spot revenue and settlement on acquired generation (GWAP)9,390 1981,8589,220 1781,643
Spot electricity cost(5,255)(218)(1,143)(5,243)(193)(1,009)
Settlement on CFDs sold(3,629)(191)(695)(3,465)(178)(616)
Spot purchases and settlement on CFDs sold (LWAP)(8,883)(207)(1,838)(8,707)(187)(1,626)
Trading, merchant revenue and losses 507 2051318
Wholesale EBITDAF underlying
1
895746
Onerous contract provision9812
Wholesale EBITDAF reported994758
Wholesale segment
Segmental performance
1
In FY24 a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $12m within generation costs and EBITDAF. In FY25, the release of the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $98m within generation costs
and EBITDAF. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.
55
Residential electricityunit
FY22FY23FY24FY25
Residential gasunit
FY22FY23FY24FY25
Average connections#373,347
380,482388,459401,332
Average connections#64,649
66,60568,09270,369
Sales volumesGWh2,644
2,6882,7982,809
Sales volumesTJ1,583
1,5041,5841,509
Average usageMWh per ICP7.1
7.17.27.0
Average usageGJ per ICP24.5
22.623.321.4
Tariff$/MWh256.4
272.1287.9311.5
Tariff$/GJ
36.642.145.152.9
Network, meters and levies$/MWh-119.5
-122.7-128.0-142.2
Network, meters and levies$/GJ
-18.9-22.9-24.5-29.0
Energy costs
1
$/MWh-115.0
-138.6-158.8-174.5
Energy costs$/GJ
-11.8-10.1-9.8-11.0
Gross margin$/MWh21.9
10.81.1-5.1
Carbon costs$/GJ
-2.1-4.2-3.1-4.4
Gross margin$ per ICP155
778-36
Gross margin$/GJ
3.84.97.78.5
Gross margin$m58
293-14
Gross margin$ per ICP
92112181182
Gross margin$m
671213
SME electricityunit
FY22FY23FY24FY25
SME gasunit
FY22FY23FY24FY25
Average connections#48,45946,96244,11341,654Average connections#3,8893,5192,9722,662
Sales volumesGWh798794754651Sales volumesTJ1,2241,063794607
Average usageMWh per ICP16.516.917.115.6Average usageGJ per ICP315302267228
Tariff$/MWh239.7259.3282.2313.4Tariff$/GJ19.825.231.038.5
Network, meters and levies$/MWh-112.9-117.0-118.3-132.9Network, meters and levies$/GJ-8.3-9.5-11.6-13.9
Energy costs
1
$/MWh-113.7-138.6-157.3-174.5Energy costs$/GJ-11.8-10.1-9.8-11.0
Gross margin$/MWh13.03.66.65.9Carbon costs$/GJ-2.1-4.2-3.1-4.4
Gross margin$ per ICP2156211293Gross margin$/GJ-2.41.46.59.2
Gross margin$m10354Gross margin$ per ICP-7694121,7502,103
Gross margin$m-3
1
5
6
Telco
unit
FY22FY23FY24FY25
Retail segment EBITDAF
FY22FY23FY24FY25
Average connections#62,38879,05795,168116,709Electricity Gross margin$m68328-11
Tariff$/cust/mth70.169.671.872.1Gas Gross Margin$m391718
Network, provisioning, modems$/cust/mth-60.5-63.5-63.4-62.8Telco Margin$m761013
Gross margin$/cust/mth9.66.28.49.3Total Gross Margin$m79473521
Gross margin$m761013Other income$m7974
Other operating costs$m-68-69-74-74
Retail segment EBITDAF$m17-14-32-49
Corporate allocation (50%)$m-14-22-25-36
Retail EBITDAF$m3-36-57-85
EBITDAF margins (% of revenue)%0.3%-3.3%-4.8%-6.6%
Retail segment
Segmental performance
1
Energy costs reflect electricity purchased from solar customers: $1.2m in FY24 and $2.7m in FY25.
---
Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2025
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024
Currency NZD
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$3,439,483 +20.1%
Total Revenue $3,439,483 +20.1%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$331,289 +40.8%
Total net profit/(loss) $331,289 +40.8%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$0.23000000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$0.05055556
Record Date 26/08/25
Dividend Payment Date 24/09/25
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security (in
dollars and cents per
security)
$2.87 $2.71
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary
Contact person for this
announcement
Shelley Hollingsworth, Head of Corporate Finance (Acting)
Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429
Contact email address Shelley.Hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
18/08/2025
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
---
Distribution Notice
Updated as at June 2023
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary Shares
NZX ticker code CEN
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZCENE0001S6
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies X
Record date 26/08/2025
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
25/08/2025
Payment date (and allotment date for
DRP)
24/09/2025
Total monies associated with the
distribution
1
$226,613,274
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Operating Free Cash Flow
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution
2
$0.28055556
Gross taxable amount
3
$0.28055556
Total cash distribution
4
$0.23000000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
N/A
Supplementary distribution amount $0.02294118
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
5
1
Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form
2
“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of
Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).
3
“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.
4
“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.
This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.
5
The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is
fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute
advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.
Is the distribution imputed
Fully imputed
Partial imputation
No imputation
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
6
18%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$0.05055556
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$0.04202778
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
2%
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
25/08/2025 29/08/2025
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
01/09/2025
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
New issue
DRP strike price per financial product
Not available at this time
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
27/08/2025
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person authorised to make
this announcement
Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary
Contact person for this
announcement
Shelley Hollingsworth, Head of Corporate Finance
(Acting)
Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429
Contact email address Shelley.Hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz
Date of release through MAP 18/08/2025
6
Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.
---
Growth
Investment
Supporting Economic Development
INTEGRATED REPORT
About this Report
Nau mai, haere mai. Welcome
to our 2025 Integrated Report.
This report explains how we, at Contact, create
value over time, and how we are implementing our
strategy to be a leader in the decarbonisation of
Aotearoa New Zealand.
This year has been marked by strong growth,
investment and our role in supporting the
economic development of Aotearoa New Zealand.
Our CEO, Mike Fuge, and our Board confirm that
this report provides a true and accurate record of
how Contact has created value for shareholders
over the year to 30 June 2025. Complementing this
year’s report is our Climate Statement 2025 which
details our approach to managing climate-related
risks and opportunities.
This report follows the principles of the Integrated
Reporting Framework. It reflects our continued
focus on a truly integrated approach to creating
value, underpinned by our Contact26 strategy.
We continue to apply both Global Reporting
Initiative (GRI) standards and the Integrated
Reporting <IR> Framework to provide transparency
on material environmental, social and governance
activities, and to present a balanced assessment
of our performance.
Our Integrated Report is published annually
and covers both our financial and sustainability
reporting. Our 2025 Integrated Report covers the
period f rom 1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025.
This report is dated 18 August 2025 and is signed on
behalf of the Board of Directors of Contact Energy.
We’re proud of our Contact story, and proud of
our continued journey towards a renewable
energy future.
For our people, customers, investors, communities,
tangata whenua, suppliers, partners, regulators,
policy makers, and the people who call Aotearoa
New Zealand home – this is for you.
2025 Integrated Report
Growth
Investment
Supporting Economic Development
Our Chair Robert McDonald and
our directors will host shareholders
at the Contact Energy Annual Shareholder
Meeting (ASM) in Auckland, on
16 September 2025. Shareholders
will be given notice of the meeting
in August 2025.
We are listed on both the NZX and ASX.
Sandra Dodds
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
Robert McDonald
Chair
Cover: Tauhara geothermal power station at Taupō.
Most Contact Energy shareholders receive
digital reports. However, we have printed
1,500 reports using environmentally
responsible paper and inks.
Contents
Growth
Investment
Supporting Economic Development
11
44
63
73
98
130
Enabling our
strategy
About us
Governance
matters
Financial
statements
GRI and Climate
Statement directories
Our vision4
Letter from our Chair6
Letter from our CEO8
Our story: This is Contact11
Grow demand18
Grow renewable development24
Decarbonise our portfolio32
Create outstanding customer experiences36
Financial performance41
Enabling our strategy44
Environment, social and governance (ESG)47
Operational excellence54
Transformative ways of working59
About us63
Our Board64
Our leadership team65
External influences66
Creating value67
Our operations69
Our supply chain72
Governance matters73
Remuneration report78
Statutory disclosures91
Financial statements98
Combined Independent Auditor’s
and Limited Assurance Report
124
Glossary128
Te Reo Māori glossary129
GRI and Climate Statement directories130
Corporate directory137
Our story:
This is Contact
4
At Contact, we remain
committed to delivering
on our vision of building
a better, cleaner and more
sustainable Aotearoa
New Zealand.
We're taking bold steps to
support the transition to a
renewable energy future.
Our vision
4
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
4
Roxburgh Dam, Central Otago.
5
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
5
6
Letter from our Chair
Kia ora koutou,
I am pleased to report in
the past year Contact has
delivered strong performance
underpinned by our long-term
programme of investment
in renewable generation.
Geopolitical, economic and
environmental uncertainty has
continued to be felt both locally and
internationally. The electricity sector
has a key role to support New Zealand
through these challenges and
underpin a pathway to sustainable
growth and energy independence.
Contact is focused on supporting
New Zealand’s economic growth
aspiration and international climate
commitments through investment
in renewable energy. We have
completed $1.2 billion of new
renewable generation projects that
have brought an additional 225MW
onstream.
Projects totalling another $1.1 billion
are currently under construction
spanning geothermal, solar and
grid scale batteries that will bring
a further 269MW of new generation
and 100MW of new storage onstream.
We also continue to focus on our
strong development project pipeline
to sustain this momentum.
Contact announced the proposed
acquisition of Manawa Energy in
September 2024. The acquisition
was completed, following
regulatory approvals, on 11 July 2025.
Manawa is an established operator
of hydro generation assets across
New Zealand. Its hydro generation
assets are highly complementary
to Contact’s existing generation
portfolio and will provide significant
benefits. I look forward to reporting
on our future progress as we integrate
Manawa into Contact.
The Contact26 strategy is to
be a leader in New Zealand’s
decarbonisation. We have continued
to deliver strongly against that
strategy through renewable
investment, growing electricity
demand, continuing to decarbonise
our generation portfolio, and
creating outstanding customer
experiences. While this strategy
has, and continues, to serve Contact
well, we are undertaking a review
to ensure Contact continues to
be well positioned into the future.
We remain on target to meet
our ambition to be Net Zero in
our generational activities by
2035, supporting New Zealand’s
international climate commitment
to be Net Zero by 2050. In the past
10 years, Contact's generation
emissions have reduced by
50 percent and with the closure
of Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC)
plant this will increase to 75 percent.
We also however recognise our
role in ensuring that New Zealand’s
electricity remains affordable, reliable
and renewable – the energy trilemma.
Contact Chair, Robert McDonald
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The World Energy Council continues
to rank New Zealand as one of the
top 10 countries globally across these
benchmarks.
Notwithstanding ongoing challenges
in the upstream gas market, gas will
remain an important peaking fuel
in the medium term and supports
security of supply. To further support
supply, Contact extended the
operation of its TCC thermal plant by
a further year, and we commenced
industry discussions to create a
strategic reserve at Huntly to support
security of supply during dry years.
We have also entered into significant
long-term gas supply contracts
to both support the continued
availability of our remaining peakers
and more importantly, ensure Kiwi
households and commercial gas
customers can continue to have
access to a valued energy source
while helping them transition to
renewable energy over time.
I also want to acknowledge the
wider economic challenges facing
New Zealand, and the impacts
on New Zealand consumers and
businesses. Contact remains focused
on providing competitive value and
innovation, while providing support
for those facing energy hardship.
I remain particularly proud of the
work that our team has been doing
to support our vulnerable customers
and communities through our
Energy Wellbeing programmes.
The significant industry investment
in renewable generation is expected
to lower energy costs and offers
the potential for electricity to
become a source of New Zealand's
competitive advantage. Renewable
generation investments deliver
benefits over decades, and as a result,
inf rastructure investors always seek
reasonable investment certainty.
There has been increased volatility
in the wholesale market, as the
market has responded to the
accelerated decline in upstream
gas, hydrologically dry years and the
increasing impact of intermittent
generation as the market transitions
to be fully renewable. While retail
customers are shielded f rom this
volatility, and the vast majority of
businesses choose to be fully hedged,
some businesses were adversely
impacted, alongside wider economic
challenges.
We acknowledge the work that
the government and regulators are
doing to explore opportunities to
continually improve and evolve the
electricity market as we collectively
navigate our way through the
transition. We continue to engage
and work closely to support initiatives
that improve the market and unlock
renewable investment, including
current resource management
reform, the Energy Taskforce
and the Ministerial Review.
We welcome the government's
initiatives to improving resource
consenting to accelerate renewable
development. We were disappointed
to have a consent declined for
Southland Wind Farm under the
COVID-19 fast-track legislation which
highlights the inherent challenge
and trade-off between inf rastructure
investment and the status quo.
While we have now resubmitted a
new fast track application, the reality
is this process will add both cost and
further delay to delivering renewable
generation.
I am concerned by recent
commentary that calls for
fundamental but undefined market
reform, and the potential impact such
reform could have on investment
confidence. The concerns expressed
will inevitably best be resolved
through accelerated investment
in new renewable generation
and thereby increased supply.
This requires stable market settings
that support investor confidence.
This investment and growth would
not be possible without the hard
work of our CEO Mike Fuge and the
entire Contact team. To you, I say
thank you.
I also want to take this opportunity
to thank my fellow directors, and
to acknowledge Elena Trout who is
retiring f rom the Contact Board after
nine years of service. Elena has made
an invaluable contribution to Contact
and the wider energy sector.
As we look to the year ahead, one
where Contact and Manawa Energy
become one, we will continue to
accelerate our electrification efforts,
and together with all our stakeholders
help build a more sustainable,
thriving New Zealand.
Ngā mihi nui,
Robert McDonald
Board Chair
Contact is focused on
supporting New Zealand’s
economic growth aspiration
and international climate
commitments through
investment in renewable
energy.
Robert McDonald
Board Chair
7
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
7
Contact CEO, Mike Fuge
8
Letter from our CEO
Tēnā koutou,
As I reflect on the past
financial year, it has been
one characterised by bold
aspiration, hard mahi, and
significant achievement.
Through granular focus and
unwavering commitment to
our Contact26 strategy we have
delivered outcomes that will help
shape New Zealand’s energy future
for generations.
I am pleased to report we have
delivered growth, investment
and played our role in supporting
the country’s wider economic
development.
As we deliver on our Contact26
commitments and turn to the next
strategy horizon, we are navigating
the energy transition and the balance
between our decarbonisation
leadership and our responsibility
to ensure the secure, sustainable,
and affordable supply of energy to
New Zealanders.
Financial performance
Market conditions in FY25 were
impacted by an accelerated decline
in gas availability. Gas production
was down 20 percent between
calendar 2023 and 2024, and this
had flow-on effects to gas pricing.
With two historically dry periods,
as well as periods of intense hydro
inflows, hydro storage was highly
volatile. Both the gas and hydrology
conditions led to significant volatility
in wholesale electricity prices.
In this context, our FY25 financial
performance reflects our effective
use of risk management assets
and controls, and the benefits
of our recent investment in new
geothermal capacity.
Contact’s EBITDAF of $774 million,
was up 17 percent on FY24, and
profit after tax was $261 million,
both on an underlying basis.
(This excludes a release of the
Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) provision
of $98 million before tax but includes
the $18 million Manawa transaction
and integration costs incurred
during the period). Adjusting for
one-off Manawa-related transaction
and integration costs, underlying
EBITDAF was $792 million.
Contact supported the market
through dry conditions by securing
short-term gas f rom Methanex,
running TCC, and using flexible gas
storage at AGS to support economic
thermal generation during the
financial year.
It was the first year where both of
our new geothermal power stations
at Tauhara and Te Huka 3 were
operational. In a very challenging
market, Contact’s baseload
geothermal generation increased to
4.5TWh, 34 percent more than FY24.
Total generation was 8.9TWh,
up 0.3TWh, despite significantly
reduced hydro generation.
In FY25, we will deliver investors
39c per share annual dividend,
up five percent f rom FY24.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGY
8
OUR STORYCONTENTS
Strategy
We’re four years into the delivery of
our Contact26 strategy. In this short
time, we have committed more than
$2 billion to build the critical energy
inf rastructure New Zealand needs.
Our priorities to grow demand, build
renewable development, decarbonise
our portfolio and create outstanding
customer experiences serve us well.
Our ESG leadership, transformative
ways of working and our focus on
operational excellence help enable
this journey.
Now more than ever we must
continue to play a leading role
in ensuring secure, sustainable
and affordable energy supply,
for all New Zealanders.
As a company we believe profoundly
in enabling the electrification of the
economy, walking alongside our
industrial, and residential, customers
to help them in the energy transition.
We will continue our orderly
investment in new renewable
generation to support this.
Our long-term commitment remains
constant: building a better, cleaner
and more sustainable Aotearoa
New Zealand.
Which brings me to our acquisition
of Manawa Energy.
The combination of Contact and
Manawa is an important step forward
in the country’s energy transition.
It will enable a great ability to invest in
future renewable energy generation,
enhance market security and
ultimately contribute to reducing
wholesale prices long-term.
Together we have highly
complementary, geographically
diverse hydro generation. Contact’s
hydro assets in the South Island
produce more energy in the summer
following the snowmelt, while
Manawa Energy’s hydro stations in
the North Island catch more rainfall
during winter. These complementary
power stations will help enable a
smoother transition away f rom fossil
fuels and help us manage dry year risk.
This will create a more diversified,
resilient and efficient business. It will
increase our ability to sell larger
volumes of fixed price electricity than
we could do independently. And it
will provide more opportunity for
wider deployment of flexible demand
products, helping to support customers.
Grow renewable development
and grow demand
We have been responsive to the
needs of our customers, our investors
and New Zealand as we support the
country’s economic development.
We were delighted, last November,
to host alongside the Tauhara hapū,
the Prime Minister for the opening
of Tauhara – the world’s largest single
shaft geothermal power turbine.
Te Huka 3 Binary Plant (51MW) also
came online in November last year.
Following behind Te Huka 3 and
Tauhara, Kōwhai Park solar farm
(168MWp) and the Glenbrook-Ohurua
battery (100MW) will start coming
online in the FY26 financial year.
Te Mihi Stage 2, a 101MW binary
plant to partially replace the 60-year-
old Wairākei plant, is now also well
underway with an onstream date
of mid-2027.
This level of activity is unprecedented
in our history. It is both fulfilling an
urgent need for renewable energy
in this country to support the
transition away f rom non-renewable
energy sources and creating new
opportunities for the New Zealand
economy.
In this regard the signing of long-
term electricity deals with iconic
New Zealand industrial businesses
such as NZ Steel (Electric Arc
Furnace), Fonterra (Whareora Dairy
Plant) and O ji Fibre Solutions (wood
processing) to ensure their long-
term future, help them decarbonise
and create new electricity demand
has been very much part of Contact’s
overall growth story.
Our Chair Robert has mentioned
our f rustration with the Southland
Wind Farm consent decline and,
more broadly, the unnecessary and
exorbitant time and expense consumed
in the current planning regime with
little or no productive outcomes for
New Zealand society at large.
We look forward to the Government
efforts to reform this and enable
outstanding renewable energy
projects like the Southland Wind
Farm to be built at pace for the
benefit of all. The project alone will
bring more than $200 million to the
Southland economy and generate
enough renewable energy to power
the equivalent of 150,000 homes.
CEO Mike Fuge and Tauhara hapū representative Hemi Biddle
at the opening of the Tauhara geothermal station in November 2024.
9
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
10
Decarbonising our portfolio
A rapid decline in upstream gas
supply and dry hydrological
conditions did lead to a short
period of high spot prices in August
last year. Our response to this has
been comprehensive and swift: we
have signed gas agreements with
Methanex both in August last year
and May this year to ensure winter
periods of high demand were well
covered.
We extended the operation of
the TCC Plant until the end of this
calendar year, and along with the
other major gentailers, we have
signed a heads of agreement on
a strategic energy reserve for the
nation based on the Huntly Firming
Option (HFO).
These measures combined with
the commissioning of new batteries
later this year, new generation being
brought onstream and the intent
to increase the operating range
of our hydro schemes (subject to
resource consent) have been, and
will be, critical to ensure the country’s
security of supply as we have
collectively faced into a rapidly
declining gas supply. Our commitment
to decarbonisation remains resolute,
however it cannot come at the expense
of a reliable and resilient energy system.
Creating outstanding customer
experiences
Home is everything, it’s where life
happens, connections are made,
and futures are built. Today Contact
has 646,000 customer connections
across energy, broadband and
mobile, a growth of 21,000
connections on the prior year.
We recognise that creating outstanding
customer experiences requires more
than just growth and innovation. This
also means addressing the challenges
Kiwis face at a time of increasing
pressures on household budgets.
Our Good Plans offer flexible pricing
that help households manage costs,
rewarding customers with f ree power
in return for off-peak use. More than
140,000 of our customers have joined
our time of use movement, receiving
collectively more than 260 million
hours of f ree power since we launched
in August 2021.
Fourth Trimester, giving three months
f ree power for families with newborns,
has to date helped 4,500 families at
a time of added household budget
pressure. In May, we launched our EV
Demand Flex pilot to help customers
charge cars when demand is low.
We look forward to the results of
this initiative.
On the back of Contact's Customer
Wellbeing team, we appointed
a Customer Wellbeing Manager
this year, the first of its type in
New Zealand’s energy sector.
In August 2024, we removed
disconnection and reconnection
fees for non-payment for all Contact
customers. Disconnections have
dropped 30 percent year on year,
evidence that our wellbeing-first
approach is working. We have
increased the number of outbound
calls to customers by 1,000 a month
on previous years.
Earlier this year, the Commerce
Commission reviewed electricity lines
and transmission charges, charges
that are passed on to consumers
and account for up to 40 percent
of an average bill. We recognise
these pass-on charges put more
pressure on consumers. As a
result, we have instigated regular
community presence across
heartland New Zealand where
we talk and help customers face-
to-face, beyond the traditional
contact centre interactions.
Our people
One of the privileges of growth is
the ability to offer unique and high-
quality job opportunities to Kiwis for
outstanding careers here in Aotearoa
New Zealand. We are delighted with
the skills we have been able to grow
and develop across the business,
and this has been recognised
externally with Prosple voting
Contact the most sought-after
energy employer as well as being
the graduates’ employer of choice.
We remain firmly committed to
correcting the gender imbalance that
continues across the electricity sector.
In all this our priority remains the
health, safety and wellbeing of our
people. We are deeply proud of our
performance in an Australasian
context. We realise this can never
be taken for granted nor can we
become complacent particularly
as our staff and contractors face
into major change with the additions
of new plants and technologies.
The future
And finally, I would like to thank
everyone at Contact for their
outstanding work and focus
throughout the year. I am proud
of you all and the contribution you
have made, not just to Contact,
but the legacy we are creating.
Looking ahead, one thing is clear.
Progress will require both visionary
aspiration and the ability to remain
responsive to New Zealand’s energy
needs.
We are excited about the future,
and the leading role we play in
New Zealand’s energy transition.
Ngā mihi nui,
As a company we believe
profoundly in enabling
the electrification of the
economy, walking alongside
our industrial, and residential,
customers to help them in
the energy transition.
Mike Fuge
Contact Chief Executive
Mike Fuge
Contact Chief Executive
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our story:
This is Contact
Clyde Dam, Central Otago.
1111
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
11
12
Our strategy: Contact26
Our strategy to lead New Zealand’s decarbonisation
Themes
Enablers
Grow demand
We’re growing demand for
New Zealand’s renewable
electricity in a range of ways.
Grow renewable
development
We’re developing new, renewable,
electricity generation as the market
evolves.
Create outstanding
customer experiences
We’re creating outstanding
customer experiences as we build
New Zealand’s leading energy and
services brand to meet more of our
customers’ needs.
Decarbonise
our portfolio
We’re decarbonising our portfolio of
generation assets (and the New Zealand
electricity market) via an orderly
transition to renewable generation
(managing the balance between
continued security of supply, minimal
emissions, and affordability).
Environmental,
Social, Governance (ESG)
• Create long-term value through our strong
performance across a broad set of ESG factors.
Operational
excellence
• Use innovation to continue to improve business efficiency
• Prudent management of stay-in-business capital
expenditure to deliver value
• Capture economies of scale and further digitise our business.
Transformative
ways of working (TWoW)
• Use technology to modernise our operating model
• Increase employee engagement to attract and
retain talent.
This will be underpinned by three key enablers
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our strategic focus
Our Contact26 strategy
is to be a leader in the
decarbonisation of
New Zealand. To do this
we will grow demand, grow
renewable development,
decarbonise our portfolio
and create outstanding
customer experience.
The last four years has been a period
of significant change for Contact, the
energy industry, and the country.
Now more than ever we must
continue to play our part to ensure
secure, sustainable, and affordable
energy supply for all Kiwis.
Our long-term commitment remains
constant: building a better, cleaner
and more sustainable Aotearoa
New Zealand.
As a country, we are seeing growing
investment in renewable energy.
Close to 4.5TWh of new renewable
generation has come online the last
18 months. As a company we believe
in enabling the electrification of our
economy. We continue to invest in
renewable generation to support this.
We made the decision to keep our
gas-fired generation plant in Taranaki
operational for one year longer.
We contracted additional fuel
support f rom Methanex to support
the plant through winter 2025.
These deliberate actions responded
to emerging electricity market
conditions to ensure electricity
remains available when New Zealand
needs it.
Our Contact26 strategy has served
us well. In the past four years
we have committed more than
$2 billion to build the critical energy
inf rastructure New Zealand needs.
This includes the $1.2 billion of
completed geothermal development
with our Tauhara and Te Huka 3
geothermal power stations. A further
$1.1 billion is currently under
construction with our Glenbrook-
Ohurua grid-scale battery, our
Kōwhai Park solar joint venture with
Lightsource bp, and Te Mihi Stage 2
as part of our phased Wairākei
replacement programme.
As we turn to the next horizon,
we remain focused on the four
pillars of our strategy: grow demand,
grow renewable development,
decarbonise our portfolio and create
outstanding customer experiences.
Looking ahead, one thing is clear.
Progress will require both visionary
aspiration and the ability to remain
responsive to New Zealand’s energy
needs as we transition to an electric
future.
Tauhara geothermal power station, Taupō.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
131313
14
Progress against our strategy
Four years into the delivery of our Contact26 strategy, we assess
and review our progress and look to derive value from what we
learn along the way.
Strategic theme
Grow
demand
New demand facilitated and contracted since FY21 ~230MW (88MW online) up f rom 105MW.
CO
2
Final Investment Decision (FID) now targeted for FY26.
15MW of flexible demand contracted taking total contracted volume to 188MW (141MW online).
• Facilitate 100MW of new demand.
• Reach 100MW total Demand Flex and
start pivoting to Demand Response.
• New green chemical channel established
contributing incremental EBITDAF.
2
• Grow to 10.3TWh p.a., of total renewable
assets f rom geothermal new build, solar
and wind.
• 100MW battery operational.
• Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions run-rate of
~300ktCO
2
e, working towards our 2035
net zero commitment.
• Renewable flexibility strategy to reduce
reliance on thermal peaking.
• Greater than 685k connections.
• Cost to serve (CTS) at global benchmark
of <$80 / connection.
• Triple EBITDAF contribution f rom
non-energy lines of business.
• Top quartile NZ Business for sustainability
survey
3
and most trusted energy brand.
4
Achieved FID on Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal power station. Expected to be online in Q3 CY2027.
Consent for Stratford solar lodged.
Consenting process underway for Glorit solar. Earliest expected FID FY26.
Southland Wind Farm consent has been declined under the COVID-19 Fast Track. Contact has been
accepted under the new Fast-Track Approvals Act and expects to lodge a substantive application shortly.
Te Huka 3 online December 2024 at full capacity. Final commissioning activity completed in June 2025.
Glenbrook-Ohurua battery under construction. Expected online in Q1 CY2026.
Kōwhai Park solar under construction. Expected online in Q2 CY2026.
Purchased additional ~8% interest in Forest Partners (taking total to 22%).
TCC was made available for winter 2025 to support security of supply. Closing 2025.
Sustained inclusion in DJSI Asia-Pacific (one of only five New Zealand companies).
Electricity net price up >3% on prior year, representing full recovery of lines cost increases
and partial recovery of rising wholesale costs.
Cost to serve $116/connection.
More than 149k multi-product connections, up ~7%.
Reached >20k homes in the Hot Water Sorter programme and shifted 4GWh residential
demand off-peak in FY25.
Grow
renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
FY25 Achievements/progress
FY27 ambitions
1
1 Set in May 2023.
2 EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice)
measure. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and
reconciliation of this measure is provided within note A2 to the financial
statements.
3 As measured by Kantar Better Futures survey.
4 As measured by Contact’s independently surveyed brand tracker.
Complete/on-track
Minor delay and/or cost increase
Major delay and/or cost increase
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Wairākei geothermal power station at Taupō.
1515
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
15
16
Manawa Energy acquisition
HighbankMatahinaWaihopai
ColeridgeCobbPātea
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
In early May, the Commerce
Commission approved
Contact’s $2.5 billion
acquisition of Manawa Energy.
In mid-June, 99.97% of
Manawa shareholders voted
in favour of the deal. The deal
completed on 11 July 2025.
The combination of Contact and
Manawa is an important step forward
in Aotearoa New Zealand’s energy
transition. It will enable a greater
ability to invest in future renewable
energy generation, enhance market
security, and ultimately contribute to
reducing wholesale prices long term.
The Manawa story
Manawa Energy began as the
Tauranga Electric Power Board in
the early 20th century, fuelling the
local community’s growing electricity
needs. In 1994, the company became
Trustpower, establishing itself as a
major renewable player with a portfolio
of hydro stations across New Zealand.
A rebrand to Manawa Energy followed
in 2022 when the retail business was
sold to Mercury.
This decision enabled Manawa to
focus exclusively on generating
clean, renewable electricity. Today,
Manawa has a team of 220 people,
and a network of 25 hydro schemes
strategically located f rom the Bay of
Plenty to Otago. The company has
several large-scale wind and solar
projects in development to help
meet New Zealand’s low emissions
energy needs.
Strategic rationale
Contact and Manawa are a great
fit. The two companies have highly
complementary, geographically
diverse hydro generation – Contact’s
in the South Island produce more
energy in the summer following the
snowmelt, while Manawa Energy’s
hydro stations in the North Island
catch more rainfall during winter.
These complementary power stations
will help enable a smoother transition
away f rom thermal fuels and help us
manage dry year risk. This will create a
more diversified, resilient and efficient
business and increase our ability to sell
larger volumes of fixed price electricity
than we could do independently.
It will also provide greater opportunity
for wider deployment of flexible
demand products, helping to support
customers.
Together, Contact and Manawa have
a greater ability to invest in renewable
energy generation, enhancing market
security and contributing to reducing
wholesale electricity prices in the
long-term.
Contact has a proven track record
in renewable energy investment.
In the past year we opened our
world-class geothermal power
station at Tauhara in Taupō and
brought our accelerated Te Huka 3
power station online. These projects
represent a combined investment
of more than $1.2 billion. You can
read more about these projects in
Grow Renewable Development.
Manawa has secured development
options totalling 1080MW of wind
and 531MWp of solar which are
geographically diverse and at various
stages of development. With a strong
balance sheet and enhanced funding
capacity, Contact is well placed to
accelerate these projects alongside
our existing pipeline. This enables
the combined company to support
New Zealand’s growing electricity
demand while maintaining
competitive wholesale pricing.
Bringing these two businesses
together will accelerate New Zealand’s
transition to a renewable energy future.
Our efforts this year
Following the deal’s announcement
in September 2024, Contact stood
up an Integration Office to prepare
for the acquisition. Subject matter
experts across multiple workstreams
considered how to combine Contact
and Manawa in a way that captures
the promised value and maximises
synergies and alignment between
the businesses.
After submitting our clearance
application to the Commerce
Commission in late September 2024,
our regulatory team worked with
the Commission to respond to the
Preliminary Statement of Issues in
November 2024 and Statement of
Issues in February 2025.
Looking ahead
Contact and Manawa completed
the deal on 11 July 2025, marking
the start of our shared future as one
of New Zealand’s leading energy
companies.
We now have a diverse portfolio
of renewable generation assets
and a greater capacity to invest
in new energy inf rastructure and
technologies. The acquisition of
Manawa has enhanced Contact’s
renewable development capabilities.
Our bigger and more diverse Contact
business controls a development
pipeline of around 12TWh. This
represents a major increase in
potential capacity that supports our
vision as New Zealand continues
toward a renewable energy future.
There’s a big job ahead, to keep
building the sustainable electricity
system New Zealander’s deserve,
and it’s a job both teams are deeply
committed to.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
1717
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
17
Grow
demand
18
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
18
Grow demand
New Zealand’s transition
towards a low-carbon
energy future continues to
accelerate. We are working
alongside industry and
business to help them
transition to a renewable
energy future.
At Contact, we remain committed
to decarbonisation and achieving
net zero emissions in our generation
operations. More recently, we have
found ourselves carefully balancing
this aspiration with an increasingly
urgent need to support New Zealand’s
economic development and energy
security.
We have taken bold and appropriate
steps.
The last year presented the energy
industry with a perfect storm of
challenges. A period of volatile
wholesale electricity prices in
August 2024 squeezed margins.
Persistent dry conditions constrained
hydro generation capacity at critical
periods. Gentailers have faced
mounting regulatory pressure,
including scrutiny around consumer
pricing and energy affordability
during a period of broader economic
uncertainty.
As we turn to the next strategy
horizon, we remain focused on
ensuring the secure, sustainable,
and affordable supply of energy.
This issue is more important now
than ever.
We also remain focused on being
responsive to the needs of our
customers, our investors, and
New Zealand. We’ve had to make
deliberate decisions that enable
us to continue partnering with
New Zealand’s business leaders
and major economic players as
they transition to renewable
energy solutions.
Announced in February, our
renewable energy supply agreement
with Fonterra will directly enable
the world’s largest dairy exporter
to reduce its carbon emissions.
Our long-term renewable electricity
agreement with NZ Aluminium
Smelter (NZAS) allows Contact to
access up to 46MW of demand
response from the smelter during
periods of peak demand. Our off-peak
agreement with NZ Steel will see the
company eliminate one percent of
New Zealand’s total emissions.
These partnerships highlight
the serious commitment to
decarbonisation across industries
and the critical role Contact plays
in helping big and small businesses
alike transition to a future powered
by renewable electricity.
On site at NZ Aluminium Smelter in Southland.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
1919
20
Contact and Fonterra forge landmark renewable energy partnership
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
New Zealand’s largest
company is set to further
decarbonise its operations
through a long-term energy
partnership.
In February 2025, Contact announced
a 10-year electricity supply agreement
with Fonterra. Our commercial
and industrial arm, Simply Energy,
structured the contract to ensure
a smooth commencement.
The agreement is set to begin in
August 2026. Contact will initially
provide Fonterra's Whareroa dairy
site with around 330GWh. Contact's
supply is expected to grow over time
to around 540GWh in the coming
years once transmission upgrades
are complete.
The partnership represents a model
well-placed to support New Zealand’s
energy transition. It highlights the
value of collaboration between
major energy users and generators
to accelerate decarbonisation.
With its strong renewable development
pipeline, Contact remains well-placed
to support customers as they
decarbonise. It’s also encouraging
to see the New Zealand dairy sector
providing proof that electricity can
be more economic than traditional,
more carbon-intensive fuels like
natural gas. At 540GWh, three-quarters
of the volume will be new demand
f rom planned electrification of a
sector historically reliant on fossil fuels.
The agreement is a demonstration of
shaped demand in action. The supply
is tailored to align with Fonterra's
summer-weighted operations at one of
the world's largest dairy manufacturing
facilities. This new summer-weighted
demand aligns with our portfolio of
renewable generation and is a great
fit for the solar projects that we are
developing with Lightsource bp.
As the world’s largest dairy exporter,
Contact and Simply Energy’s long-
term energy partnership provides
Fonterra with a steady supply of
renewable energy. It also enables one
of New Zealand’s largest economic
players to further decarbonise its
operations in the process.
Our strategic partnership
with Contact and Simply
Energy supports energy
resilience and advances
our decarbonisation
objectives. The Whareroa
investment ensures long-
term supply security,
operational efficiency, and
environmental performance;
key factors as we transition
to more sustainable energy
solutions tailored to meet
the complex demands of
our national manufacturing
footprint.
Linda Mulvihill
General Manager
Energy and Climate, Fonterra
Fonterra’s Whareroa dairy site, Taranaki.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Electric arc furnace ahead of schedule
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
Contact's innovative
renewable energy supply
agreement with NZ Steel
supports the industry's
energy transition.
NZ Steel's new $300 million electric
arc furnace at the Glenbrook
steelworks will start commissioning
in December 2025, ahead of the
original 2026 schedule.
The decarbonisation project is
underpinned by a partnership which
will see Contact providing 30MW
of renewable electricity through a
flexible arrangement. This enables
production scaling during peak
demand or supply shortages and
contributes to grid stability while
supporting NZ Steel’s transition
to lower-carbon production.
This collaborative commitment
to decarbonisation will be further
strengthened through a project
where Contact is constructing a
$163 million 100MW grid-scale
battery on land leased f rom
NZ Steel on its Glenbrook precinct.
You can read more about our grid-
scale battery in Grow renewable
development.
New Zealand Aluminium Smelter, Southland.Glenbrook Steel Mill, south of Auckland.
Our partnership with NZAS
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
Our long-term partnership
with the country’s largest
electricity consumer, NZ
Aluminium Smelter (NZAS),
provides operational
flexibility while supporting
low carbon aluminium
production in New Zealand.
The renewable electricity agreement
announced in May 2024 is now in
its second year. Contact provided
fixed-price coverage for 100MW of
electricity to the Tiwai Point smelter
in Southland until December 2024.
This increased to 120MW f rom
January 2025 for a minimum of
10 years; and an additional 25MW
for 2025 and 2026.
As part of the agreement, NZAS will
also provide Contact with demand
response of up to 46MW to support
New Zealand’s security of supply.
NZAS will reduce aluminium
production when requested by
Meridian Energy under specific
circumstances. This plays a crucial
role in the energy transition by
helping to keep the lights on
across New Zealand when needed.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
2121
22
Tauhara powers long-term
deal with Oji Fibre Solutions
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
Contact’s new Tauhara
geothermal power station
near Taupō represents more
than just an advancement
in New Zealand’s
decarbonisation. It provides
vital support to New Zealand's
pulp and paper sector.
The 174MW renewable geothermal
power station was officially
opened by the Prime Minister in
November 2024. It has become a
critical resource for an industry that
has faced challenging economic
headwinds in recent times.
Through its partnership with O ji Fibre
Solutions, one of Australasia’s leading
pulp manufacturers, the Tauhara
power station demonstrates how
energy solutions can help preserve
manufacturing capabilities.
It offers the type of operational
certainty through its power purchase
agreement (PPA) signed with Contact
in 2021, which sees O ji source a
significant portion of its electricity
f rom Tauhara. This agreement
provides the mill with reliable,
competitively priced renewable
energy. You can read more about
Tauhara geothermal power station
in Grow renewable development.
O ji secures predictable energy costs
and reduces the carbon intensity of
its operations. This exemplifies the
type of cross-sector collaboration
needed for New Zealand's
decarbonisation ambitions.
This partnership is yet
another demonstration
of Contact’s long-term
commitment to supporting
renewable generation
development. We continue
to grow demand for our
renewable electricity
by displacing thermal
generation, which ultimately
reduces New Zealand's
carbon emissions while
keeping electricity prices
competitive.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Kinleith Mill, Tokoroa.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
CentrePort pilots
new battery
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility
and electrification
New Zealand's key logistics hub,
CentrePort in Wellington, is
transitioning to electrified heavy
machinery.
To enable this transition, CentrePort
is piloting a 750kW/1,500kWh battery
energy storage system (BESS) to
support EV charging as part of its
microgrid strategy. The pilot will
address capacity constraints f rom
high-capacity EV chargers.
As part of the pilot, Simply Energy
evaulated the battery's potential
for reducing network pressure and
managing costs while enhancing
resilience and supporting emissions
reductions. The modelling identified
multiple revenue streams including
demand-side flexibility markets,
energy arbitrage, exporting excess
power, and reducing peak demand.
CentrePort plans to install the pilot-
scale battery later this year.
Exploring EV charging network opportunities.
Thirst for
homegrown CO₂
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
Contact is preparing options to develop
a sustainable carbon capture solution
to increase New Zealand's food grade
CO₂ supply.
The process would capture naturally
occurring CO
2
emissions f rom our
Ohaaki geothermal site near Taupō.
We would then convert it to an
essential food grade product to be
used in everything f rom brewing
beer to preserving the shelf life of
various food products.
Following positive feedback f rom
potential customers across the
country, Contact is now looking
to progress the initiative. We are
securing potential joint venture
partners for the project.
Growing our renewable partnership
with Lightsource bp
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
Through a joint venture with global
solar developer Lightsource bp,
Contact is well underway on the
construction of the Kōwhai Park solar
farm adjacent to Christchurch Airport
and the development of several grid-
scale solar generation projects across
New Zealand.
You can read more about our
solar generation projects in
Grow renewable development.
Contact has extended this strategic
partnership and is now in discussions
with Lightsource bp’s parent company,
bp, regarding further development of
its EV charging network. Initial
investigations are considering whether
this charging network could be linked
to the Kōwhai Park solar farm.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
2323
24
Grow renewable
development
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
24
Grow renewable
development
In an era defined by urgent
climate priorities, Contact
remains at the forefront
of New Zealand’s energy
transition with significant
investment in electricity
generation.
Our commitment to expand our
renewable generation portfolio
is not only a business strategy,
but a response to New Zealand’s
pressing environmental challenges.
We remain responsive to our
customers, our investors, and
New Zealand.
In the past four years we have
committed to projects which
together will see more than
$2 billion invested to build the
critical infrastructure New Zealand
needs. The past year saw us continue
with our ambitious goal to grow
our energy assets. In November
we opened our geothermal power
station at Tauhara in Taupō.
In December 2024, our Te Huka 3
power plant came online.
Tauhara is one of New Zealand’s
most significant infrastructure
investments of recent times. It can
produce up to 174MW of electricity,
around 3.5 percent of the country’s
electricity and enough for around
200,000 households.
From autumn 2026, our Glenbrook-
Ohurua battery will contribute to
our diversified fleet of generation,
storing energy in reserve ready to
discharge to the national grid at
a split second when it is needed
most. It is a game changer,
reducing our reliance on fossil
fuels and supporting the energy
transition and the development
of renewables like wind and solar.
Solar power is the world's fastest
growing source of new energy.
Construction of our Kōwhai Park
solar farm on the Christchurch
Airport campus began this year.
Further north, consenting activities
to develop our Glorit solar farm on
the Kaipara Coast continue. We are
preparing options for a grid-scale
solar farm in Stratford, Taranaki.
We're working closely with our
JV partnership Lightsource bp
on these projects.
As New Zealand charts its course
towards a net zero future, Contact
is accelerating the pace and scale
of our renewable investments.
Investing in our sustainable future
today ensures we can help meet
tomorrow’s demand for renewable
energy.
Onsite at our Glenbrook-Ohurua battery.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
252525
26
Tauhara geothermal power station:
Powering the renewable energy economy
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
Meaningful relationships with tangata
whenua
November 2024 marked a
milestone in New Zealand's
clean energy journey with
the official opening of the
Tauhara geothermal power
station in Taupō.
Our Tauhara geothermal power
station is the largest single-shaft
geothermal turbine power station
in the world. It demonstrates
New Zealand's continued leadership
in geothermal technology.
The power station taps into one of
New Zealand’s greatest geothermal
resources. It is a substantial addition
to the country’s renewable energy
portfolio and provides 174MW of
clean, reliable power at full capacity.
This represents approximately
3.5 percent of the country’s total
electricity generation. It can power
the equivalent of 200,000
New Zealand homes.
The $931 million facility is a
demonstration of Contact’s
commitment to growing renewable
generation. The power station came
online in May 2024, providing critical
generation to the national grid during
a period of gas supply constraints and
low hydro inflows.
More than 4,000 people and
2.65 million work hours went to the
development of the power station.
Our Tauhara team were recognised
at the 2024 New Zealand Workplace
Health & Safety Awards with the
Wellbeing Award in recognition of
our approach to worker care during
the massive construction effort.
We are using learnings and expertise
f rom the development of Tauhara on
the construction of other geothermal
power stations, such as our latest
project Te Mihi Stage 2, and refining
as we go.
Prime Minister Christopher Luxon
presided over the official opening
ceremony in November. The event
brought together our people, tangata
whenua and the local community.
Tauhara geothermal power station in Taupō.
Contact senior project engineer Matt Wasley with Prime
Minister Christopher Luxon at the opening of Tauhara.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
As part of our commitment to creating
jobs in the community, Contact’s
Ka Hiko programme provided
89 locals with pre-trade training and
employment opportunities working
on the power station's three-and-a-half
year construction during the COVID-19
pandemic.
The project highlighted the ongoing
collaboration and partnership with
Ngāti Tūwharetoa and the Tauhara
Moana Trust. The official opening
ceremony coincided with a further
Heads of Agreement between
Contact and the local hapū (pictured
top right).
Read more about this partnership in
Environment, social and governance.
In June 2025, the project was named
as a finalist in the Energy Project
of the Year category of the 2025
New Zealand Energy Excellence
Awards.
I acknowledge the
partnership built between
Contact and our hapū
over many years. Their
commitment to fostering
meaningful relationships
reflects a journey of
collaboration, mutual
respect, and shared vision.
Topia Rameka
Nga Hapu o Tauhara, Ngāti Tūwharetoa
Contact team and dignitaries at the official
opening of Tauhara geothermal power station.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
2727
28
Full steam ahead for Contact’s seventh geothermal power station
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
In December 2024, Contact’s
seventh geothermal power
station, Te Huka 3, started
providing power to the
national grid.
The $305 million accelerated
development project took just over
two years to construct.
Te Huka 3 is located next to Contact’s
existing Te Huka geothermal power
station in Taupō. The single shaft
binary power plant initially ran during
a three-week testing period with
Transpower.
By November 2024 the station
was running at full capacity and
generating 51MW of renewable
energy after performance and
reliability testing was completed.
In April 2025, a three-week scheduled
outage enabled planned modifications
to improve operational stability.
At the peak of construction, around
240 people completed approximately
625,000 work hours.
The design of the Te Huka 3 power
station allows for full reinjection of
CO
2
back to the geothermal reservoir.
All renewable energy attributes
generated by Te Huka 3 are provided
to Microsoft through a Renewable
Attribute Purchase Agreement
signed in September 2022. This is
accompanied by an electricity supply
agreement signed in February 2025.
The Microsoft deal reflects our
commitment to enter contracts for
renewable energy certificates that
are directly linked to the addition of
new renewable power generation.
It demonstrates the actions of two
leading organisations aligning to
create better outcomes both here
in Aotearoa and globally.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Te Huka 3 geothermal power station, Taupō.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Further investment secures the future
of the Wairākei steamfield
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
As one of our oldest
generation assets, the
Wairākei geothermal power
station has been part of
Contact’s renewable portfolio
since it was built in the 1950s.
In November 2024, the Contact
Board approved construction of a
new 101MW geothermal plant called
Te Mihi Stage 2. The decision is the
first step in replacing the original
Wairākei geothermal power station
and marks a milestone for Contact’s
commitment to long-term,
sustainable generation on the
Wairākei steamfield.
The $712 million project is a two-unit
binary plant and will be a useful
addition to the existing geothermal
stations on the steamfield. The new
station will generate more power
f rom the same steamfield through
more efficient use of this resource.
Once operational, Te Mihi Stage 2 will
generate enough renewable electricity
to power the equivalent of 120,000
New Zealand homes each year.
The construction village is complete,
and site earthworks are well-advanced.
Te Mihi Stage 2 has been under
construction since shortly after
Board approval and the power
station is expected to be online by
September 2027.
During Te Mihi Stage 2 construction,
Contact will extend the running
of the Wairākei geothermal power
station until mid-2027. Selected
operating units will then be retired.
Contact will retain 67MW of capacity
at Wairākei f rom mid-2027 until
mid-2031 when resource consent ends.
Subject to final investment
decision, Te Mihi Stage 3, and further
development of the steamfield,
is expected to be online by mid-2031.
Moving to this phased re-
development plan for Wairākei,
including the partial extension
of the Wairākei station out to 2031,
has proven to be the highest
returning option for Contact
shareholders. The new build
is execution-ready, and will be
supported by advanced front-
end design, a successful drilling
campaign and an experienced
project execution team that’s
ready and fresh from building
the Tauhara and Te Huka 3
geothermal power stations.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Construction underway at Te Mihi Stage 2.Wairākei geothermal power station.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
2929
30
Simply the BESS: Contact’s grid-scale battery
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
In July 2024, Contact
partnered with Tesla to build
a 100MW grid-scale battery.
The battery will provide
enough electricity to meet
a two-hour peak demand
period for the equivalent
of 44,000 homes.
The $163 million grid-scale battery
represents a significant investment
in New Zealand’s renewable energy
inf rastructure. It builds on Contact’s
existing partnership with NZ Steel
(see Grow demand) and will sit on
land leased at its Glenbrook site in
south Auckland. The site is suitable
for battery storage with its flat land
and high voltage connection to
New Zealand’s national grid.
The industrial-sized lithium battery
energy storage system (BESS) will
store excess renewable electricity,
including electricity generated by
wind or solar sources during off-
peak periods when demand is low.
Once constructed, it will be closer
to Auckland load than any other
grid-scale battery project. This will
optimise transmission efficiency and
grid stability.
In April 2025, the first of 56 battery
units arrived at the Glenbrook site.
Over a month-long period, the
batteries were individually craned onto
site. Work is now underway to connect
each of them to the national grid.
The project remains on track to be
online in the first quarter of 2026.
In July 2025, we lodged a consent
application to expand the Glenbrook-
We are doubling down on our
focus to increase electricity
generation and improve the
resilience of the electricity
network. From autumn 2026,
our Glenbrook-Ohurua
battery will contribute to our
diversified fleet of generation,
storing energy in reserve ready
to discharge to the national
grid at a split second’s notice,
when it’s needed most. This
investment and technology
are game changers,
reducing our reliance on
fossil fuels and supporting
the energy transition and the
development of renewables
like wind and solar.
Dorian Devers
Chief Renewable Growth Officer
Ōhurua battery for up to 500MW,
providing enough energy to power
the equivalent of 220,000 homes.
The project is subject to consent
and Contact’s final investment
decision. If successful this will be the
country's largest grid-scale battery.
Contact has also secured consent
for another 100MW battery facility in
Stratford, Taranaki, demonstrating
scalable growth opportunities in the
energy storage sector. You can read
more about this in Grow renewable
development.
Progress on site at Glenbrook-Ohurua battery.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Progress on
proposed Southland
Wind Farm
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
In an ongoing commitment to a
diversified renewable portfolio,
Contact is developing a pipeline
of wind generation opportunities
to meet New Zealand’s growing
demand for renewable energy.
Contact is seeking resource consent
for a wind farm comprising up to
55 wind turbines on a site around
15km east of Wyndham, in
Southland. Each turbine would have
approximately 7MW capacity with a
tip height of 220 metres. The project
could generate up to 380MW with an
output of up to 1,400GWh per year.
In March 2025 an Expert Consenting
Panel under the COVID-19 Recovery
(Fast-Track Consenting) Act declined
consent for the wind farm. Contact
has since been accepted to use
the Government's new Fast-Track
Approvals Act and we expect to lodge
our substantive application shortly.
The wind farm will provide regional
and national economic benefits for
local communities and a range of
environmental benefits through large
scale pest control, fencing, planting
and wet plant restoration that Contact
would undertake. The Department of
Conservation, Ngāi Tahu, Environment
Southland, Southland District Council
and Gore District Council approved
the conditions Contact put forward
for this project.
Shining a light on solar power
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
Contact's strategy to be a leader in
decarbonisation of New Zealand
plays out in our solar energy
ambitions.
Our Kōwhai Park solar farm is being
developed with Lightsource bp near
Christchurch Airport. The project broke
ground in August 2024 after reaching
financial close. The 168MWp solar farm
will use around 300,000 panels across
230 hectares to generate around
275GWh annually when it comes
online in 2026.
In the North Island, the proposed
Glorit solar farm on the Kaipara
Coast targets high-demand areas.
The coastal location simultaneously
maximises solar capture and
positions generation capacity near
Auckland’s growing energy needs.
When operational (and subject
to consent and final investment
decision), the solar farm is expected
to generate 280GWh of renewable
energy annually. It will connect
to the existing Transpower 220kV
transmission network through
a 1.5km connection f rom the site.
We are also advancing the Stratford
solar farm option in south Taranaki
with Lightsource bp, with consent
applications lodged in June 2025.
Subject to final investment decision,
the proposed 180MWp grid-scale
solar farm would complement
Contact’s existing energy operations
in the region. This approach
places solar assets alongside other
generation types to create a balanced
and resilient generation portfolio.
Expanding solar capacity across
New Zealand helps to reduce the
country’s reliance on fossil fuels.
It also supports regional economic
development through employment
and operational opportunities.
The geographically diverse nature
of these solar farms enhances grid
supply by reducing vulnerability to
localised weather patterns.
These solar energy ambitions
demonstrate Contact’s commitment
to leading New Zealand's transition
to a more sustainable and resilient
energy future.
The first panels installed at Kōwhai Park solar farm.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
3131
32
Decarbonise
our portfolio
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
32
Decarbonise our portfolio
From powerful rivers
and geothermal fields to
consistent wind patterns and
emerging solar potential,
New Zealand’s natural
resources remain a key asset.
At Contact, we have an
intentional approach to
achieving net zero in our energy
generation, by 2035 and remain
on track to achieve this. This
approach is underpinned by
a planned and purposeful
transition away from fossil
fuel generation, enabling us to
carefully balance our ambitious
decarbonisation leadership with
our fundamental responsibility
to ensure secure, sustainable,
and affordable energy supply
to all New Zealanders.
Over the last year, we’ve
continued to innovate at pace
and have made progress in
bringing new renewable
energy projects to life.
You can read more about our
new solar projects and our
$1.2 billion investment in two
new geothermal power stations,
Tauhara and Te Huka 3, in Grow
renewable development.
New Zealand experienced
significant gas supply constraints
during the winter months
of 2024. Production fell well
short of forecasted levels.
With insufficient gas available
to meet all contracted demand,
we saw unplanned reductions
in industrial gas use across
the sector.
Contact made the difficult but
necessary decision to extend
the operational life of our
Taranaki Combined Cycle
(TCC) plant through to the
end of winter 2025. While
this extension represents a
departure from our original
timeline for thermal asset
retirement, it reflects our
continued commitment to
supporting New Zealand’s
electricity market during
unprecedented supply
constraints.
Off the back of the lowest
first-quarter national hydro
inflows on record, in May 2025
we reached an agreement with
Methanex to take 2.8PJ of gas,
as a part buy and part swap,
to be supplied over an eight
week period. This additional
fuel supply will directly support
the running of the TCC plant,
alongside the gas peaking
units at Stratford as required
through winter 2025.
To improve security of electricity
supply, Contact has joined
Genesis, Mercury and Meridian
in signing detailed agreements
to establish a strategic energy
reserve at Huntly Power
Station. The initiative, subject
to Commerce Commission
review, will keep Huntly’s
Rankine units operational
and able to manage dry-year
risk, directly supporting reliable
power supply and stable energy
costs for New Zealanders.
Roxburgh Dam, Central Otago.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
333333
34
Our 2035 net zero goal
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
At Contact, we remain
committed to achieving net
zero emissions from energy
generation by 2035 – an
ambitious target that remains
achievable through multiple
complementary strategies.
The last year highlighted the realities
of New Zealand’s energy transition.
While our diverse renewable portfolio
performed well, as one of our country’s
largest energy generators we also had
to make decisions to ensure secure,
sustainable, and affordable energy
supply to all New Zealanders.
Extended dry conditions late last
year, combined with New Zealand’s
continued decline in readily available
and affordable gas supply, highlighted
the importance of growing our
renewable generation portfolio
and the ongoing role of thermal
generation during transition periods.
The past year served as an important
reminder of the need to be bold when
it comes to building a better, cleaner
and more sustainable New Zealand.
To play our part in the energy transition,
we must be prepared to address the
challenges ahead with ambition and
pragmatism. For Contact, that means
more than just decarbonisation.
It means ensuring energy affordability
and security while New Zealand
decarbonises.
Our commitment to affordable
and secure energy supply saw us
make some bold moves in FY25.
We accelerated major projects,
f rom our 100MW grid-scale battery
to multiple solar generation projects
across New Zealand (see Grow
renewable development). We
maintained our commitment
to developing wind generation
opportunities to meet New Zealand’s
growing demand (see Grow renewable
development). We are advancing
our $2.5 billion Manawa acquisition,
bringing together two New Zealand
companies to better serve the
electricity market through strategic
use of New Zealand’s hydro assets
(see Manawa Energy acquisition).
We extended the operational life of
our TCC plant through to the end
of winter 2025 (see Decarbonise
our portfolio) while maintaining
appropriate flexible gas supply to
support both the TCC plant and
our gas peaking units at Stratford.
This reminds us that progress may
not always follow linear trajectories.
Contact’s 2035 net zero goal remains
firm. It is backed by substantial
investments, proven expertise
and a commitment to remaining
responsive to our external operating
environment as we continue building
our renewable energy future.
Our pathway to net zero for Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035
Current emission
breakdown
(ktCO
2
e)Decarbonisation pathway (ktCO
2
e)
FY25
Scope 1 and 2
emissions
742
0
Glenbrook-
Ohurua
Battery*
Decommission
TCC
Capturing or
reinjecting
carbon
Additional
initiatives being
assessed
-308
-54
Forestry
partners units
received**
-256
-10
-114
SBTI 2026 target
648 ktCO
2
e
Note: Analysis is based on FY25 actual Scope 1
and 2 emissions (indicates the total contribution
TCC had in FY25 at 42 percent). Utilisation of the
peakers will vary over future years depending on
hydro sequences and new technologies.
* Figure indicates estimated CO
2
displacement
achieved f rom reduced running of the thermal
peakers. Calculations estimated a reduction of
approximately 150 operating hours or 150Tj
of gas displaced, which when the Ministry for
the Environment approved Emission Factor
is applied equates to 10,000 tonnes.
** Includes expected units f rom Drylandcarbon
One Limited Partnership and Forest Partners
Limited Partnership. Units are shown per
annum and are based on current information
and may fluctuate based on climate conditions
and/or regulatory updates. Contact’s equity
share in these partnerships increased in FY25,
hence the increased volume of available credits.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Supporting
energy security
Reliable energy supply
Contact has joined Genesis, Mercury
and Meridian in signing detailed
agreements to establish a strategic
energy reserve at Huntly Power
Station, subject to Commerce
Commission approval.
This initiative reflects the challenge
facing New Zealand’s energy sector:
meeting our decarbonisation
commitments while ensuring secure
and affordable energy supply for
New Zealand.
While Contact maintains its
commitment to net zero energy
generation by 2035, we recognise
the critical need for back-up
electricity generation enhanced
system security as New Zealand
transitions to renewable energy.
The agreements will see New Zealand’s
four largest electricity generators
creating a strategic fuel reserve
designed to keep Huntly’s Rankine
units operational and available to
manage dry-year risk by providing
quick-start generation when
required. One unit was scheduled
for retirement in 2026 and two others
in the early 2030s.
This decision directly responds to the
winter 2024 market conditions and
will provide a crucial buffer against
future dry winters, helping maintain
reliable power supply and stable
energy costs for New Zealanders.
Retaining TCC through 2025
Reliable energy supply
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
In November 2024, Contact made
the difficult but necessary decision
to extend the operational life of our
330MW Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC)
plant through to the end of winter 2025.
We remain committed to retiring our
baseload thermal assets. However,
TCC has not been decommissioned
ahead of winter 2025 as originally
planned. The plant has been recallable
on a five-day notice period, with the
extended availability supporting
Contact’s Stratford Peaker Units during
unplanned outages and providing
backup to thermal units in the
market. The decision to decommission
TCC also relates to the age of the
unit, changes in market dynamics,
constraints to gas supply and the
cost of the C6 refurbishment.
Earlier this year, New Zealand
experienced its lowest first-quarter
national hydro inflows on record.
Off the back of this uncertainty,
Contact reached an agreement with
Methanex in May 2025 to purchase
approximately 2.8PJ of gas to be
supplied over an eight-week period.
This arrangement enabled Contact to
run TCC alongside the gas peaking
units at Stratford, mitigating any
potential energy security challenges
during the winter 2025 period.
TCC will be permanently retired at
the end of 2025, and we will maintain
our two open cycle gas fired peakers
at Stratford alongside the diesel fired
Whirinaki plant.
While operating TCC may impact
our generation emissions this year,
Contact recognises the importance
of addressing public concerns over
New Zealand’s security of supply
issues experienced in winter 2024.
TCC's heat recovery steam generator at Stratford.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
3535
36
Create outstanding
customer experiences
36
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Create outstanding customer experiences
We want all of our customers
to have the best experience.
Driven by our kaupapa of building
a better Aotearoa New Zealand,
we recognise this means meeting
customer needs in meaningful and
practical ways.
With Kiwi families facing cost of living
pressures, we're focused on solutions
that enhance home life while
supporting energy wellbeing and
affordability for the more than
415,000 Contact customers.
Energy wellbeing is about more
than keeping the lights on – it’s about
helping New Zealanders feel secure,
supported, and empowered in their
homes and communities.
Our Good Plans provide customers
periods of free or discounted power.
Today more than 140,000 of our
customers have joined our time of
use movement, collectively receiving
260 million hours of free energy since
we launched in August 2021.
Our Hot Water Sorter helps
customers manage energy usage
in a smarter and more affordable
way. Fourth Trimester supports new
parents during one of life’s most
demanding periods. These aren’t just
‘nice to haves’. They are examples
of Contact making a difference by
easing pressure and supporting
better home life. We removed
disconnection and reconnection
fees for non-payment for all Contact
customers in August 2024. As a
result, disconnections have dropped
significantly year-on-year.
Our February 2025 launch of Contact’s
latest ‘Flatties’ campaign coincided
with a drive to increase multi-product
customers. We offered an energy
credit for customers who added
telco services to their Contact energy
account.
In May Contact announced an
EV Demand Flex programme
pilot. The pilot uses technology to
automatically charge customers’ EVs
when energy demand is low. This will
help the increasing number of EV
drivers to reduce the cost of charging
their vehicles while directly reducing
reliance on fossil fuels by easing
pressure on the national electricity
grid. This further supports the
decarbonisation of New Zealand.
At Contact, we believe energy is
about people – their comfort, their
security, and their ability to thrive at
home. That’s why we work hard to
ensure it feels truly good to be home
for New Zealanders.
It's important to us to help
our customers in meaningful
and practical ways.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
3737
38
Improving the experience for
our customers
Customer wellbeing and trust
Energy wellbeing and equity
We’re always looking for
ways to ensure it’s good to
be home for the customers
we connect to energy,
broadband, and mobile.
This supports our drive to
help build a better Aotearoa
New Zealand.
Through our Good Plans, more than
140,000 New Zealand households
receive f ree or discounted energy
during off-peak times. Our Good Plan
customer numbers grew by more
than a quarter since FY24. Since
launching in mid-2021, our Good
Plans customers have received more
than 260 million hours of f ree power.
Our Fourth Trimester initiative
continues to support families with
newborns with f ree energy for the
first 90 days. This turns energy
support into an investment in long-
term health, resilience and equity
f rom day one. Since launching,
we have helped more than 4,500
households.
Over the past year we’ve made
improvements to enhance how
we support our customers through
the services we provide. We rebuilt
our customer engagement model
f rom the ground up – rooted in
empathy and backed by insight.
This is reflected in our call centre
Net Promoter Score – the number of
customers who would recommend
our call centre, versus those who
wouldn’t – which has grown to +61
(up f rom +54 the year prior), showing
increasing trust and loyalty.
Relational Net Promoter Score
(a measure of overall customer
satisfaction) was +28, down f rom
+37 last year. We acknowledge the
role that rising energy prices have
played, and this emphasises the
importance of our efforts to support
our customers.
Our customer numbers have grown
by 21,000 new connections in the
past year, and we now have more
than 646,000 customer connections
across electricity, gas, broadband and
mobile. In July 2024, we achieved
our goal of over 100,000 broadband
connections. Our customers' need for
connectivity has increased, driving
uptake of our broadband service and
our newest offering, Contact Mobile,
which has gained more than 13,000
customers since its 2023 launch.
This growth reflects demand for
our multi-product offerings and
reinforces our ability to continue
investing in customer wellbeing
and community support.
Customer wellbeing team
member Mykaela McWatters
from our Levin office.
In August, we removed
disconnection and reconnection
fees for non-payment for all
customers. Disconnections have
dropped 30 percent year-on-year,
and we continue to meet our goal
to have 50 percent of disconnected
customers reconnected within
24 hours.
In June, we introduced a
discretionary $100 credit for new
prepay customers in hardship. This
hasn’t yet affected the percentage
of customers successfully
onboarded and we're monitoring
this indicator to ensure we are
doing all we can to support
equitable access to energy.
For many customers, an outstanding
customer experience is one they
can manage themselves. In August
2024, we successfully completed
the release of our new Contact App
and My Account as part of our Next
Generation Digital Tools project.
Today, close to 80 percent of our
customer interactions are self-service.
In the second half of 2024, we added
four new team members to our
Customer Wellbeing team. This
included appointing a Customer
Wellbeing Manager – an industry
first. As a result, we have been able
to make 1,000 more outbound
customer calls each month. This
has allowed us to offer direct help
to 300 more customers each month
while also spending time in the
communities we serve.
Earlier this year, the Commerce
Commission reviewed electricity
lines and transmissions charges.
These charges as passed on
to electricity consumers in
New Zealand and typically
account for 30 to 40 percent of
an average monthly power bill.
We recognise that cost-of-living
pressure is making things harder
for New Zealanders. This reinforces
the importance of taking a holistic
approach to energy wellbeing.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Building stronger
communities
Community wellbeing
Contact has forged a meaningful
partnership with Northland
Community Foundation, establishing
the Northland Contact Energy
Community Wellbeing Fund to address
community needs across the region.
This collaboration emerged following
the June 2024 Transpower pylon
collapse that left nearly 100,000
Northlanders without power,
highlighting both the region's energy
inf rastructure vulnerabilities and the
need for community resilience.
Community feedback highlighted
that energy is just one of the many
financial pressures faced by whānau,
so we established the fund with an
initial $40,000 donation, specifically
targeting organisations that operate
foodbanks, budgeting services, and
welfare centres. We met with some
of these organisations in May and
their feedback indicated that our
contributions are enabling them to be
more effective in delivering essential
services to their communities.
The fund, managed by Northland
Community Foundation, is designed
to create sustainable change across
communities f rom Kaiwaka to
Kaitāia. Contact's additional $10,000
contribution toward the Foundation's
operational costs ensures effective
fund management and distribution.
Putting a friendly face to the Contact name
Energy wellbeing and equity
Customer wellbeing and trust
Contact's Customer Wellbeing
team is transforming customer
relationships by taking support
directly into communities.
As part of our commitment to
continuous improvement we
reviewed our credit cycle and
customer experience practices. This
review identified key areas where
our operational policies were not
delivering the fairness, flexibility, and
empathy we aim to provide.
Following this review, an initiative
led by our Customer Wellbeing
Manager saw us establishing a
regular community presence across
multiple community-based locations
throughout New Zealand.
This face-to-face approach
demonstrates our commitment to
understanding each customer as an
individual. It fosters deeper trust and
a better understanding of how we
can help them.
The team provides support and
information on everything f rom
power savings and how to use our
Contact apps, to account health
checks and ensuring customers are
on the most suitable plan.
Through direct conversations
with whānau, social agencies, and
community groups, we learned that
many whānau are unable to engage
with us during standard business
hours. In response, we extended
our contact centre hours to support
evening and weekend calling.
The review also led us to update
our disconnection policies to be
more equitable and better aligned
to customer realities. We removed
the previous 12-month stand-down
period that applied when a customer
defaulted on payment arrangements.
Payment arrangements can now be
put in place at any stage, including
at the point of disconnection.
We have seen a 30 percent drop in
customer disconnections and a 58
percent reduction in disconnections
for post-pay residential customers.
We’re also receiving fewer complaints
related to disconnection and debt
processes.
Many Northlanders are under
extreme financial pressure at this
time, struggling to put food on the
table for their families and falling
into debt. The support of Contact
Energy throughout Northland
has made tangible differences
in the lives of many by the
provision of food parcels and
budgeting assistance to keep
Northland families afloat in very
challenging times.
Jane Stearns
Community Engagement Manager,
Northland Community Foundation
Our Customer Wellbeing Team.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
3939
40
Smart EV
charging pilot
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
Customer wellbeing and trust
We have launched an EV Demand Flex
pilot programme to address the reality
that charging an EV can increase
household energy use by up to
30 percent.
The pilot began in early June 2025
and employs intelligent technology
to automatically charge customers’
EVs during low-demand periods.
The system pauses charging when
electricity demand spikes.
There are now more than 119,000
fully electric and plug-in hybrids on
the country’s roads. Our programme
addresses energy inf rastructure
challenges as EV adoption
accelerates. By automatically
shifting charging to periods of lower
electricity prices, our Good Plans
customers can reduce their energy
costs while contributing to grid
stabilisation.
The pilot builds on our successful
demand management portfolio.
It complements the Hot Water
Sorter programme that has helped
more than 20,000 households
reduce energy usage.
The pilot will generate valuable data
on charging behaviours to refine
the programme before potential
expansion, positioning Contact as a
leader in New Zealand's smart grid
transformation.
Hot Water Sorter turns the heat down
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and
electrification
Our Hot Water Sorter initiative
continues to achieve success
with New Zealand households
responding positively to this demand
management initiative.
Hot Water Sorter is one of the first
energy retailer-led national hot water
cylinder control programmes in
New Zealand. By switching off hot
water cylinders during peak electricity
demand periods, it saves customes
money and decreases peak hour
demand.
More than 20,000 New Zealand
households have transitioned onto
our Hot Water Sorter.
This initiative positions Contact
at the foref ront of demand-side
management innovation and
sets a precedent for other energy
retailers. The programme's growth
demonstrates the benefit of
working with customers and using
smart technology to address peak
demand challenges in New Zealand’s
residential energy market.
Heating water accounts for around
30 percent of a New Zealand
household’s energy usage. Turning
hot water cylinders off during peak
hours takes pressure off the national
grid, making more power available
where it is most needed. By reducing
pressure at peak times, we reduce
New Zealand’s reliance on fossil fuels.
Michael Robertson
Acting Chief Retail Officer
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Financial
performance
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
4141
4242
Financial performance
1 Contract for Difference – a financial agreement for fixed price electricity.
2 Committed investment by Contact into these three projects totals $0.9 billion. The $1.1 billion total includes total project costs for Kōwhai Park, which is being built through Contact’s 50:50 JV with
Lightsource bp and is project financed.
3 Contact’s dividend policy is to pay dividends of 80–100% of average operating f ree cash flow of the preceding four years. As the historic measure will not capture the operating f ree cash flow contribution f rom
Manawa within the history, the Board will apply discretion in the first few years post-acquisition, if the measure is temporarily above 100%, so that it is not constrained in delivering the expected DPS uplift.
In FY25, Contact’s performance reflected
our ongoing renewable investments and
supporting security of supply.
Our performance in FY25 was underpinned by an
uplift in geothermal generation, effective use of
risk management assets and contracts, and better
alignment of long-term sales with the market price
of electricity.
Hydro volatility characterised operating conditions
in FY25 and gas supply continued to tighten,
with domestic production down more than
20 percent over the last calendar year. Together, these
conditions impacted wholesale pricing as more
expensive thermal generation was required to cover
the reduction in hydro generation in the market.
We took action, contracting additional short-
term gas f rom Methanex and utilising flexible gas
storage capacity at AGS to support gas-backed
electricity supply. As a result, we were positioned to
provide risk management to support other market
participants, with CFD
1
sales 0.5TWh above plan
in FY25.
During the period we completed the commissioning
of our two new geothermal plants, Tauhara and
Te Huka 3. Together these are expected to produce
1.9TWh of baseload renewable electricity in a
full year. In FY25 these plants generated 1.5TWh,
reducing reliance on thermal generation in a
challenging market. Our geothermal generation
was up 34 percent on FY24.
Construction continues on three major
development projects; the 100MW/200MWh
Glenbrook-Ohurua battery, 168MWp Kōwhai Park
solar farm and Te Mihi Stage 2 – a new 101MW
geothermal plant to partially replace the ageing
Wairākei A&B station. Together these projects
will collectively represent more than $1.1 billion of
investment in renewable generation and storage.
2
Contact reported net profit of $331 million in FY25
and operating earnings (EBITDAF) of $872 million.
Reported figures include a release of the AGS
onerous contract provision of $98 million within
EBITDAF ($71 million within net profit after tax).
The release, which takes the onerous contract
provision to nil, is a non-cash movement reflecting
improved confidence in the ability to access storage
capacity and the rising value of thermal flexibility.
Excluding the release, underlying net profit is
up 13 percent on FY24 to $261 million and EBITDAF
is up 17 percent to $774 million. Adjusting for
one-off Manawa-related transaction and integration
costs, underlying EBITDAF was $792 million.
Operating f ree cash flow of $434 million is up two
percent on the prior year. Improved operating
performance and reduced stay-in-business capex
were partly offset by relatively higher levels of
working capital (due to higher value and levels
of stored gas) together with higher interest paid
following the completion of Tauhara and the
related reduction in interest capitalisation. Contact's
renewable growth capital expenditure in FY25 of
$363 million (cash) continued to exceed our net profit.
An interim ordinary dividend of 16 cents per share
was paid in March 2025, and in August 2025 the
Board approved a final ordinary dividend of
23 cents per share (imputed by up to 13 cents per
share for qualifying shareholders). This will be paid
to investors on 24 September 2025. This means we
are delivering investors a 39 cents per share annual
dividend, up five percent on FY24. The dividend
policy targets a pay-out ratio of between 80 percent
and 100 percent of the average operating f ree
cash flow of the preceding four financial years.
3
Supported by the completion of the Manawa
acquisition, we expect to lift our total dividend in
FY26 to 40 cents per share and in FY27 to between
41 and 42 cents per share. We are actively investing
in renewable development projects to grow our
business as New Zealand decarbonises and expect
the dividend to increase further with operating cash
flow over time. We have a clear strategy and a range
of available funding options enabling us to deliver
on opportunities to continue to drive value for our
shareholders.
Final dividendInterim dividend
FY25
16
39
23
FY21FY22
14
14
35
21
35
21
14
35
21
14
37
23
FY23FY24
Dividends (cps) – declared
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The last five years in review
For the year ended 30 JuneUnit20212022202320242025
Revenue$m2,5732,3872,1182,863 3,439
Operating expenses$m2,0201,8201,6132,1882,428
EBITDAF$m553546460675872
Profit/(loss)$m187182127235331
Profit per share – basiccps25.323.416.329.941.6
Operating f ree cash flow$m371330282424434
Operating f ree cash flow per sharecps50.242.436.053.954.4
Dividends declaredcps3535353739
Dividends paid$m274272273275309
Total assets$m5,0285,1665,8086,2086,813
Total liabilities$m2,1012,3263,0043,5894,053
Total equity$m2,9272,8402,8042,6192,760
Gearing ratio%2328364247
43
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
44
Enabling
our
strategy
Our Contact26 strategy remains
underpinned by our key strategic
enablers: strong environmental,
social and governance practices,
continued operational excellence,
and transformative ways of working.
This section of our Integrated Report outlines
how Contact has performed against these
three enablers, tracking our FY25 progress
and performance against key strategic metrics.
It also provides further detail on how we’ve
delivered on our vision to build a better, cleaner
and more sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.
As we transition to a renewable energy future,
one thing remains clear: our enduring
commitment to doing the right thing for
Aotearoa New Zealand.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Strategic theme FY25 resultMaterial theme IndicatorTargets
Environment
Reduction of 436 ktCO
2
e
(reduced 37 percent)
Generation
emissions
Emissions f rom generation Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by
45 percent by 2026 compared to a 2018 base year
(SBTi target)
Achieve net zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035
Reduction of 0.053 tCO
2
e/MWh
(reduced 39 percent)
Generation
emissions
Emissions intensity f rom
generation
Reduce Scope 1 GHG emissions by 37 percent per
MWh by 2030 compared to a 2018 base year
15,446 ML discharged
(decreased 1,133ML f rom FY24)
FreshwaterGeothermal fluid discharge
to rivers
Significantly reduce operational discharges of
geothermal fluid to Waikato River by 2026
62,978 trees planted in FY25, 264,803
trees planted since target set in FY21
Biodiversity Number of trees planted Plant 100,000 native trees around our generation
sites by 2024
Social
114 organisations supportedCommunity
wellbeing
Number of community
organisations supported
Support 100 community initiatives and
organisations each year
58 percent reconnected within 24 hoursEnergy
wellbeing
Percentage reconnected 50 percent of customers disconnected for debt
reconnected within 24 hours
92 percent without Prepay
94 percent with Prepay
Energy
wellbeing
Percentage of customers
accepted
Sign up 96 percent of new customers, increasing
energy accessibility for those with poor credit history
Strengthened procurement system to
improve supplier screening and updated
standard contracts to include modern
slavery clauses
Sustainable
procurement
Modern slavery commitmentCommitted to understanding and removing
modern slavery f rom our supply chain
98.4 percent pay equity for Contact
employees
Thriving workforcePay equity is monitored
and reported on
Ensure all Contact employees and contractors are
paid a fair and equitable wage
Governance
Continue to make progress to embed
at all levels
Thriving workforceGender splitMinimum of 40:40:20 female:male:open
through all levels of our company
A member of Pride PledgeThriving workforceInclusion Maintain commitment to Pride at Contact
Issued $250 million Green Capital Bond
and A$400mn Medium Term Notes.
100 percent of debt certified as green
Thriving workforcePercentage green debtCertify all debt as green
Tracking against our strategic metrics
Four years into execution we continue to make good progress.
Complete/on-track
Minor delay and/or cost increase
Major delay and/or cost increase
45
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
46
Strategic theme FY25 resultMaterial theme IndicatorTargets
Operational
excellence
Digital programme accelerated including
trading optimisation and geothermal
modelling
Digital capability
Continuously improve operations through
innovation and digitisation
Te Mihi process safety improvements madeContinuously improve operations through
innovation and digitisation
Te Mihi rotor replacement completed
1 of 4 Roxburgh turbine replacements
successfully installed and operational
3 of 4 Clyde transformers replaced
Transformative
ways of
working
Achievement of the Wellbeing Tick
Level 2 accreditation
Thriving workforceWellbeing strategy Create a flexible and high-performing environment
for Aotearoa New Zealand’s top talent
12,056 courses completedThriving workforceContact UniversityCreate a flexible and high-performing environment
for Aotearoa New Zealand’s top talent
77 leaders have completed our Mau
Taniwha Leadership programme
Thriving workforceLeadership CapabilityCreate a flexible and high-performing environment
for Aotearoa New Zealand’s top talent
Complete/on-track
Minor delay and/or cost increase
Major delay and/or cost increase
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Environment, social
and governance (ESG)
Our commitment to building a better
Aotearoa New Zealand is woven into
Contact’s operations. We foster resilient
communities through proactive
community engagement plans at all
our sites.
We protect our natural environment, including
responsible stewardship of the water resources
our geothermal and hydro generation sites rely on.
We focus on working in partnership with tangata
whenua to create enduring value for future
generations.
Our principle is to do the right thing in each
community. We actively avoid or mitigate adverse
impacts through tailored engagement approaches
based on the International Association for Public
Participation and environmental controls.
We do not have formal grievance processes.
Instead we consult directly with close neighbours
who may experience operational effects, assessing
issues on a case-by-case basis. We also provide
broader community updates through meetings,
drop-in sessions, online updates, and our 24-hour
community line. You can find out more about
our approach to community engagement in our
Stakeholder Engagement Policy.
Given our reliance on the country’s natural
resources, we work hard to protect and restore
biodiversity by minimising direct impacts f rom
our operations. Our Biodiversity Commitment
and details of individual biodiversity projects,
mitigation and ecological enhancement actions
can be viewed on our website.
We follow the Resource Management Act 1991
(RMA) resource consent process to avoid, minimise,
remedy or offset our impact. We also complete an
Assessment of Environmental Effects (AEE) which
helps us to identify and evaluate the potential
environmental impacts of proposed projects. More
information can be found in our Environment and
Social Impact Assessments overview and reports
are available on request f rom relevant local and
regional councils.
We work closely with stakeholders to develop
sustainable solutions to enhance species survival
for future generations. This includes the thirteen
identified International Union for Conservation
of Nature (IUCN) Red List species that reside in
areas where we operate.
We engage qualified experts to undertake
environmental assessments relating to our
discharges and their impacts on the environment.
Controls (or consent conditions) are imposed
on Contact including ongoing monitoring and
sampling to ensure we manage our discharges
appropriately. Our Water Commitment sets out
our approach to water and the process behind
our mahi and is available on our website.
This approach to environmental stewardship and
social responsibility reinforces Contact’s position
as a trusted partner in New Zealand’s sustainable
energy transition. It enables us to continue to
deliver on our fundamental responsibility of
ensuring secure, sustainable and affordable
energy supply to all New Zealanders.
Level of extinction risk
Total number of IUCN
Red List species
Critically endangered 2
Endangered5
Vulnerable3
Near threatened 3
Least concern29
Not evaluated7
Note: The breakdown of extinction risk levels has been adapted
f rom the New Zealand Threat Classification (NZTCS) categories which
are in line with DOC’s conservation status and the methodology we
categorise by. See our NZTCS breakdown on our website.
Caring for fresh water
resources, such as the
Clutha Mata-au River in
Otago, are an important
part of our tikanga.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
47
48
Strengthening our relationship
with Ngā Hapū o Tauhara
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua
In June 2025 Contact signed our Relationship
Agreement with Ngā Hapū o Tauhara. This marked
the culmination of four years of dedicated
collaboration and mutual commitment.
This agreement represents more than a contractual
arrangement. It establishes the foundation for an
enduring 20-year partnership that recognises hapū
aspirations regarding their whenua and geothermal
resources. The agreement includes financial
commitments, land transfers, and kaitiaki initiatives
that honour the deep connection between tangata
whenua and their ancestral lands.
Working closely with the Tauhara Working Party
since 2021, we've developed binding commitments
that extend through to December 2045. These align
with Contact's current resource consent timef rame
and set out a f ramework for ongoing collaboration
between Ngā Hapū o Tauhara and Contact.
The journey to this agreement has required
patience, understanding and genuine partnership.
Both parties acknowledge the mamae (underlying
hurt) experienced by Ngā Hapū o Tauhara
throughout this process. We remain committed
to building a relationship founded on good faith
and mutual respect.
Women’s Refuge:
Creating lasting change
Community wellbeing
At Contact we believe home should be a safe
space. However, for the one in three women
and children experiencing family violence in
New Zealand, this is not the case.
Our long-term partnership with Women’s Refuge,
now in its fourth year, extends beyond immediate
support to address the deeper consequences of
family violence.
In March 2025, a groundbreaking Women’s Refuge
report revealed a strong and under recognised
connection between traumatic brain injury (TBI)
and family violence in New Zealand. The findings
form part of the larger Safer When, Safer How
three-year research project – funded by Contact –
to examine family violence risk and explore how
to improve safety for women facing violence.
The impact of the project is already having
impact, both in New Zealand and internationally.
The findings have been used to inform several
legislative submissions, doctor training,
government think tanks, and in f rontline
support for those experiencing family violence.
In winter 2024, Contact again matched donations
for Women’s Refuge annual Safe Nights
fundraising appeal. To date we have donated
34,000 safe nights, helping pay for a clean, warm
bed, hot meals and secure transport and support
for women and children escaping family violence.
We continue to provide f ree energy and
broadband to 70 refuges and safe houses across
Aotearoa New Zealand, plus all Women’s Refuge
offices. This directly f rees up funds for other
essential services, as well as education and sports
programmes for children. Our partnership with
Women’s Refuge was recognised as a finalist in
the Community Initiative of the Year category at
the 2024 New Zealand Energy Excellence Awards.
By funding research like Safer When, Safer How,
we hope to help drive systemic change and
ensure that women and children not only survive,
but thrive, in safety and dignity.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Women's Refuge Safe Nights fundraising appeal.
Signing of our Relationship Agreement with
Ngā Hapū o Tauhara.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Powering community connections
in Taupō
Community wellbeing
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other natural
treasures
Our geothermal operations around Taupō are
more than clean energy generation – they embody
a commitment to being a good neighbour in the
communities we call home.
Since 2010, we have supported SwimWell Taupō.
The water safety programme provides f ree
swimming lessons to around 3,500 primary
students across the region each year. We have
supported the delivery of more than 300,000
swimming lessons for over 40,000 children.
In August, Taupō hosted Geothermal Week
with highlights including tours of Contact’s
Te Huka plant and an open day where more
than 300 locals toured our Wairākei steamfield
and Te Mihi power station.
We support Greening Taupō, a conservation group
which has planted over 200,000 native trees, and
Kids Greening Taupō, an educational programme
linking local Taupō schools and early childhood
education centres with environmental projects.
In August 2024, our Contact teams, whānau and
members of the local community planted around
2,000 native trees near our Wairākei power station.
This year, we celebrate the 10-year anniversary of
our partnership with Kids Greening Taupō. We also
sponsored the 2024 Lake Taupō Cycle Challenge,
a charitable event with any surpluses returned to
local schools, sports clubs and charities.
Through these partnerships, Contact demonstrates
that being a good neighbour means more than the
safe operation of our sites. It means active investment
in community wellbeing and creating positive
impacts that extend beyond our plant boundaries.
Extending our partnership with
the Taranaki Kiwi Trust
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other
natural treasures
We've worked with the Taranaki Kiwi Trust since
2020 when we sponsored Koko, a resident kiwi on
Taranaki Maunga.
The Trust protects and preserves the Western
Brown Kiwi population throughout Taranaki.
It manages pest control on public and private
land and conducts egg lifts, kiwi releases,
monitoring and surveying. The Trust also
provides protection for kiwi on private
properties through predator trapping.
In 2025, Contact extended our support with a three-
year sponsorship enabling the Trust to undertake
education and advocacy programmes across the
Taranaki region.
Our environmental stewardship
at Wairākei
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other
natural treasures
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua
Freshwater systems
Our commitment to environmental protection of
the Wairākei area has been demonstrated through
recent incident management and expanded
conservation initiatives.
In mid-2024, a circuit breaker fault disrupted power
to the Wairākei Bioreactor, which typically removes
up to 95 percent of the hydrogen sulphide f rom
cooling water discharge f rom our Wairākei A & B
power stations. The fault resulted in a temporary
breach of our weekly consented hydrogen
sulphide discharge limit. Waikato Regional Council
commended our communication throughout
the incident and our response in monitoring
and mitigating effects. The Council concluded
a statutory defence was suitable and no further
action was warranted. Contact held three learning
sessions with tangata whenua, including Ngā
Kaihautū and the Tūwharetoa Māori Trust Board,
to identify opportunities to improve collaborative
responses for future environmental events.
Contact’s environmental stewardship extends beyond
incident response. Together with the Wairākei Ahi
Tamou Rōpu, Contact has finalised an overarching
Taiao Plan to restore the environmental, cultural and
spiritual health of the Wairākei geothermal field.
Our focus has shifted to the physical and ecological
restoration of Te Kiri O Hinekai Stream, Te Rau O Te
Huia Stream and the Wairākei Geyser Valley, where
strategic pest plant and animal control and native
planting is underway. In early 2025, Contact held
a planting day with the Kura Kaupapa Māori and
hapū members at Te Rau O Te Huia, enabling hapū
to reconnect with the whenua.
These initiatives demonstrate Contact’s holistic
approach to environmental responsibility,
combining operational excellence with meaningful
partnerships and long-term ecological restoration.
Contact's Amber Archer and her son Kahurangi,
with Toby Shanley of Taranaki Kiwi Trust.
Photo credit: Jenny Oakley.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
49
50
Progress on Kawarau Arm
Community Project
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other
natural treasures
Community wellbeing
The Kawarau Arm Community Project manages
one of Central Otago's most significant waterf ront
areas, where environmental challenges meet
community aspirations.
This initiative addresses amenity effects associated
with sedimentation in the Kawarau Arm of Lake
Dunstan through community-based solutions.
We engaged with mana whenua, stakeholders and
engineering and ecological experts to determine
four priority elements: native planting, a raised
boardwalk, a jetty extension, and land reclamation.
We are in the process of obtaining resource
consent and developing final designs.
In November 2024, we began the five-yearly
ref resh of our Manuherekia and Kawarau Arm
Landscape and Visual Amenity Management
Plans (LVAMPs). The community feedback and
engagement phase will continue through to
July 2025 when re-assessed LVAMPs will be
submitted to Otago Regional Council. Read more
about this on our project website.
Upgrading our kanakana passage
system at Roxburgh
Freshwater systems health
Renewable electricity generation relies on our
natural resources, including water as taonga, but
can also disrupt the natural ecosystems dependent
on those resources.
Our hydroelectric operations on the Clutha
Mata-Au create barriers that interrupt the natural
migration patterns of native f reshwater species
including tuna (eels) and kanakana (lamprey).
We continue to implement opportunities
to ensure the safe passage of these species.
Our trap-and-transfer programme continues to
deliver meaningful outcomes for juvenile tuna (elver)
with a purpose-built fish passage system at our
Roxburgh dam. In FY25, we trapped and transferred
165 kilograms of elver above the Roxburgh dam,
up significantly f rom 95.5 kilograms in FY24.
The existing passage system has proven less
successful for kanakana, which have different
migration patterns and physical requirements to
elver. Our monitoring tools on site confirmed the
currrent ramp angle was too steep and narrow for
the adult kanakana.
We're now progressing the design of a new
purpose-built system that follows the New Zealand
Fish Passage Guidelines, with support f rom the
National Institute of Water and Atmospheric
Research (NIWA). Working alongside the Mata-
Au Trust, we will engage with local iwi and
stakeholders throughout this project.
Contact’s continued access to water comes with
responsibilities that define our use, management,
and stewardship practices. We're committed to
collaborative relationships that improve the mauri
of our waterways as we advance New Zealand’s
renewable energy transition.
Growing genuine, authentic
partnerships
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua
In December 2024, Contact’s Board endorsed
our Tangata Whenua f ramework after two years
of development. This f ramework structures how
Contact supports tangata whenua aspirations for
social, cultural, and ecological enhancements while
maintaining our position as a preferred partner.
It establishes Contact as a Tiriti-aware organisation
and demonstrates how we respond to mana
whenua needs beyond legal obligations to
include our ethical responsibilities as a significant
electricity generator, resource user, and retailer in
Aotearoa New Zealand.
South Island developments
Contact and Papatipu Rūnanga signed a Mana to
Mana agreement marking our joint commitment
to building substantive relationships with the
seven southern runaka and pursuing strategic
partnerships in the takiwā.
The Mata-Au Trust is undergoing a reset with the
seven runaka to realign the approach and focus
to better suit rūnanga aspirations and enable
clearer direction on matters of importance.
In Otago, we engaged Aukaha to co-design
environmental improvements for the Kawarau
Arm Community Project (see Environment, social
and governance). Cultural considerations were
embedded throughout the process. In Southland,
our relationship with Te Ao Marama Incorporated
(TAMI) facilitated agreed consent conditions and
cultural mitigation for the Southland Wind Farm,
with TAMI providing support for our Fast-Track
Approvals Act application application (see
Grow renewable development).
Members of our sustainability team.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
North Island progress
Wairākei
The Wairākei Relationship Group, Te Ahi Tamou,
continues to deliver positive ecological results
across all sites of cultural significance. The
Contact-funded Project Manager position has
been extended to build hapū capacity while
progressing important ecological mahi. In May
2025, we celebrated the refurbishment of Te Mihi
Uenukukopako Pou – a symbol of our enduring
relationship with Ngā Hapū o Wairākei first unveiled
in 2014. A whānau day welcomed hapū members to
Wairākei Power Station, including tours of our Te Mihi
and Te Mihi Stage 2 sites, to understand how the
taonga of Te Ahi Tamou is used to create electricity.
Ohaaki
Contact and the Landowner Collective are working
to compensate the three Trusts, A130 Tahokuri,
338 Marae Trust and Ngati Tahu Tribal Lands Trust,
for greater than expected subsidence at Ohaaki.
We continue collaborating with Ngāti Tahu kaitiaki
whenua to address land subsidence, temperature
impacts at Piripi Urupā, and water clarity issues.
Peer review panels provide independent specialist
information to both iwi and Contact.
Stratford
Our relationship with Ngāti Ruanui and Ngāti
Maru has grown through a Kaitiaki Rōpu covering
existing operations and new renewable projects.
Work has centred on our proposed Stratford Solar
Farm including ongoing kōrero and an information
session at Whakaahurangi Marae in December
2024. Cultural Impact Assessments are underway
to understand the cultural values of the proposed
site and environmental protection opportunities.
Glorit
Relationships built with Puatahi Marae f rom Ngāti
Whātua o Kaipara enable us to work together to
understand their history and cultural aspirations
for the whenua and hapū as we seek consent for
the Glorit Solar Farm.
Glenbrook
With no presence in the rohē, Contact worked
with NZ Steel and local iwi, including Ngāti te
Ata Waiohua as mana whenua, to understand
tangata whenua relationships for our Glenbrook-
Ohurua battery energy storage project (see Grow
Renewable Development). Regular kōrero with
Ngāti Te Ata led to a cultural values assessment
that shaped our resource consent approach and
relationship agreement. Following mid-2024
consent approval, the project advanced quickly
and continues to benefit f rom iwi involvement,
including cultural monitoring and naming.
This past year has demonstrated Contact's
commitment to meaningful partnerships with
tangata whenua groups. We remain conscious
of growth opportunities as we look forward to
welcoming the Manawa whānau.
"The relationship between hapū and Contact is still very strong as the Pou is still firmly bolted to our whenua."
Gayle Leaf, Ngā Hapū o Wairākei.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
51
52
Dow Jones Sustainability Index
For the fourth consecutive year, we have been
included in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index
(DJSI) Asia Pacific, cementing our position among
the region's sustainability leaders.
Building on our strong foundation f rom previous
years, we have worked hard to advance our
performance across the broad range of ESG
categories measured by the DJSI assessment.
This sustained commitment has maintained
Contact's position as one of only five New Zealand
companies in the Index.
Since our initial inclusion in 2022, Contact has
consistently demonstrated leadership in
sustainability across key areas including
environmental stewardship, social responsibility,
and governance excellence. Our ongoing inclusion
reflects the meaningful progress we continue
to make in delivering positive outcomes for all
stakeholders.
Strengthening our procurement
programme
Sustainable procurement
In November 2024, Contact launched a
Strengthening Procurement Programme to
address supplier management gaps and drive
better business outcomes.
The programme was designed with input f rom
our people who procure goods and services.
It ensures all suppliers and contractors operate
transparently without contributing to modern
day slavery or other unacceptable business
practices. It transforms how we enter supplier
agreements through centralised decisions that
assess quality, data security, insurance adequacy,
and geopolitical risks.
From early 2025, we focused on improving its
Contract Management System to streamline
processes. The programme brings structure to
procurement practices, extending beyond cost
to encompass social and sustainability goals
while protecting our team and business, data,
contractors, suppliers, supply chain, and vulnerable
workers across the world.
As with the rollout of any new system, we've
gained valuable insights throughout the process.
One key takeaway has been the need for
consistent practices across our business units
and procurement requirements. We'll continue
to apply these and other lessons as we work to
further enhance our procurement operations.
With the new system now in place, we are
gathering data to inform the development of
goals and targets for sustainable procurement.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Reducing greenhouse gas emissions
and measuring our impact
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply
Our strategy to be a leader in decarbonisation
means cutting emissions f rom our own operations
and helping our retail and business customers
to cut theirs (see Grow demand and Create
outstanding customer experiences).
With a deep commitment and respect for science,
we use the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol
to calculate our emissions, and we report in
accordance with The Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standards.
Our emissions consist of: Scope 1 emissions, direct
emissions f rom our operations, Scope 2 emissions
f rom the purchase and use of electricity, and Scope 3
emissions created throughout our value chain.
In 2018 we established ambitious science-based
targets, which were updated in 2021 to:
+ reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions
45 percent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year
+ reduce absolute Scope 1 and 3 emissions f rom
all sold electricity 45 percent by 2026 f rom a
2018 base year
+ reduce Scope 3 emissions f rom use of sold
products 34 percent by 2026 f rom a 2018
base year.
We are making good progress overall towards
these targets. Although year-on-year fluctuations
will occur, they will not put at risk our long-term
ambition of being net zero in our generation
operations for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
by 2035.
Like 2024, this year featured low hydro inflows
which impacted our ability to generate electricity
f rom our Clyde and Roxburgh dams. We were
able to offset this with increased geothermal
generation thanks to a full year of generation f rom
our Tauhara station, and contribution f rom the
newly built Te Huka 3.
As mentioned in Decarbonise our portfolio,
we extended the operational life of our TCC
plant to support the electricity market during
unprecedented supply constraints. Our generation
was 88 percent renewable in FY25, and our Scope 1
emissions decreased in comparison to 2024.
We continue to focus on opportunities to better
understand, and manage, our Scope 3 emissions
to accelerate reductions in this area.
Compared to our 2018 base year, in FY25:
+ our Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 37 percent
lower
+ our Scope 3 emissions were 28 percent lower.
Our targets were set with consideration for short-
term fluctuations based on weather patterns, and
we remain confident and committed to achieving
our 2026 targets.
Work to review our targets began this year in line
with Science Based Target initiative guidelines.
We continue to support national efforts to reduce
emissions through our active membership in
initiatives such as The Aotearoa Circle and Climate
Leaders Coalition.
1,250,000
1,000,000
750,000
500,000
250,000
0
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY23FY24FY25FY22
Emissions from electricity generation (tCO
2
e)
1,250,000
1,000,000
750,000
500,000
250,000
0
FY18
Total greenhouse gas emissions by Scope
(tCO
2
e) for Contact and Western Energy
Scope 1 – produced directly through our operations
Scope 2 – emissions f rom purchased electricity
Scope 3 – emissions in our wider supply chain
FY24FY25
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
53
54
Operational Excellence
Our commitment to operational
excellence centres on maintaining
safe, reliable, and resilient infrastructure
that serves New Zealand's energy needs.
The electricity market continues to transform with
increasing renewable generation and growing
demand volatility. In response, we prioritise strategic
investments that enhance both asset performance
and system reliability.
Our approach encompasses proactive asset
management, continuous safety improvement,
and strategic capital allocation. This ensures
Contact can navigate market uncertainties
while maintaining our fundamental commitment
to safety, environmental stewardship, and
community wellbeing.
Upgrades to our Clyde and Roxburgh
hydroelectric dams
Safe and resilient infrastructure, reliable energy supply
Contact is upgrading critical inf rastructure
at both our Roxburgh and Clyde hydroelectric
facilities to modernise New Zealand’s renewable
energy inf rastructure.
At Clyde, Contact has replaced three of the four
end-of-life transformers with modern alternatives.
The upgrade focused on maintaining existing
capacity and represents an investment in grid
reliability and operational continuity. The third
unit was commissioned in May 2025. The fourth
unit is currently stored on site awaiting installation
in early 2026.
In recognition of Contact’s commitment to
diversity and inclusion, each new Clyde transformer
has been painted in a different colour of the
rainbow. This approach ties our Tikanga, or what
we believe in, with our essential inf rastructure.
At Roxburgh, we are replacing four of the eight
turbines in a multi-year $30 million project.
The new 28.5 tonne, 3.9m diameter stainless steel
turbines are designed and manufactured by German
hydro-engineering specialist Voith Hydro. These
turbines utilise modern engineering techniques and
are more efficient than the original Canadian-built
units that have served the power station for seven
decades since commissioning in the late 1950s.
The upgrade will increase the dam’s average annual
generation by 44GWh. This is enough renewable
energy to power an additional 6,000 homes.
This efficiency gain demonstrates how technology
can maximise renewable energy output f rom
existing inf rastructure without requiring additional
water resources. The upgrade will also displace
almost 20,000 tonnes of carbon emissions
each year. The first new turbine came online
in December 2024 and the second turbine is
expected to be operational by the end of winter 2025.
Both upgrades ensure our South Island generation
inf rastructure will continue operating safely and
reliably for future decades.
Upgrades to our turbines
at Roxburgh Dam.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Innovation in geothermal wells
Reliable energy supply
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Contact’s geothermal expertise extends beyond
generation to well maintenance, demonstrating
our commitment to safe and resilient
inf rastructure that keeps New Zealand’s lights on.
Formation scaling creates mineral build-up
that restricts fluid flow in geothermal wells,
reducing power generation and creating risk
to inf rastructure resilience. Traditional cleaning
methods using generic chemical solutions
deliver inconsistent results and compromise our
operational efficiency.
Our geothermal team worked with Western
Energy Services to develop a data-driven approach
to geothermal well maintenance. The process
uses tailored chemical treatments for each well
based on specific reservoir conditions. It combines
laboratory testing with engineering insights and
operational execution, and delivers improved
treatment effectiveness, extended well operation
and reduced costs.
Contact has increased generation revenue through
more effective cleans and achieved larger, longer
uplifts in wells through this optimised process.
We’ve also enhanced safety through a formation
cleaning skid that automates chemical delivery
and reduces manual handling of hazardous
chemicals. The skid minimises operator exposure
and isolates potential spill areas.
Since launching in March 2025, the approach has
attracted significant interest f rom geothermal
operators in New Zealand, Indonesia, and the
Philippines.
In June, our approach was named as a finalist in
the Innovation in Energy category of the 2025
New Zealand Energy Excellence Awards,
demonstrating Contact’s strengthening of
New Zealand's renewable energy inf rastructure
while establishing new industry benchmarks for
reliable geothermal operations.
Real-time energy monitoring
transforms decision-making
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Customer wellbeing and trust
This year, Simply Energy launched Site IQ –
a comprehensive site metering platform
connected to an online dashboard that enables
customers to monitor their energy use in real time.
The solution helps businesses to track their energy
use, identify inefficiencies, optimise consumption,
and project future energy demands, ultimately
driving down both operational costs and carbon
emissions. For businesses able to flexible in their
energy use, Site IQ also enables customers to take
advantage of energy market opportunities through
features including price-responsive scheduling,
seven-day price and dispatch forecasting, and
reserve price monitoring.
The solution has proven instrumental for Pasture
Pet Foods’ Hawke’s Bay-based manufacturing
facility during their electric boiler installation project.
The company faced a critical constraint: staying
within an existing site capacity limit to avoid
a costly network upgrade. Once Site IQ was
deployed, real-time data f rom across the facility
revealed sufficient headroom to operate the
new boiler at full capacity, removing the need
for additional inf rastructure upgrades whilst
remaining on track with its expansion and
decarbonisation goals.
Enhancing our digital asset
management
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Contact’s generation business has implemented
several upgrades to the way we manage assets
throughout their end-to-end lifecycle.
We now capture higher quality data during the design
and build phases of asset development. This approach
ensures our digital systems meet the operational
needs of new greenfield sites f rom day one and
enhances our digital asset management capabilities.
We have improved how we discover and organise
information about our existing brownfield assets.
This helps us make evidence-based decisions about
Our geothermal well formation cleaning kit.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
55
56
asset health and record management. It has also
enabled faster engineering troubleshooting, better
maintenance planning and easier compliance
reporting.
We created a near-real-time outage monitoring
system across our geothermal sites to support a
more strategic approach to outage scheduling.
The system provides planning advantages and will
help maintain operational excellence during the
next 12–18 months of scheduled maintenance work.
Optimising scheduled maintenance
practices
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Reliable energy supply
At Contact, our scheduled maintenance
shutdowns (or turnarounds) are critical to
ensuring reliable electricity generation and
reducing the risk of unexpected outages.
Our 38-day turnaround at Te Mihi in late 2024
demonstrated how integrated planning directly
enhances our operational efficiency. Through
a combined approach, we brought day-to-day
maintenance, capital projects, reservoir operations
and standard operating outage procedures
together under one coordinated schedule. This
approach optimises power station downtime while
ensuring all teams work toward common deadlines.
In the recent Te Mihi turnaround, the combined
team completed over 560 work orders. They also
finished new pipelines, safety upgrades, turbine
overhauls, hot well pump overhauls and well
testing.
Our combined approach has reduced turnaround
duration. Strategic timing and alignment with
other industry players has helped to ensure we
have access to quality contractors and specialised
equipment when needed.
Following Te Mihi’s completion, the team
transitioned to planning subsequent turnarounds.
These include the Te Huka units completed in
February 2025, Ohaaki completed in May/June 2025,
Tauhara scheduled in November and Te Huka 3 in
February 2026.
New steam paths at Te Mihi
Reliable energy supply
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Contact has completed the first phase of a six-year
asset management strategy for the Te Mihi
geothermal power station by investing $25 million
in new steam path technology f rom Toshiba.
Following Board approval in FY22, Contact
purchased and installed new intermediate and
low-pressure steam paths into Unit 1 during the
October 2024 scheduled maintenance outage.
Performance testing confirms the technology is
meeting or exceeding guaranteed operational
parameters. The existing steam paths will be
returned to Toshiba for refurbishment and installed
into Unit 2 during FY29’s maintenance outage to
optimise asset lifecycle value.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Wairākei A Station incident drives
asset management improvements
Safe and resilient infrastructure
In December 2024, smoke was detected f rom an
11kV switchboard at Contact’s Wairākei A Station.
Operators responded by de-energising the
switchboard and evacuating the site. They notified
the Site Emergency Response Team and Fire and
Emergency New Zealand who arrived promptly
and confirmed the area was safe.
Investigation revealed age-related insulation
breakdown caused arc damage to critical
switching equipment. This highlighted the
challenges of aging inf rastructure. Our response
demonstrated operational resilience, with our
engineering and maintenance teams rebuilding
the affected inf rastructure and repurposing
redundant equipment to restore full functionality.
The 33MW station remained offline for five months.
The incident reinforced the need for vigilance when
operating mature assets and informed improvements
to our inf rastructure management practices.
Staying ahead in cybersecurity
Safe and resilient infrastructure
At Contact, we continue to strengthen our
cybersecurity capabilities to maintain customer
trust and operational resilience.
This year we improved our security posture in
response to the global nature of inf rastructure
threats and growing use of AI in cyberattacks.
We enhanced our defence-in-depth approach
with additional protection layers. We increased
our ability to detect, respond to, and recover
f rom incidents through disaster recovery testing.
We also advanced our capability to classify and
protect sensitive information with stronger controls.
Our investment in training ensures our people
remain engaged in building a security culture.
Transforming our Data and AI
capabilities
Safe and resilient infrastructure
This year, we enhanced our Artificial Intelligence (AI),
machine learning and data platform capabilities.
As a result, our systems are faster and more
interactive, and our insights are more reliable.
With these technology advances, we’re seeing
tangible improvements across our Contact
operations. We have streamlined corporate
reporting and Hot Water Sorter automation that
is delivering better customer experiences. Our
generation team has enhanced hazard reporting
and geothermal forecasting.
We’ve grown the capabilities of our Contact people
too, by delivering regular in-house AI training
sessions over the last year. We also rolled out
Microsoft Copilot across the organisation to boost
productivity.
From steam to systems:
Process Safety strategy
Safe and resilient infrastructure
At Contact, Process Safety is our commitment to
managing the hazards inherent in generating and
delivering energy safely, reliably, and responsibly.
It’s about keeping the energy and substances we
work with – like high-pressure steam, geothermal
fluids, natural gas, and chemicals – contained
within our systems.
We define Process Safety as the systems, procedures,
and practices that prevent major incidents and
protect our people, assets, and the environment.
These incidents are typically low in f requency but
high in consequence. Our goal is to ensure they
never occur.
At Contact, our strategy is proactive and integrated.
We ask three questions:
1. What could go wrong?
2. What barriers and controls do we have in place
to prevent it?
3. How do we assure ourselves that those barriers
are working effectively?
This mindset is embedded across our operations.
We apply international best practices f rom
organisations like the Center for Chemical Process
Safety (CCPS). We continuously improve our
approach through programmes like Safe to Run
and our Dam Safety Assurance initiatives.
Process Safety at Contact is more than a compliance
requirement. It’s part of our culture and how we
ensure the energy we produce for New Zealanders
is generated with care, foresight, and integrity.
This year, we have:
+ Completed the installation of Process Safety
improvements for Te Mihi
+ Completed aged plant study for Wairākei A & B
stations and developed a modification package
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
57
58
to enable B station to operate safely through
to 2031
+ Progressed our Dam Safety Assurance
Programme development for submission
to our regulators
+ Updated and submitted our safety case
for the Wairākei binary power station.
Protecting privacy
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Customer wellbeing and trust
Protecting customer and employee privacy is
a priority for Contact. We are responsible for
protecting all personal information we manage.
We monitor and test our privacy settings to protect
our customers. This year we enhanced our focus
on privacy risks. We provided ref reshed training
for our customer service representatives, raised
business-wide awareness during Privacy Week,
and improved our technical processes.
Our Privacy Committee coordinates privacy
governance and management across the business.
The committee is made up of senior leaders f rom
across the business and meets every two months
to review privacy and drive a privacy-focused
culture. It convenes immediately to approve
responses for any moderate or greater breaches.
Western Energy growth
Reliable energy supply
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Our team at Western Energy had a productive year,
delivering major geothermal well service projects
while maintaining strong business-as-usual
performance.
Key milestones included securing our Philippines
branch licence and completing virtual offices.
Our high-capacity coiled tubing unit project,
despite challenges, marked a major achievement –
especially with the TH03 well milestone. We also
built, commissioned, and deployed a chemical
cleaning spread for an external client, showcasing
our engineering capabilities and earning finalist
recognition at the NZ Energy Excellence Awards.
A proud moment came when we represented
New Zealand’s geothermal expertise at the
Embassy of Japan. Our safety performance
remained exceptional, supported by strong
statistics and a culture of continuous learning.
Consultancy growth with Mercury and strategic
engagement with New Zealand Geothermal
Association (NZGA) enabled us to capture
90 percent of available work and deliver strong
revenue outcomes.
On the strategic f ront, we advanced our ESG
roadmap and secured last-minute wins with
live well clean and radial cutting tool projects.
To round out FY25, we’re excited to have secured
the feasibility contract for Top Energy – opening
the door to drilling execution opportunities in
FY26–FY27.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Transformative
ways of working
At Contact, we focus on growing a
workplace where our people can
perform at their best. This means
putting our energy where it matters to
build a better Aotearoa New Zealand.
The past 18 months have presented significant
economic challenges for New Zealand. Rising
unemployment and cost-of-living pressures have
affected communities across the country. While
these external factors have impacted our business,
our people have remained committed to supporting
Contact's strategic objectives as we work toward a
sustainable energy future.
Employment market dynamics have created both
challenges and opportunities for our business.
We recruited fewer roles than in previous years
and saw an increase in applications for advertised
positions. This interest has enabled us to maintain
our focus on securing highly-skilled people for
appropriate roles while ensuring our workforce
reflects the diversity of New Zealand society.
Continued growth in applications f rom interns,
graduates and early-career professionals has
been encouraging. This influx of emerging talent
supports our organisational development as we
prepare for the next strategy horizon.
Broader economic pressures have been reflected
in our internal metrics. In June 2025, our employee
engagement score declined to 7.5 f rom 8.4 the
previous year, while our employee Net Promoter
Score (a measure of those who would recommend
working at Contact) decreased to 26 f rom 55.
One contributing factor has been the high level
of organisational change, which, while necessary
for our transformation, brings uncertainty that
can affect how people feel. These results reinforce
the importance of our focus on creating clarity,
connection, and confidence in our transformative
ways of working as we shape our future.
This year, our Contact-wide prioritisation
programme, Mau Taniwha, Mauri Ora, continued
to enhance organisational focus. It effectively
aligned resources and strengthened the delivery
of commitments made under our Contact26
strategy. This included productivity improvements
such as automated leave balance reporting and
the ref resh of our corporate website.
Through continuing to evolve how we operate,
collaborate, and solve challenges, we are
strengthening our organisational capabilities
while ensuring Contact is well-placed to drive
the sustainable energy transformation.
Growing a diverse pipeline
of future talent
A thriving workforce
We are building a strong and diverse talent pipeline.
This includes addressing critical skills gaps integral
to successfully delivering on our strategy.
We focus on creating opportunities for early-career
professionals and strengthening our brand as a
recognised graduate employer. In February 2025,
graduate recruitment specialist Prosple named
Contact the most sought-after energy and
utilities employer for graduates for the second
consecutive year. Contact also ranked the second
most sought-after employer in New Zealand overall.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
59
60
In February, Contact welcomed nine new
graduates into roles spanning engineering and
sciences. Six of the new graduates were women.
The programme supports recent graduates
through an 18-month period of rotations across
different business areas before they move into
permanent roles.
We welcomed nine interns with backgrounds in
engineering, environmental sustainability, and
law over the last summer. Five of the interns were
women.
To grow diversity and increase representation
of women, Māori and Pasifika at Contact, we
continued our partnership with First Foundation.
We sponsored an additional First Foundation
scholar in FY25. The First Foundation supports
young New Zealanders whose circumstances make
it harder to attend university. The organisation
provides financial assistance, f ree counselling via
Clearhead, paid work experience, and dedicated
mentors over a four-year programme.
Learn more about our early career programmes
on our website.
Belonging at Contact
A thriving workforce
We're creating a workplace where all our people
can thrive and bring their whole selves to work.
We are building a culture where inclusion is
embedded as part of our Tikanga through our
Inclusion and Diversity Policy and related strategy.
Now in the third year of our Growing your Whānau
Policy, more than 45 team members have taken
up the policy as the primary carer this year, with a
further receiving the partner benefits it provides.
Over 380 team members are actively involved
in our four employee Networks: Women, Ngā
Pūngao o Te Moana (Māori and Pasifika), Pride,
and Wellbeing. Last year, network members told
us that they wanted to focus on a wider range
of activities with strategic impact so this year
the range of initiatives was expanded to include
inclusive leadership training, guest speaker series,
cultural events, wellbeing programmes, and
'Sweat with Pride' fundraising that raised $14,336
to directly support the wellbeing of rainbow
communities through the Burnett Foundation
Aotearoa. Our cumulative total in the past three
years is more than $35,000.
This year, we completed our first Rainbow Inclusion
stocktake through our partnership with Pride
Pledge New Zealand, ensuring our rainbow
community help us to shape how we bring
inclusion to life. We continue to reimagine Contact’s
Belonging Strategy to support our teams across
life stages while focussing on gender diversity,
the Rainbow+ community, Māori and Pasifika,
and accessibility. We are providing unconscious
bias training through the Women’s Network and
allyship webinars available to all staff; plus Inclusive
Leadership Training to targeted leadership teams.
We know that to better serve our customers and
communities through innovative products and
services we need diverse thinking leading and
shaping our organisation. We continue making
targeted improvements to build a team that better
represents the customers and communities we
serve.
Our shared gender balance goal
A thriving workforce
Contact partners with Global Women on the
Champions for Change reporting initiative.
This monitors participating organisations’
progress towards our shared gender balance
goal of 40:40:20 (men:women:open).
Our seven-person Contact Board has three
female members. Our current Contact Leadership
Team of nine has one woman. We acknowledge
improvements are needed. It is pleasing to see the
number of women in senior management roles
When Luka completed her bachelor’s degree
in chemical and biological engineering at the
University of Waikato; she looked around at
graduate programmes on offer.
“I was initially interested in Contact because of
their position on building more renewable energy.
Once I decided to apply, the Contact programme
stood out, as it felt more about getting to know
me as a person”, says Luka a former New Zealand
representative rower.
In 2022, Luka joined Contact’s graduate programme
and initially worked on the Huka 3 geothermal
power station project. “This was a great opportunity
to get the on-the-job experience of seeing a project
go through to the Final Investment Decision and
into execution.”
Her 18-month graduate programme included
rotations in the geothermal team. Luka also
spent time with the outage team during Wairākei
geothermal power station’s four-yearly shutdown.
“Outages are the best times to actually see what
things look like on the inside.”
After Luka’s time in the graduate programme
wrapped up, she moved into a project engineer
role. Luka is currently working on the
Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal project.
“I feel very fortunate to be here at Contact
during this stage of growth and to have had
so many opportunities in such a short space
of time,” she says. “The graduate programme
really accelerated that for me.”
Luka Ellery
Project Engineer
and Contact graduate
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Gender
(Contact and Western Energy)
FY25FY24
Men
53.3%
Men
53.3%
Women
45.3%
Women
45.3%
Undisclosed
1.5%
Undisclosed
1.4%
Age diversity
(Contact and Western Energy)
FY24FY25
Under 30
18%
Under 30
16%
30–50
50%
30–50
51%
Over 50
31%
Undisclosed
1%
Undisclosed
1%
across Contact has increased f rom 31 percent
in FY24 to 40 percent this year. Women in our
overall workforce remained at 45.3%.
Like our energy industry peers, Contact faces a
long-term challenge in addressing the gender pay
gap. Our median pay gap increased 42.2 percent to
42.4 percent in FY25. The gap reflects our workforce
composition which remains predominantly female
in our contact centre and predominantly male
across our power station sites where there are a
number of highly skilled, highly paid technical
roles. You can read more about this in gender pay
reporting.
Our people have told us how important pay equity
is to them, and we know that perceptions of
inequity can affect employee engagement. We are
focusing our Inclusion and Diversity initiatives to
help close this gap.
Developing our people’s potential
A thriving workforce
Our Mau Taniwha Leadership programme is now
in its second year. Co-designed with leaders, for
leaders, it offers two pathways: one for leaders and
emerging leaders, and another tailored to more
experienced senior leaders.
“I believe I will use the learnings f rom this course
in all aspects of my life, for the rest of it. The best
takeaway f rom the course was not the content,
but the change in mindset.”
Contact University is our custom-developed online
learning portal available to all team members.
It offers academies, courses, webinars, podcasts
and videos. In the last 12 months, more than
12,000 individual courses were completed by
Contact and Western Energy team members.
Embedding a culture of care
A thriving workforce
In 2024, Contact achieved Wellbeing Tick Level 2
accreditation, demonstrating our focus on
psychological safety and employee wellbeing.
Our Employee Assistance Programme, Clearhead,
maintained steady momentum throughout the
year. We normalise mental health conversations
and share employee stories. Six percent of
employees and their whānau accessed support
over the past year.
We use employee insights and data-driven
approaches to focus on what matters most to our
people. This year we amplified employee voices
through wellbeing webinars and network events,
focused on financial wellbeing partnerships,
developed leadership capability around difficult
conversations and change management,
and strengthened workplace connection.
The number of our people saying they feel
a sense of connection working at Contact
increased 14 percent f rom our last survey.
Gender
Board and Leadership Team
FY25FY24
FY25
FY24
Board
Leadership Team
Women
3
Women
3
Men
4
Men
4
Men
8
Men
8
Women
1
Women
2
1 Individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities. Data is for
Contact only, Western Energy does not track ethnicity data.
2 Af rican, Middle Eastern & Latin American.
Ethnicity
1
Māori
0
200
300
400
100
500
600
Pasifika
Asian
European
Other
AMELA
2
Undisclosed
2025 2024
Over 50
32%
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
61
62
Our priority: health and safety
A thriving workforce
Across Contact, our teams look out for each other
and take safety seriously. Leaders support everyone
to return home safely to their whānau at the end of
the working day.
Our f rontline people know how to do their jobs.
We work with them to develop better ways of
working that achieve safety outcomes while
meeting legal and regulatory requirements.
We focus on continuous improvement of the
systems and f rameworks.
In August 2024 Contact won the Well-being
Award at the 2024 New Zealand Energy
Excellence Awards for our employee skin health
programme. The programme has expanded to
include education and UV audits leading to better
sun protection and more sunscreen dispensing
locations across our sites. The programme’s impact
extends beyond our workplace. One of our team
members used her training to identify skin cancers
in family members, leading to successful treatment
of melanoma and squamous cell carcinoma.
Last year we reported on a health and safety
intitiative in Contact's AI hackathon. This has led to
a funded initiative to develop an AI large language
model that looks across multiple systems. The model
analyses a wide range of data and joins the dots
between weak signals that individuals might miss,
alerting us when something starts to deteriorate or
shift. The interface allows our people to interrogate
data and find the complete history of observations,
notifications and incident investigation learnings for
the plant they are working on.
I am really impressed with the effort Contact
puts into health and wellbeing – onsite nurse,
flu vaccines, skin checks, online mental health
support – all excellent.
A Contact employee
Pulse Employee Survey
Health and safety of our people is our top priority.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
About us
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
63
64
Our Board
In the Governance matters section of this report we include a matrix setting out the Board’s expertise across a range of strategic skills.
You can also find profiles of the directors on our website.
Our directors bring broad knowledge, deep understanding, and strong experience across the boardroom table. Their
governance sets our strategic course and enables Contact to thrive, succeed, and navigate risk-taking. They ask the hard
questions until they are satisfied with decisions, help us to seize the right opportunities, and ensure we balance the interests
of all our stakeholders.
Robert McDonald
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR
Appointed director November 2015
Member of the People Committee
Sandra Dodds
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director September 2021
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
David Gibson
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director February 2024
Member of the Audit and Risk Committee
Jon Macdonald
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director November 2018
Chair of the People Committee
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director March 2021
Member of the Health, Safety and
Environment Committee, and People
Committee
David Smol
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director October 2018
Member of the Health, Safety and
Environment Committee, and Audit and
Risk Committee
Elena Trout
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director October 2016
Chair of the Health, Safety and
Environment Committee
Deion Campbell
NON-INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director July 2025 by the
Board and will be standing for election
by shareholders at 2025 ASM
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our leadership team
You can find full profiles of our leadership team on our website.
Our leadership team implements the strategy approved by the Board. They also ensure the Board receives accurate and
timely information about Contact’s operations, performance, legal obligations, reputation, financial conditions, and prospects.
They demonstrate strong and clear leadership inside Contact and to our external stakeholders. They manage the day-to-day
operations of our people and our resources to ensure we operate effectively and efficiently.
Mike Fuge
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Joined 2020
Chris Abbott
CHIEF CORPORATE AFFAIRS OFFICER
Joined 2019
Joined leadership team Dec 2021
Jan Bibby
CHIEF PEOPLE EXPERIENCE OFFICER
Joined 2019
John Clark
CHIEF GENERATION OFFICER
Joined 2018
Joined leadership team Feb 2022
Dorian Devers
CHIEF RENEWABLE GROWTH OFFICER
Joined 2018
Tighe Wall
CHIEF TECHNOLOGY OFFICER
Joined 2020
Joined leadership team Sep 2021
Matt Forbes
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Joined 2015
Joined leadership team May 2025
Matt Bolton
TRANSITION DIRECTOR
Joined 2009
Joined leadership team Mar 2021
Michael Robertson
ACTING CHIEF RETAIL OFFICER
Joined 2008
Joined leadership team Oct 2024 –
Jul 2025
Carolyn Luey
CHIEF RETAIL OFFICER
Joined July 2025
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
65
66
External influences
1 https://www.ea.govt.nz/documents/7069/Review_of_winter_2024.pdf
At Contact, our ability to create value
for our shareholders is affected by
global influences, such as economic
conditions and climate change, as well
as local factors including the cost of
living and New Zealand’s regulatory
environment.
The energy trilemma
The World Energy Council’s Energy Trilemma
is a set of objectives to guide energy policy, and it’s
a useful reference for making sure we’re putting
our energy where it really matters.
The Energy Trilemma comprises:
+Energy Security – ensuring the security
and reliability of energy supplies
+Energy Sustainability – decarbonising
energy production
+Energy Affordability – minimising the cost
of energy to consumers
New Zealand continues to rate well in this index
with a AAA score (an ‘A’ for each metric above),
and an overall ranking of ninth in the world.
However, globally, the World Energy Council’s
2024 report has found the aftermath of COVID-19
lockdowns and Europe’s energy crisis have contributed
to deteriorating energy security worldwide.
Around the world, the energy sector continued
to grapple with enhancing energy security while
navigating evolving risks and balancing those
challenges with emerging opportunities. Here in
New Zealand, our industry conf ronts new realities
as we continue to pursue ambitious renewable
energy targets.
Like other countries, New Zealand’s security score
was downgraded in the 2024 report, and this can
be attributed partly to our gas sector on the brink
of a shortfall and the electricity sector grappling
with rising peak demand and blackout risks.
To enhance security, New Zealand must
diversify energy sources beyond fossil fuels
and invest in resilience. Transparency on
our climate target costs is also crucial.
Tina Schirr
Energy Council Executive Director, BusinessNZ
As a business, we retain a duty of care to ensure
our customers have reliable access to electricity
when they need it. We also have a responsibility
to deliver affordable electricity, and to protect the
most vulnerable as we decarbonise electricity
generation.
At Contact, we continue to work hard with our
customers and industry, to shift energy use off
peak, building the flexibility, resilient energy
system essential for New Zealand’s transition
to an electrified economy.
Regulatory Environment
Resource management reform
The New Zealand Government has embarked on a
reform programme of the Resource Management
system. The Fast-Track Approvals Act 2025 was
recently passed, and a number of changes are
being made to other legislative and regulatory
tools. Contact is broadly supportive of these
changes, noting a more supportive consenting
environment will be necessary to maintain energy
security and support economic growth. This does
not change our commitment to being a responsible
long-term partner and environmental steward in
the regions where we operate, including continuing
to engage in good faith with local communities,
mana whenua and other key stakeholders.
Fuel security
New Zealand’s gas reserves are declining at a faster
rate than expected, placing stress on the electricity
industry and leading to a spike in electricity prices
in winter 2024.
1
In response Contact has acted to secure long-term
gas supply f rom OMV and Greymouth. This secures
supply for Contact’s gas generation assets and allows
Contact to support New Zealand businesses and
critical gas consumers as they transition f rom gas
to renewable electricity.
Contact is also working constructively with
government on the wider market implication
of changing gas reserves.
Electricity market reviews
Following the fuel shortages in winter 2024 and the
associated spike in prices, the Government initiated
two reviews – the Electricity Competition Taskforce,
led by the Electricity Authority and Commerce
Commission, and an independent review of the
Energy Market led by Frontier Economics.
To date this work has been focussing on improving
transparency in hedge markets and ensuring that
residential energy plans offer sufficient incentives
to shift load. Contact supports proposals that
improve confidence in the market.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Contact26 – Building a better Aotearoa New ZealandCapitals
Nature
Grow demand for renewable electricity
Relationships
Decarbonise our portfolio
People
Grow renewable development
Assets
Enable our strategy through strong ESG practices,
transformative ways of working, and operational
excellence
Finance
Create outstanding customer experiences
Creating value
We’re putting our energy where it matters most;
to create a better Aotearoa New Zealand.
Nature
Using, caring for, and
managing natural resources
and environmental assets are
fundamental parts of Contact’s
business. This includes water,
biodiversity, geothermal
steam/fluid, gas, air quality,
land, carbon, pest control,
and ecosystem impacts.
People
The expertise, competence,
and passion of everyone f rom
our Board and Leadership
Team through to those in our
offices and sites underpin our
operations. Our approach is
embodied in our Tikanga.
This includes how we work
together, manage risks, look
for improvements, and treat
each other with respect.
Relationships
Our social licence to operate
relies on myriad relationships
within and between our
communities, stakeholders,
and networks. It relies on
building goodwill and earning
trust with all our stakeholders
including tangata whenua,
customers, communities,
investors, regulators, media,
suppliers, and our own people.
Finance
We have a pool of funds that
we deploy to produce and
deliver energy, serve our
customers, and undertake all
our other activities. This has
been generated through our
business activities, investors and
debt arrangements, and relies
on us delivering on our strategy.
Assets
We use many physical and
intellectual assets to deliver
reliable, affordable, and
environmentally sustainable
electricity. These include power
stations, offices, vehicles,
transmission/distribution
connectivity, our reputation,
website and application
software, IT systems, customer
databases, brands, licences,
and internal ‘know-how’.
At Contact, we create value by:
+
Using resources (or capitals) including nature, people, relationships, finances, and assets
+ Factoring in external environmental influences
+ Running our business activities in a way that is true to our Tikanga (principles),
vision and strategy, and overseen by good governance
+ Delivering outcomes that align with our strategy.
We depend on various forms of capital for our success and the stocks of these increase, decrease, or change during our business activity.
S
u
s
t
a
i
n
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
A
c
c
e
s
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
R
e
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
y
N
g
ā
T
i
k
a
n
g
a
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
k
e
h
o
l
d
e
r
s
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
67
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
68
Identifying what matters most
We use the GRI standards and the Integrated
Reporting Framework to report on material ESG
activities and provide a balanced view of our
performance. Contact also publishes a Climate
Statement under the Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standards.
In 2022 we followed the GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
process and worked with independent consultants
Proxima to determine high and medium impacts,
and reported these in our 2022 Integrated Report
(pages 18 to 22).
In 2023, Proxima helped us to review and adjust
our material topics (see page 65 of our
2023 Integrated Report for more detail). Following
an internal check-in with subject matter experts to
confirm any significant shifts, we have determined
the material topics remain relevant for 2025. Best
practice is to conduct a full assessment every
2–3 years, and as such, the next full assessment
is planned for early 2026.
What we heard
Key themes f rom internal and external
conversations in 2024 continue to shape our
strategy and engagement. These include:
+ Contact can take a leadership role to help
address energy hardship.
+ Trust is growing in Contact’s ability to lead and
innovate, and stakeholders are hungry for more.
+ Contact’s community presence can be better
aligned with community expectations.
+ Risks f rom climate change impacts on energy
supply should be top-of-mind.
+ Expectations are growing for Contact to act
on broader biodiversity impacts.
Contact's Board and leadership team has reviewed
this work and approved the continuation of the
2024 material topics outlined below.
Material topics 2025
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility, and electrification
Freshwater systems health
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua
Community wellbeing
Energy wellbeing and equity
Reliable energy supply
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other
natural treasures
Safe and resilient inf rastructure
A thriving workforce
Customer wellbeing and trust
Sustainable procurement
Material topics
This report covers high and medium impact,
or material topics, which means we have used
the feedback f rom our external and internal
stakeholders to consider:
+How harmful or beneficial the impact is for
the stakeholders affected.
+How widespread the impact is – how many
places or people are affected.
+How long the effects last and how easily
they can be remediated.
+How likely and severe are potential impacts.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our operations
1,249
employees
FY24 1,273
54k
shareholders
FY24 56k
+
28
Customer Net Promoter
Score (Contact only)
FY24 +37
39c
per share dividend
FY24 37c
88%
renewable generation
FY24 81%
$106m
tax paid
FY24 $97m
$1.3m
spent in communities
(Contact only)
FY24 $1.4m
98.4%
gender pay equity
FY24 98%
0
tier 1 process
safety incidents
(Contact only)
FY24 0
9TWh
contracted electricity
sales (GXP vol)
FY24 9TWh
$2.8b
net assets
FY24 $2.6b
740k
tCO
2
e Scope 1
Group emissions
FY24 947k
69
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
70
* Our capacity numbers are net capacity. **Based on EMI data for generation by the market.
Te Mihi (155 MW)
Wairākei (124 MW)
Poihipi (53 MW)
Ohaaki (41 MW)
Te Huka (27 MW)
Te Huka 3 (51 MW)
Tauhara (174 MW)
1,287
986
300
277
210
229
1,255
Geothermal
4,544
(GWh)
3,297
(GWh)
Hydroelectric
Roxburgh (320 MW)
Clyde (464 MW)
1,852
1,445
1,088
(GWh)
Stratford – Peakers (202 MW)
Stratford – CCGT (377 MW)
Whirinaki (158 MW)
692
18
378
Thermal
Contact delivers
22 percent of
the country’s
electricity
generation
**
88 percent
total renewable
generation
22%
88%
2025 generation output by station and type*
8.9TWh total generated
This graph shows the relative size of generation output from each station during the FY25 year.
Total renewable generation 7,841GWh
Total non-renewable generation 1,088GWh
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our connections
Connections
by product type**
Volume sold
to customers*
Connections
by account type
599k
575k
43k46k
73k73k
124k
109k
4k***5k
2.4
449k444k
Electricity
Electricity TWh
Residential
Natural gas
Natural gas PJ
BusinessOther
Telco
646k
total customer connections
at 30 June 2025
625k at 30 June 2024
2025
2024
2.1
5.35.3
Dunedin
Kōwhai Park
(under construction)
Roxburgh
Clyde
Lake Hawea
Wellington
Levin
Stratford
Auckland
Glenbrook-Ohurua
(under construction)
Whirinaki
Tauhara
Te Huka
Ohaaki
Te Mihi
Te Mihi Stage 2
(under construction)
Simply Energy
Simply Energy
Western Energy
Taupō
Wairākei
Poihipi
Our sites
* Relates only to volume sold to retail and commercial industrial customers
** These connection figures include Simply Energy connections
*** These connection figures relate to Simply Energy connections
Storage lake
Legend
Battery storage
Offices and call centres
Geothermal power stationHydroelectric power station
Thermal power station
Solar
71
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
72
1. We generate
We own and operate 12 power
stations and produce the majority
of our electricity from our
renewable hydro and geothermal
stations. Our natural gas and
diesel-fired power stations
operate to ensure the lights stay
on for New Zealanders when
intermittent renewable plants
cannot operate.
2. We trade
We sell the electricity we generate on
the wholesale market. We purchase
goods and services from more than
1,700 suppliers. We also trade
a range of financial products to
manage our risk and create value.
3. We innovate
We create smart solutions that
are good for people (tiaki tangata)
and the environment (tiaki taiao)
to help customers, partners,
suppliers and communities have
a better quality of life. We are
an innovative, safe and efficient
generator, actively working with
our customers, partners and
suppliers to improve energy
efficiency, reduce emissions
and fight climate change.
4. We sell and serve
As a retailer we sell products
and services to individuals and
businesses to meet their energy
and broadband needs. We have
around 646,000 connections.
Our supply chain
Our
impacts
Generation
Lines
companies
Corporate activities Operational presenceCustomer service
Generation emissions and
renewable energy supply
Protecting and restoring
biodiversity and other natural
treasures
Freshwater systems health
Decarbonisation, demand
flexibility and electrification
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Customer wellbeing and trustA thriving workforce
Customer wellbeing and trust
Sustainable procurement
Meaningful relationships with
tangata whenua
Generation emissions and
renewable energy supply
Decarbonisation, demand
flexibility and electrification
Community wellbeing
Energy wellbeing and equity
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Freshwater systems health
Protecting and restoring
biodiversity and other natural
treasures
Community wellbeing
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Decarbonisation, demand
flexibility and electrification
Energy wellbeing and equity
Reliable energy supply
HIGH
MEDIUM
National
Grid
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Governance matters
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
73
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
74
Governance matters
Good corporate governance protects
the interests of all stakeholders and
enhances short-term and long-term
value.
We regularly review our corporate governance
systems and always look for opportunities to improve.
We comply with the recommendations of the NZX
Corporate Governance Code in all material respects.
You can see our full reporting in our Corporate
Governance Statement on our website.
Our board
The Board's role and responsibilities
The Board is responsible for Contact’s governance,
direction and performance.
Specific responsibilities include:
+Setting and approving Contact’s strategic direction
+ Approving major investments
+ Monitoring financial performance
+ Appointing the CEO and monitoring CEO and
senior management performance
+ Identifying and controlling significant risks
+ Ensuring appropriate systems to manage risk
are in place along with approving Contact’s risk
capacity and tolerance
+ Reviewing and approving compliance systems
+ Overseeing our commitment to our Tikanga,
sustainable development, the community and
environment, and the health and safety of
our people.
Board composition
As at 30 June 2025, Contact’s Board comprised
seven directors, with a wide variety of skills,
experience and points of view. More information
on the Contact Board, including appointment
dates and committee memberships, and short
biographies setting out skills and experience
of each director is available on our website.
As at 30 June 2025, the Board considers all of
the current directors, including the Chair, to be
independent in that they are not executives of the
company and do not have a direct or indirect interest,
position, association or relationship that could
reasonably influence in a material way, their decisions
in relation to Contact. In making this assessment,
the Board has considered the NZX Listing Rules and
the factors in the NZX Corporate Governance Code
that may affect director independence. A further
Board member, Deion Campbell, was appointed
as a non-independent director in July 2025.
The Board determined Deion is a non-independent
director due to his association with Inf ratil,
a substantial product holder of Contact.
To assist with succession planning and ensure the
appropriate skills and experience are represented,
the Board has developed a director skills matrix.
The matrix shows the areas in which the Board
considers director capability is required to enable
Contact’s success, and the expertise held by
directors.
The matrix reflects the directors’ assessment of the
current skills held by the Board. It’s not expected
that every director will be an expert in every area,
but all skills in the matrix should be represented
on the Board as a whole. The matrix shows a good
spread of expertise and secondary skills among
current directors.
Board performance
We recognise the value of professional
development and the need for directors to remain
current in industry and corporate governance
matters. Contact assists directors with their
professional development in a number of ways,
including an induction programme for new
directors, briefings to upskill the Board on new
developments, deep-dive workshops on key issues,
and Board study tours.
In 2025, the directors undertook study tours to learn
about renewable energy and transitioning planning,
AI, the use of solar and geothermal technology, and
how other countries plan to achieve their net zero
goals. The Board also explored the management of
distributed energy resources. These investigations
helped to inform the Board’s thinking about the risks
and opportunities for Contact.
We regularly review the performance of the Board to
ensure the Board as a whole, and individual directors,
perform to a high standard. Comprehensive reviews
are carried out approximately every two years and
the last independent external review undertaken by
BoardOutlook and Propero was conducted in 2024.
Board committees
The Board has three core committees to perform
work and provide specialist advice in certain areas.
Our Board works to the principle that committees
should enhance effectiveness in key areas, while
still retaining Board responsibility.
The Audit and Risk Committee helps the Board
fulfil its responsibilities relating to Contact’s
external financial reporting, internal control
environment, business assurance and external
audit functions, and risk management.
The Health, Safety and Environment Committee
supports the Board in relation to health, safety and
wellbeing (HSW) objectives and monitoring HSW
performance and provides governance oversight
of environmental sustainability matters.
74
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Skills and experience categoryCapability
Strategy and Risk settings
Strategic oversight
Major projects oversight
Innovation and disruption oversight
Sustainability and environmental oversight
Mergers, acquisitions, and divestments oversight
Technology, digital, and data oversight
Risk management oversight
Stakeholders and People Leadership
Iwi and community relationships
Safety oversight
Energy Industry
Energy generation and markets
Energy/mass market consumers
Governance and Risk Management
CEO or (large scale) CxO experience
Financing/funding oversight
Corporate governance experience
Accounting and financial reporting oversight
Government and regulatory engagement oversight
Director skills matrix
Secondary
Primary
The People Committee advises and supports
the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities across
all aspects of Contact’s people and capability
strategies, risks, policies and practices including
remuneration.
From time-to-time, the Board may create ad-hoc
committees to oversee specific areas on its behalf.
During FY25, a committee comprising of four
directors oversaw the project leading to the
acquisition of Manawa via a scheme of arrangement
and the associated offer of Contact shares to
Manawa shareholders.
Contact does not have a Nominations Committee.
Instead, this responsibility is held by the full Board.
This reflects the importance all directors place on
ensuring the Board is performing well and has the
necessary skills.
The members of the committees as at 30 June:
CommitteeMembers
Audit and RiskSandra Dodds (Chair)
David Gibson
David Smol
Health, Safety and
Environment
Elena Trout (Chair)
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
David Smol
PeopleJon Macdonald (Chair)
Robert McDonald
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
Ad hoc Committee
(to oversee the acquisition
of Manawa)
Robert McDonald (Chair)
Sandra Dodds
David Gibson
Jon Macdonald
A table showing attendance of directors at Board
and Committee meetings held during the year is
set out in our Corporate Governance Statement.
75
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
75
76
Code of Conduct and policies
We expect all of our people to act honestly,
with integrity, in Contact’s best interests and
in accordance with the law, all the time. This
expectation, along with our Tikanga, is enshrined
in our Code of Conduct, which underpins our
corporate policy f ramework. Our corporate policies
address key risks and set expected standards
of behaviour for our people. Information about
how our key policies operate is in our Corporate
Governance Statement and the policies themselves
are on our website. Each of our corporate policies
give reference to international standards or
commitments where applicable. The Code of
Conduct was ref reshed and strengthened in
FY24 to enshrine our Tikanga, incorporate our
core policies and set out key behavioural principles
and requirements.
Our Human Rights Policy applies to everyone who
works at Contact and its subsidiaries and sets the
expectation that our supply chain partners will have
similar policies in place, and/or meet comparable
standards.
Our compliance training f ramework governs
the way we allocate training on core policy areas
across the business. A range of management-level
committees has responsibility for specific policy
areas: for example, the Privacy Committee and the
Procurement Steering Group.
We offer online training as well as tailored in-person
training to different business areas. Our online
Code of Conduct training module includes training
on human rights issues, wellbeing, health and
safety, bullying and harassment, and inclusion.
We developed an additional training module on
Health and Safety. Those modules, together with
Privacy Law and Security Awareness are mandatory
for all Contact people.
Our Whistleblowing Policy offers protections for
employees who disclose serious wrongdoing in
accordance with the process in the policy. Our
online whistleblower portal helps to ensure we’re
aware of any breaches of the Code of Conduct or
our policies, or any other illegal or unethical activity.
The portal is easily accessible and user f riendly –
anyone at Contact who is concerned about any
incident or behaviour can use the whistleblower
portal to report that matter, anonymously if they
choose. The Policy provides that any whistleblower
disclosures are reported to the General Counsel and
CEO and, where appropriate, to the Chair of the
Board to investigate and take appropriate action.
Our Modern Slavery Statement sets out the steps
we have taken to identify, manage and mitigate the
specific risks of modern slavery in our operations
and supply chain. We did significant work during
FY25 to implement our new supplier onboarding
and management process , update our standard
contract templates to include modern slavery
obligations , conduct ‘deep dives’ into selected areas
of our supply chain , deliver modern slavery training
to employees and raise awareness of Contact’s
whistleblowing mechanism. We continued to use
the Modern Slavery Working Group to cement our
approach across the business.
Risk management and assurance
Risk management
Our enterprise risk management f ramework ensures
we have appropriate systems in place to identify,
assess, treat, monitor, and report on material risks.
We assign responsibility to individuals to own and
manage identified risks and we monitor any material
change to Contact’s risk profile. Risk is managed
throughout the organisation in accordance with the
Board’s risk appetite statements.
Contact’s enterprise risk management f ramework
is supported by a range of systems and tools that
help assess and report all risk types including
environmental, social, climate and governance
risks across the organisation.
The Contact26 strategy has a strong focus on
ESG commitments to create long-term value.
A wide range of risks and environmental factors
is considered by the Board during the strategy
setting process including analysis into how actions
to limit the impacts of climate change could affect
delivery of our strategy.
Our corporate governance model is vertically
integrated to ensure an appropriate level of
support and oversight of our key risks.
+The full Board considers a wide range of risks
(including economic, environment, social,
climate, and governance risks) when reviewing
the business strategy alongside a market
update. Reporting to the Board ensures their
understanding of the key risks and issues
(such as climate change) and contribute to
their decision-making.
+ Top risks are reported to the Board Audit and
Risk Committee on a quarterly basis and are
actively monitored by the Leadership Team.
+ The Board Audit and Risk Committee has formal
oversight of climate related issues.
+ Risks rated high and above are regularly
monitored for active management by the
Leadership Team.
Risk
Appetite
Strategic
Direction
Board
Approving
strategic direction,
monitoring of
performance
Governance
structures, policies
and objectives,
identification of
significant risk
Monitor the environment, respond to
stakeholder material issues, anticipate
long-term threats and opportunity
76
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
+ There is regular engagement with stakeholders
(including local communities and tangata
whenua as we aim to maintain our positive
relationships) to assess and communicate the
impacts of the changing environment.
+ People at all levels of the organisation (including
contractors) are encouraged to identify and
manage potential risks to Contact on a regular
basis throughout the year.
Critical concerns would be presented at Board
meetings through written papers and oral
presentations. There were no critical concerns
communicated to the Board during the FY25
reporting period.
There has been no material instance of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. See Creating
outstanding customer experiences for more.
The integrated nature of our operations means
that risks and opportunities, including those
relating to climate, are regularly assessed.
Mitigation plans for material risks are implemented
to proactively manage the impact to Contact.
Assurance
Our Business Assurance team fulfils our internal
audit function and provides objective assurance of
the effectiveness of our internal control f ramework.
The team is based in-house and draws on external
expertise where required.
The team brings a disciplined approach to
evaluating and improving the effectiveness of risk
management, internal controls, and governance
processes. We use a risk-based assurance approach
driven by our risk management f ramework.
The team also assists external audits by making
findings f rom the internal assurance process
available for the external auditor to consider
when providing their opinion on the financial
statements. The team has unrestricted access to
all departments, records and systems of Contact,
and to the Board Audit and Risk Committee,
external auditor and other third parties as it deems
necessary.
Auditors
We recognise the role of our external auditor
is critical for the integrity of our financial and
sustainability reporting. EY commenced its
appointment as the Group’s external auditor on
1 July 2022. The Board Audit and Risk Committee
ensures that the audit partner is changed at least
every five years, and the lead audit partner was
changed during FY25.
Our External Audit Independence Policy sets out
the f ramework we use to ensure the independence
of our external auditors is maintained and their
ability to carry out their statutory audit role is
not impaired. Under this policy, the external
auditor may not do any work for Contact that
compromises, or is seen to compromise, the
independence and objectivity of the external audit
process. In addition, the external auditor confirms
its continuing independent status to the Board
every six months.
The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
approved EY to perform assurance engagements
over our green borrowing programme, greenhouse
gas emissions, Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
indicators, sustainability-linked loan, and an audit
of our subsidiary financial statements.
In addition EY was approved to perform the
following non-assurance activities: remuneration
benchmarking and survey services, due diligence
services in relation to the Manawa Energy
acquisition, and due diligence procedures
in relation to Everen Insurance Mutual.
Representatives f rom the external auditor attend
Contact’s annual shareholder meeting, where
they’re available to answer shareholders’ questions
relating to the audit.
Board and Board Committees are provided with
ESG analysis and reporting
Management and staff across the business regularly
assess, review, analyse, monitor, and report on all
risks (including ESG-related risks) within integrated
governance structures to ensure Contact takes a
proactive approach to mitigate risk impacts
The Leadership Team review all management
materials and address mitigation plans for key risks
77
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
77
78
Remuneration report
Dear fellow shareholders,
I am pleased to present Contact’s
remuneration report for FY25 on behalf
of the Board’s People Committee.
FY25 financial results and remuneration
Contact has delivered a good financial result for
shareholders this year with profit of $331 million,
underlying EBITDAF of $774 million, and operating
f ree cash flow of $434 million. Operating costs
and capital expenditure have been managed
well, while contending with inflationary pressures.
We consider Contact’s executive remuneration to
be appropriate given the company’s performance.
We’ve continued with our high degree of
transparency, and full details of the corporate
scorecard and incentive payments are provided
on pages 81 to 84.
We believe that the structure and components
of Contact’s remuneration continue to serve the
company well, and therefore have not made any
changes to that structure over the past year, aside
f rom the addition of a long-term incentive for the
Manawa integration (covered in the next section of
this letter) and a small change to the CEO’s Long
Term Incentive (LTI) allocation.
We have increased the annual LTI grant for Mike
Fuge f rom 35% to 40% of base salary. We’ve
also instituted a requirement where 60% of all
Performance Share Rights that vest into shares
must be retained by Mike until the end of his tenure.
Manawa acquisition and integration
We know our people are key to our success
and it is through them that we will see the true
benefit of the integration with Manawa Energy,
whilst continuing to deliver on our other strategic
priorities. To help ensure that the leaders of the
business stay focused on realising the Manawa
integration benefits in a lasting fashion, we have
put in place a bespoke long-term incentive.
The largest element of the incentive is based
on total shareholder return, as the most direct
alignment of outcomes between shareholders and
executives. The cost synergies achieved, along with
containment of the total cost of the integration,
make up the other elements of the incentive.
Further details are provided on page 87.
Gender pay equity
We’ve provided comprehensive information
on Contact's gender pay gap and pay equity
in Gender pay reporting. This continues to
be important for us, and we appreciate that
whilst progress is slow in closing our pay gap,
we are committed to working both internally
through establishing governance and pipeline
opportunities, as well as externally as a wider
industry, on how we can continue to close the
gap across the energy sector.
Leadership changes
After many years of excellent service, we saw the
departure of Jacqui Nelson and Jack Ariel this
year due to retirement. Our CFO Dorian Devers
moved across to become Chief Renewable Growth
Officer in December 2024, and it was great to see
Matthew Forbes promoted into the role of Chief
Financial Officer. Additionally, we have bought our
Digital and ICT functions together into a combined
Technology team, appointing Tighe Wall to the
Chief Technology Officer, and farewelling Iain
Gauld, our Chief Information Officer after many
years of dedicated service. Finally, we’ve welcomed
Carolyn Luey to Contact early in the new financial
year as Chief Retail Officer.
The changing nature of work
Looking ahead, we’re alive to the opportunities and
risks that the changing world, and in particular
technology and AI, presents to us. We are curious
and active in our investigations around AI, and
ensuring that we equip our people with the right
tools and capabilities to ensure that Contact
continues to thrive.
Jon Macdonald
Chair, People Committee
78
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
DirectorsBoard fees
Health,
Safety and
Environment
Committee
Audit and Risk
Committee
People
Committee
Overseas
travelling
allowance
Total
Remuneration
Robert McDonald320,000––––320,000
Elena Trout152,500 28,500–––181,000
David Smol152,500 14,50025,500––192,500
Jon Macdonald152,500 ––28,500–181,000
Rukumoana Schaafhausen152,50014,500–14,500–181,500
Sandra Dodds152,500 –50,000–16,500219,000
David Gibson152,500 –25,500––178,000
Total1,235,00057,500101,000 43,000 16,5001,453,000
Details of the total remuneration paid to each Contact director for FY25 are as follows:
Directors’ remuneration
The total directors’ fee pool is $1,500,000 per year.
It has not been increased since it was approved
by shareholders in 2008. Actual fees paid to
directors are determined by the Board on the
recommendation of the People Committee.
Between FY24 and FY25, fees for the Board and
Committee fees increased by around 3.1 percent.
Directors’ fees exclude GST, where appropriate. In
addition, Board members are reimbursed for costs
directly associated with carrying out their duties,
such as travel costs. Contact employees appointed
as directors of Contact subsidiaries do not receive
any director fees.
FY25
Chair
per annum
Member
per annum
Board of Directors$320,000*$152,500
Audit and Risk
Committee
$50,000$25,500
People Committee$28,500$14,500
Health, Safety and
Environment Committee
$28,500$14,500
Overseas director
travelling allowance
$16,500
* No additional fees are paid to the Board Chair for committee roles.
79
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
79
80
Contact employee remuneration
We’re committed to paying appropriate market
rates for all our roles, and ensuring our people are
rewarded for their performance and experience.
There are three parts to employee remuneration –
fixed remuneration, pay-for-performance
remuneration, and other benefits. These combine
to attract, reward and retain high-performing
employees.
Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration is based on the role
responsibilities, individual performance and
experience, and current market remuneration data.
Contact targets fixed remuneration at the median
of the market range.
Pay-for-performance remuneration
Pay-for-performance remuneration recognises and
rewards high-performing senior employees and
comprises short-term incentives (cash and deferred
share rights) and long-term incentives (performance
share rights).
Short-term incentives (STI)
STIs are designed to recognise and reward high
performance with cash incentives and deferred
share rights through Contact’s equity scheme for
our higher-level roles and key talent. STIs have
a maximum potential level set reflecting the
person’s role grade, and are based on performance
measured against key performance indicators
(KPIs), which generally consist of company and
individual objectives. The Board reserves the right
to adjust STI awards if company targets are not met.
Long-term incentives (LTI)
Contact provides awards of performance share
rights through Contact’s equity scheme to our
senior people in our higher-level roles. This aims
to encourage and reward longer-term decision-
making and align participants’ interests with
Contact’s shareholders. These are subject to
performance hurdles.
Equity scheme
At 30 June 2025 there were 97 participants in
Contact’s equity scheme. For further details on the
equity scheme and the number of performance
share rights and deferred share rights granted,
exercised, lapsed and on issue at the end of the
reporting period, see note E8 of the financial
statements.
We have amended the plan rules for equity
grants f rom October 2024, to allow for proration
of allocations and Board discretion in change of
control situations.
Other benefits
We know that rewards mean more than just money,
so we offer our people a range of other benefits
too, including ‘Growing Your Whānau’, our policy
to support primary and secondary caregivers,
and ‘Good to Be Home’, a $400 after-tax payment
for setting up a home office or putting towards
wellbeing, and enhanced KiwiSaver benefits. Some
of our other benefits include: payments towards
home energy and broadband; employer-subsidised
health insurance; and an employee share ownership
plan called ‘Contact Share’ (See note E8 in financial
statements for more detail).
Chief Executive Officer and
Executive Team remuneration
The CEO and Executive Team remuneration is
reviewed by our Board each year. The Board works
closely with and is advised by Contact’s People
Committee. We also consider market remuneration
data benchmarks, look at the achievement of
performance goals and factor in creating long-term
sustainable shareholder value.
The People Committee refers to external and
independent remuneration market information
provided by EY and PWC in order to gauge actual
and forecast movements within the market, and to
assess the levels of fixed and total remuneration
to pay its Chief Executive and Leadership Team.
Contact also seeks market remuneration information
80
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The CEO and Executive Team variable remuneration for FY25 was structured as follows:
Scheme Description Performance measures Potential
Cash STICash STI is a discretionary scheme
based on achievement of KPIs.
70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on next page):
• 40% financial results (EBITDAF*, Totex)
• 20% safety targets
• 40% strategy delivery and key operational milestone targets
30% based on individual KPIs.
Executive Team individual KPIs are a mix of shared objectives and
goals specific to each individual.
The CEO individual KPIs for the year ending 30 June 2025
including leadership performance of Contact’s key strategic
initiatives, leadership of the executive team and stakeholder
engagement.
Executive Team maximum potential 35% of
base salary.
CEO maximum potential 50% of base salary.
Equity STI (awarded as
deferred share rights)
Equity STI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise
price subject to the time-bound
exercise hurdle being achieved.
The participant’s performance rating influences the Equity STI
awarded by the Board.
The exercise hurdle to receive these is to remain employed
by Contact two years f rom the grant date.
Executive Team maximum potential 30% of
base salary.
CEO maximum potential 30% of base salary.
Equity LTI (awarded as
performance share rights)
Equity LTI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise
price subject to the exercise
hurdle being achieved.
The exercise hurdles to receive these are:
• 50% Contact’s relative total shareholder return (TSR) ranking
within an energy industry peer group of other New Zealand
NZX50 listed utilities companies, assessed by external
consultants.
• 50% based on the achievement of Contact's strategic priorities.
For FY25 this included renewable generation development,
stimulation of electricity demand flexibility and
a reduction in Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions.
Tested once, at year 3. See page 84 for more details on LTI hurdles,
that links to our new disclosure.
Executive Team set at 20% of base salary.
CEO set at 40% of base salary.**
* EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measures. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2 to the
financial statements.
** The annual LTI grant has been increased f rom 35% to 40% of base salary. A new requirement has been instituted where 60% of all Performance Share Rights that vest into shares must be retained until the end
of the CEO's tenure.
f rom independent external sources to guide
processes for determining the remuneration of all
other employees.
The total remuneration is made up of a fixed
remuneration component, which includes cash
salary and other employment benefits, and pay
for performance remuneration containing short
term incentives (cash and equity awarded through
deferred share rights) and long-term incentives
(equity awarded through performance share rights).
81
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
81
82
FY23 Corporate Scorecard result was 36.6%. FY24 Corporate Scorecard result was 68.8%.
* Great is deemed as achieving FY25 budget which already includes stretch.
** Totex and EBITDAF performance excludes Manawa transaction and integration costs incurred in FY25.
1 Underlying EBITDAF is adjusted for the year end fair value adjustment of the AGS Provision.
2 Totex is defined as opex and cash SIB capex.
FY25 Corporate Scorecard results
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics and outcomes for FY25. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the
STI for the CEO and leadership team, and illustrates that a large proportion of their remuneration is directly impacted by their management of the organisation,
and its impact on the economy, environment and people.
KPI
Weighted
Target Good (50%)Great* (75%)Outstanding (100%)Actual Result
Actual
Weighted
Result
Financial40.0%38.8%
EBITDAF
1
25.0%740770785792**25.0%
Totex
2
15.0%(406)(391)(384)(386)**13.8%
Safety & Wellbeing20.0%18.4%
Transforming H&S Culture
4.0%
>70% invited participants
complete Safety Citizenship
Programme
>80% invited participants
complete Safety Citizenship
Programme
>90% invited participants
complete Safety Citizenship
Programme
76% attendance
3.3%
>50 Leadership Walkarounds>75 Leadership Walkarounds>100 Leadership Walkarounds104 Walkarounds
Operational Excellence4.0%>800 Raised Observations>1,200 Raised Observations>1,600 Raised Observations1,6654.0%
Critical Risk Control Management
(CRC)
4.0%Events with CRC absences,
failures and near misses are
identified
Events with CRC absences,
failures and near misses are
identified and plans for all to
be investigated are in place
Failed or Absent CRCs are
identified, investigated and a
plan in place for strengthening
Outstanding4.0%
TRIFR (Controlled)4.0%<5<3</=13.1%
Environmental Incidents4.0%
• No tier 1 incidents;
• Max 1 Tier 2 incidents; and
• 10 or fewer Tier 3 incidents
• No tier 1 or 2 incidents; and
• 8 or fewer Tier 3 incidents
• No Tier 1 or 2 incidents; and
• 5 or fewer Tier 3 incidents
Outstanding
(4 Tier 3 Incidents
to date)
4.0%
Strategic/Performance40.0%34%
Execution Pipeline
(Includes Te Huka 3 & Battery)
10.0%Board assessment of progress against the agreed plans for Te Huka 3 and Battery projectsGreat/Outstanding8.5%
Development Pipeline
(includes Wairākei redevelopment,
Te Mihi 2A plan)
10.0%Board assessment of progress against the approved FY25 Development pipelineGreat7.5%
Operational Uptime10.0%>95>96>9796.28.0%
Multi Product Customers10.0%146,000148,000149,000149,54210.0%
Total100.0%91.2%
82
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
FY24 Long-term incentive scorecard results
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetricResult
Percentage
Achieved
FY24Allocated October 2021
Tested October 2024
Performance Share Rights with
1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average
price of $8.23 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Contact Energy
Limited, Genesis Energy Limited, Meridian Energy Limited, Mercury NZ Limited,
Trustpower Limited (Manawa Energy), Vector Limited)
100%50%
Internal Hurdles – 50% weighting
Demand Growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts e.g. coal and
gas fired boiler replacement, data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat
substitution, but excludes any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation
460 GWh16.66%
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation0.5TWh16.66%
Tauhara delivered at or above the business case (base case) economics as measured by the
net present value of the project. The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax
rate are held in line with the business case as they aren’t controllable, but all other items are
updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such as the amount of
capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project.
Yes/No0.0%
Trustpower was included in the peer group on grant, however was replaced with Manawa Energy prior test date
* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies
in the TSR peer group is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest.
– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the three calendar months preceding the grant date and test date.
– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.
If Contact's TSR ranking on test date does not exceed the 50th percentile of the TSR of the peer group of companies, 0% of the Performance Share Rights will vest.
83
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
83
84
Long-term Incentive scorecards
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetric
FY27Allocated October 2024
Tested October 2027
Performance Share Rights with
one test date at the third year
Volume weighted average price
of $8.44 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector, and Manawa)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting
Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler replacement, data
centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity f rom major industrials but excludes
any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation
1.6 TWh
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base2.0 TWh
Maximum total Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions380 ktCO
2
e
FY26Allocated October 2023
Tested October 2026
Performance Share Rights with
one test date at the third year
Volume weighted average price
of $8.24 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector, and Manawa)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting
Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler replacement, data
centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity f rom major industrials but excludes
any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation
1.4 TWh
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base1.6 TWh
Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets100 ktCO
2
e
FY25Allocated October 2022
Tested October 2025
Performance Share Rights with
one test date at the third year
Volume weighted average price
of $7.66 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector, and Manawa)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting
100MW Demand Flex contracted with customers (which enables them to automatically reduce consumption when
electricity demand is high)
Yes/No
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base1.0 TWh
Te Huka delivered at or near the business case (base case) economics as measured by the net present value of the project.
The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax rate are held in line with the business case as they aren’t
controllable items but all other items are updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such as the
amount of capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project
Yes/No
* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies in the TSR peer group
is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest.
– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the three calendar months preceding the grant date and test date.
– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.
If Contact's TSR ranking on test date does not exceed the 50th percentile of the TSR of the peer group of companies, 0% of the Performance Share Rights will vest.
84
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
CEO remuneration
The following table details the nature and amount of remuneration paid to Mike Fuge for his time
as CEO during the year.
CEO remuneration for the period ended 30 June 2025
Position
$
Fixed remunerationPay-for-performance remuneration
Total
remuneration
Salary
paidBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STIEquity LTI Subtotal
FY251,289,42362,793
1
1,352,216590,460
2
354,900
3
520,000
4
1,465,3602,817,576
Three-year CEO remuneration summary
Financial
year
Total
remuneration
paid
5
Percentage
Cash STI
awarded
against
maximum
Percentage
vested Equity
STI against
maximum
Span of
Equity STI
performance
period
Percentage vested
Equity LTI against
maximum
Span of Equity
LTI performance
period
FY25$2,817,57691%57%2022–202483.32%1 July 2021 –
30 June 2024
FY24$2,433,52771%75%2021–2023100%1 July 2020 –
30 June 2023
FY23$2,127,21449%50%2020–20220%N/A
-10%
-20%
30 June 202330 June 202430 June 202530 June 202130 June 2022
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
Five-year summary TSR
6
performance graph
CompanyNZX50Peer group
7
$0
$500,000
$1,000,000
$1,500,000
$2,000,000
$2,500,000
$3,000,000
Fixed
remuneration
Scenario chart
The scenario chart below demonstrates the elements
of Mike Fuge’s CEO remuneration design for FY25.
Maximum
potential
remuneration
On-plan
remuneration
Base salary & benefits
Cash STI
Equity LTI
Equity STI
1 Benefits include 4% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on
remuneration amounts including cash STI, Contact Share and
health insurance.
2 Cash STI for FY25 period 91% of maximum potential, calculated on
base salary, paid in FY26 (September 2025).
3 Equity STI, 91% of maximum potential, based on fair value allocation.
To be granted October 2025 and tested October 2027.
4 Equity LTI is based on fair value allocation. To be granted October
2025 and tested October 2028.
5 Total remuneration paid includes salary, benefits, Cash STI, and
value of STI and LTI Equity (paid in shares).
6 TSR is calculated using the volume-weighted average price for the
3 months prior to year end.
7 Peer group is a simple average of Meridian, Genesis, Mercury,
Vector and Manawa, with Manawa only in the group f rom FY18.
Manawa Energy has been excluded f rom the peer group for FY25
due to its acquisition by Contact Energy, which materially alters its
comparability within the group.
85
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
85
86
Breakdown of CEO’s pay-for-performance
DescriptionPerformance measures
Percentage
achieved
Cash STI
• Maximum potential 50% of base salary
• Discretionary cash STI scheme
• 70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on page 82)
• 30% based on individual KPIs, including his leadership of:
– key aspects of Contact’s strategy, including renewable generation, electricity demand
agreements, and customer sentiment
– Contact’s health and safety transformation
– culture and teamwork within Contact
– Contact’s engagement across all stakeholders
91.2%
90.0%
Equity STI
• Maximum potential 30% of base salary
• Awarded as deferred share rights
• Share rights issued 1 October 2025
The participant’s performance rating is set by the Equity STI awarded by the Board91.0%
Equity LTI
• 40% of base salary
• Awarded as performance share rights
• Share rights issued 1 October 2025
• 50% relative TSR ranking within an energy industry peer group
• 50% progress on strategic initiatives (see page 84)
CEO’s long-term performance incentives
LTI TranchePerformance PeriodGrant Year
Number of share rights
issued on grant
Value of share rights
on grant date
1
Number of share rights
vested
2
Value of shares
transferred
3
FY271 July 2024 – 30 June 2027202487,732$437,500To be determined
after vesting date
To be determined
on transfer date
FY261 July 2023 – 30 June 2026202383,260$418,524To be determined
after vesting date
To be determined
on transfer date
FY251 July 2022 – 30 June 2025202282,041$402,505To be determined
after vesting date
To be determined
on transfer date
FY241 July 2021 – 30 June 2024202171,339$402,51062,109$525,442
FY231 July 2020 – 30 June 2023202035,756$140,87935,756$285,333
1
Value of share rights on grant is based on Fair Value.
2
Vesting is subject to the performance hurdles being met. See page 84 for the performance hurdles.
3
Value of share rights on transfer is based on volume weighted price.
86
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
FY26 CEO remuneration structure
The Board has elected, in the interests of transparency, to disclose in advance the structure and package that will apply for FY26.
Fixed RemunerationPay-for-performance remuneration maximum potential
$Base salaryBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STI Equity LTI Subtotal
Maximum Potential
Total Remuneration
FY26 1,400,00086,4471,486,447 700,000 420,000560,0001,680,0003,166,447
Benefits include 4% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on remuneration amounts including cash STI, health insurance and Contact Share.
The annual LTI grant has been increased f rom 35% to 40% of base salary. A new requirement has been instituted where 60% of all Performance Share Rights that
vest into shares must be retained until the end of the CEO's tenure.
Manawa integration incentive
To help ensure that the leaders of the business stay focused on realising the Manawa integration benefits in a lasting fashion, we have prepared a bespoke
long-term incentive to reward eligible participants for the successful delivery of the integration activities. The LTI will be issued to recipients in October 2025.
SchemeDescriptionPerformance MeasuresPotential
Integration Equity LTI (awarded as
performance share rights)
Integration Equity LTI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise price
subject to the exercise hurdle being achieved.
The exercise hurdles to receive these are:
• 60% Contact’s relative total shareholder
return (TSR) ranking within an energy
industry peer group of other New Zealand
NZX50 listed utilities companies. Tested
once, at year 3.
• 40% based on the achievement of
integration activities, and the successful
integration of the two entities. Tested
once, at year 2.
Executive Team set at 20% of base salary.
CEO set at 30% of base salary.
Workstream Leads set at 20% of base salary.
Integration Director set at 30% of base salary.
87
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
87
88
FY26 corporate scorecard
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics for FY26. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI for the CEO
and leadership team.
KPI
Weighted
Target UnitGood (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)
Financial50.0%
EBITDAF
1
30.0%$m896943971
Totex
2
20.0%$m(582)(571)(560)
Safety & Wellbeing20.0%
Safety Citizenship Programme
(SENTIS)
5.0%≥ 60% invited participants complete
Safety Citizenship Programme
≥ 70% invited participants complete
Safety Citizenship Programme
≥ 80% invited participants complete
Safety Citizenship Programme
Leadership walkarounds
(includes all of Generation & Major
Projects Tiers 1–5)
5.0%8801,1001,320
TRIFR (Controlled)5.0%≤4≤2.5≤1
Environmental Incidents5.0%
• No Tier 1 incidents;
• Max 1 Tier 2 incidents; and
• Five or fewer Tier 3 incidents.
• No Tier 1 or 2 incidents; and
• Three or fewer Tier 3 incidents.
• No Tier 1, 2 or 3 incidents
Strategic/Performance30.0%
Execution Pipeline 7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved FY26 Execution pipeline
Development Pipeline 7.5%Board assessment of progress against the approved FY26 Development pipeline
Operational Uptime
3
7.5%%>95>96>97
Multi Product Customers 7.5%#153,000155,000160,000
Total100.0%
1 Underlying EBITDAF is adjusted for AGS Provision fair value changes.
2 Totex is defined as opex and cash SIB capex.
EBITDAF performance includes Manawa transaction and integration costs. Totex excludes operating costs associated with the Manawa transaction and integration that are subject to timing.
3 Includes scheduled outages.
88
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Group employees who earn
over $100k
The table shows the number of our people
(including any who have left) who received
remuneration and other benefits during FY25 of
at least $100,000 for the year ended 30 June 2025.
The value of remuneration benefits analysed
includes:
+fixed remuneration including allowance/overtime
payments
+employer superannuation contributions
+short-term cash incentives relating to FY24
performance but paid in FY25 (Contact)
+the value of equity-based incentives at fair value
allocation received during FY25 (Contact)
+the value of Contact Share received during FY25
(Contact)
+redundancy and other payments made on
termination of employment.
The figures do not include amounts paid after
30 June 2025 that relate to the year ended
30 June 2025.
Table of employees who earn over $100,000
Remuneration bandNumber of employees
$100,001–$110,00054
$110,001–$120,00063
$120,001–$130,00039
$130,001–$140,00063
$140,001–$150,00067
$150,001–$160,00064
$160,001–$170,00067
$170,001–$180,00062
$180,001–$190,00055
$190,001–$200,00043
$200,001–$210,00041
$210,001–$220,00027
$220,001–$230,00021
$230,001–$240,00016
$240,001–$250,00014
$250,001–$260,0008
$260,001–$270,0005
$270,001–$280,0005
$280,001–$290,0002
$290,001–$300,0003
$300,001–$310,0002
$310,001–$320,0005
$320,001–$330,0002
$330,001–$340,0001
$340,001–$350,0005
$350,001–$360,0005
$360,001–$370,0002
$370,001–$380,0003
$380,001–$390,0002
Remuneration band
$390,001–$400,0002
$400,001–$410,0002
$410,001–$420,0003
$420,001–$430,0005
$430,001–$440,0001
$440,001–$450,0004
$450,001–$460,0003
$470,001–$480,0002
$480,001–$490,0001
$510,001–$520,0002
$520,001–$530,0001
$530,001–$540,0001
$540,001–$550,0001
$590,001–$600,0002
$610,001–$620,0001
$630,001–$640,0001
$730,001–$740,0001
$780,001–$790,0001
$850,001–$860,0002
$860,001–$870,0001
$900,001–$910,0002
$920,001–$930,0001
$1,300,001–$1,310,0001
$2,810,000–$2,820,0001
1
Grand Total788
1
Total remuneration for CEO is based on Cash STI to be paid in
FY26 (September 2025) whereas all other employees earnings
is based on Cash STI paid in FY25 (September 2024).
89
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
89
90
Gender pay reporting
Contact’s commitment
One of the principles of our Tikanga (our moral
compass) is to put our energy into things that
matter. Being inclusive, encouraging diversity and
expressions of ideas and opinions is a key focus of
that. We are committed to building a workforce
that reflects, and is inclusive of, the diverse
communities of Aotearoa.
Understanding our pay reporting
Pay reporting is broadly defined as:
Gender parity – when men and women are equally
represented at all levels at Contact.
Gender pay gap – the gap between the pay of
women and the pay of men.
Pay gap calculation:
average male hourly rate –
average female hourly rate
average male hourly rate
Closing the gender pay gap typically relies on
addressing all these elements. Pay equity (equal
pay for equal work) will typically not close the
overall gender gap especially if genders are
not equally represented at each level of the
organisation.
Gender pay equity – equal pay for equal work –
that is people undertaking the same work (roles
requiring a similar level of skills, knowledge, and
accountabilities) being paid the same regardless of
gender. (Note: Equal pay is a legal requirement in
New Zealand. We have processes and monitoring
in place to ensure our people are treated and paid
fairly, meeting both our legal and moral obligations.)
Pay equity calculation:
average female
(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)
average male
(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)
Contact’s pay reporting
We recognise and respect that gender is not binary.
For this reporting we have calculated our gender pay
equity and pay gap only as the difference between
those who identify as women and men (around 1.5
percent of our people identify as gender diverse).
Contact has made progress in closing our gender pay
gap with the average pay gap sitting at 30.3 percent
(was 31.1 percent) and the median gap sitting
at 42.4% (f rom 42.2 percent). There are two key
drivers of our gender pay gap. The first is a higher
proportion of women in our customer channels
and the second is a lower proportion of women in
highly skilled energy roles. Over the last 12 months,
we have increased the number of women in our
higher grades which has helped in closing our pay
gap. Continued focus on improving our gender
balance will lead to further reductions in the future.
Contact’s pay equity sits at 98.4% percent at the end
of the financial year. We assess all roles at Contact
based on the skills, capability and experience
required for the role. We then use market data
to apply an appropriate remuneration range for
each role. Roles are then grouped into pay bands,
which cluster similar-sized roles together.
The bands contain different roles that may be filled
by people with a range of experience. This can
include people recently promoted into higher roles
or bands, and who sit at the lower end of the range.
Each year, as part of our annual salary review, we
review all our data to ensure that we are maintaining
our commitment to gender pay equity, and make
adjustments if required. We remain committed to
achieving more balance of gender across all levels
at Contact.
Additional Contact remuneration
disclosures
+ CEO-to-employee pay ratio, 25:1. The ratio
between the total annual compensation of the
CEO and the median employee compensation.
+CEO-to-employee pay increase ratio, 1.23:1.
The ratio of the percentage increase in annual
total compensation for the CEO to the median
percentage increase.
+Contact does not implement any clawback
practices on employee remuneration other than
in situations permitted by Aotearoa New Zealand
legislation (e.g. for correction of overpayments).
+Contact does not have a share ownership
requirement for the CEO or Executive Team.
+The notice period for Mike Fuge in his role as
CEO is six months.
Career level
Workforce demographicPay gap (hourly rate)
Female
population
Male
populationMedianAveragePay equity
Executive0.1%0.7%14.9%23.5%N/A
Strategic Senior Management1.7%3.1%6.6%2.3%99.4%
Operational Management/National Specialist7.2%14.5%2.9%3.9%99.9%
Team Leader/Technical Specialist16.2%27.8%18.0%13.3%100.1%
Team Member21.8%7.0%1.5%0.4%101.0%
Overall47.0%53.0%42.4%30.3%98.4%
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
90
Statutory
disclosures
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
9191
92
Statutory disclosures
Disclosures of interests by directors
The table below lists the general disclosures of interest by directors of Contact
Energy Limited as at 30 June 2025 in accordance with section 140 of the
Companies Act 1993.
Robert McDonald
FleetPartners Group Limited Director
University of Auckland Business School Advisory Board Member
University of Auckland Council Member
Vero New Zealand Insurance Limited and Vero Liability LimitedDirector
Sandra Dodds
Fletcher Building Limited and Fletcher Industries Limited Director
OceanaGold Limited (listed TSX) Director
Snowy Hydro Limited (Australian Government owned entity) Director
David Gibson
Freightways Limited Director
Goodman Property Services (NZ) Limited, Goodman Property
Aggregated Limited, GMT Bond Issuer Limited
Director
Rangatira Limited Director
Jon Macdonald
Kiwibank Limited Director
Mitre 10 (New Zealand) Ltd and various subsidiaries Director
Sharesies Group Limited and various subsidiaries Director
Titan Parent New Zealand Limited (Parent company of
Trade Me Ltd)
Director
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
Tainui Group HoldingsBoard Member
Resource Management Act Reform Expert Advisory GroupMember
Alvarium Investments (NZ) Limited Director
Equippers Church Trust Trustee
KGS Limited Director
Kings Trust NZ Trustee
Kiwi Group Capital Limited Director
Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic
Advisory Committee
Member
Pathfinder Asset Management Limited Trustee
Te Rau o te Korimako Director
Te Waharoa Investments Limited Director
Tindall Foundation Trustee
Watercare Services LimitedDirector
David Smol
Department of Internal Affairs’ External Advisory Committee Chair
Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet Audit and Risk
Committee
Member
Institute of Geological and Nuclear Sciences LimitedChair
Tait Communications LimitedDirector
Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic
Advisory Committee
Member
Ministry of Social Development’s Risk and Audit Committee Chair
New Zealand Transport Agency Board Member
The Co-operative Bank Limited Director
Victoria University of Wellington Council Member
Elena Trout
Ara Ake Limited Independent Director
Callaghan Innovation Independent Director
Citycare Limited Independent Director
Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority (EECA) Chair
Harrison Grierson Holdings Limited and various subsidiaries Independent Director
Kaikohe Berryf ruit GP Limited Independent Director
Motiti Investments Limited Director
Ngāpuhi Asset Holding Company Limited Independent Director
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Opuha Water Limited Independent Director
Spencer Henshaw Limited Independent Director
Te Rāhui Herenga Waka Whakatāne Limited Independent Director
Waihanga Ara Rau (Construction and Inf rastructure)
Workforce Development Council
Co-Chair
WorkSafe’s Audit, Risk and Finance CommitteeIndependent Chair
Information used by directors
No director issued a notice requesting to use information received in his or her
capacity as a director that would not otherwise be available to the director.
Indemnity and insurance
In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the constitution
of the company, Contact has continued to indemnify and insure its directors
and officers, including directors of subsidiaries, against potential liability or
costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited by law.
Directors’ security participation
The Board encourages directors to hold a minimum of 20,000 Contact shares
within three years of appointment to further align the interests of directors
with the interests of shareholders. Securities of the company in which each
director has a relevant interest at 30 June 2025.
Securities of the company in which each director has a relevant interest
at 30 June 2025
DirectorOrdinary sharesBondsCapital Bond
Robert McDonald36,043100,000
Sandra Dodds20,997
David Gibson20,000
Jon Macdonald26,96013,000 20,000
Rukumoana Schaafhausen1,348
David Smol23,536
Elena Trout24,760
Securities dealings of directors
During the year, Contact directors acquired/redeemed a relevant interest in
securities as follows. Consideration per share/bond is stated in NZD unless
otherwise specified.
Director
Date of
transactionNature of transaction
Consideration
per share/
bond
Number
of shares/
bonds
Robert
McDonald
27 September
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.24877
18 March
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$9.04564
Sandra Dodds 27 September
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.24 554
18 March
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$9.04 358
David Gibson7 September
2024
On-market acquisition
of ordinary shares
$7.9820,000
Jon
Macdonald
27 September
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.24656
18 March
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$9.04422
Rukumoana
Schaafhausen
27 September
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.24 32
18 March
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$9.0421
David Smol 27 September
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.24 496
18 March
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$9.04367
Elena Trout 27 September
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.24603
18 March
2025
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$9.04387
93
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
94
Shareholder statistics
Twenty largest shareholders at 30 June 2025
Number of
ordinary shares
% of ordinary
shares
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 119,065,97214.83
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 79,492,9809.9
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 53,438,242 6.66
Custodial Services Limited 48,056,023 5.99
JPMORGAN Chase Bank 43,336,0885.4
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd41,582,0105.18
TEA Custodians Limited 26,382,098 3.29
Accident Compensation Corporation 25,982,9443.24
New Zealand Superannuation Fund
Nominees Limited
25,337,629 3.16
FNZ Custodians Limited 24,833,339 3.09
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 24,023,407 2.99
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 19,681,467 2.45
Premier Nominees Limited 15,994,921 1.99
New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 13,609,2741.7
New Zealand Depository Nominee12,636,4911.57
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited10,195,9271.27
Public Trust 9,192,3931.15
Private Nominees Limited 6,681,2050.83
PT Booster Investments Nominess Limited4,902,4790.61
Masfen Securities Limited 4,565,698 0.57
Total for top 20 608,990,58775.87
Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholders at 30 June 2025
Size of holding
Number of
shareholders
% of
shareholders
Number of
ordinary shares
% of
ordinary
shares
1–1,000 23,176 43.03 15,130,761 1.88
1,001–5,000 25,210 46.81 46,723,4845.82
5,001–10,000 3,0955.7521,940,7942.73
10,001–50,000 2,1123.92 40,735,5115.07
50,001–100,000 167 0.31 11,592,865 1.44
100,001 and over 990.18666,688,49983.04
Total 53,859100.00 802,811,91499.98
Substantial product holders
According to notices given under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013,
the following persons were substantial product holders of the company as
at 30 June 2025:
Substantial product
holder
Number of ordinary shares in
which relevant interest is held
Date of notice
BlackRock Inc and related
bodies corporate
51,085,6624 March 2025
HSBC Nominees
(New Zealand) Limited
40,995,5874 March 2025
FirstCape Group Limited 49,142,094 30 April 2024
Milford Asset Management
Limited
47,603,648 26 January 2022
The total number of voting securities of Contact at 30 June 2025 was
802,811,914 fully paid ordinary shares.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Bondholder statistics
Twenty largest CEN060 bondholders at 30 June 2025
Number of
CEN060 bonds
% of CEN060
bonds
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 69,289,00030.8
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 31,926,000 14.19
Custodial Services Limited 28,924,00012.86
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 14,480,0006.44
New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited13,687,0006.08
FNZ Custodians Limited 11,123,0004.94
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 6,811,000 3.03
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 6,131,0002.72
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd2,591,0001.15
Investment Custodial Services Limited 2,591,0000.96
Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited 2,034,0000.9
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,651,0000.73
Francis Horton Tuck 1,640,0000.73
CML Shares Limited1,500,0000.67
Commonwealth Bank of Australia1,331,0000.59
Best Farm Limited1,000,0000.44
Fletcher Building Educational Fund900,0000.4
FNZ Custodians Limited 837,0000.37
NZX WT Nominees Limited
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 700,0000.31
Total for top 20 199,501,00088.66
Distribution of CEN060 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2025
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,000 658.54 325,000 0.14
5,001–10,000 213 27.992,082,000 0.93
10,001–50,000 37849.679,649,000 4.29
50,001–100,000 51 6.7 4,118,000 1.83
100,001 and over 54 7.1 208,826,000 92.81
Total 761100.00225,000,000100.00
Twenty largest CEN070 bondholders at 30 June 2025
Number of
CEN070 bonds
% of CEN070
bonds
Custodial Services Limited 81,518,00032.61
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 34,610,00013.84
FNZ Custodians Limited 21,166,0008.47
JBWere (NZ)) Nominees Limited 18,336,0007.33
Investment Custodial Services Limited 10,065,0004.03
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 6,276,0002.51
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited5,760,0002.3
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 5,185,0002.07
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 4,849,0001.94
JP Morgan Chase Bank 4,580,0001.83
NZX WT Nominees Limited 4,057,0001.62
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 3,240,0001.3
Pt (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited 2,880,000 1.15
ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund 2,050,0000.82
Dunedin City Council 1,900,0000.76
FNZ Custodians Limited1,187,0000.47
Private Nominees Limited 1,161,000 0.46
Fletcher Building Educational Fund1,100,000 0.44
FNZ Custodians Limited 1,080,000 0.43
Custodial Services Limited 924,000 0.37
Total for top 20 211,924,000 84.75
Distribution of CEN070 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2025
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,000718.34355,000 0.14
5,001–10,000152 17.86 1,449,000 0.58
10,001–50,000480 56.4 12,300,000
50,001–100,000738.585,659,000 2.26
100,001 and over75 8.81230,217,000 92.09
Total85199.99250,000,000100.00
95
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
96
Twenty largest CEN080 bondholders at 30 June 2025
Number of
CEN080 bonds
% of CEN080
bonds
Custodial Services Limited 97,254,000 32.42
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 50,923,00016.97
FNZ Custodians Limited 30,973,000 10.32
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 17,907,0005.97
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 12,913,000 4.3
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 8,800,0002.93
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited6,999,0002.33
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 6,160,000 2.05
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited5,000,0001.67
Investment Custodial Services Limited4,431,0001.48
Premier Nominees Ltd Armstrong Jones Secure
Income Fund
4,300,000 1.43
ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund 3,600,000 1.2
NZX Wt Nominees Limited3,084,0001.03
FNZ Custodians Limited 2,236,0000.75
Custodial Services Limited1,937,000 0.65
Rodney Keith Deppe & Marianne Caroline Deppe 1,896,000 0.63
NZ Permanent Trustees Ltd Grp Invstmnt Fund
No 20
1,695,0000.56
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 1,601,000 0.53
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,531,000 0.51
Custodial Services Limited 1,174,000 0.39
Total for top 20 264,414,000 88.12
Distribution of CEN080 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2025
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,000
2204.34 100,000 0.03
5,001–10,000
7115.4697,000 0.23
10,001–50,000
25555.317,766,0002.59
50,001–100,000
5010.854,035,000 1.35
100,001 and over
65 14.1 287,402,000 95.80
Total
461100.00300,000,000100.00
Twenty largest CEN090 bondholders at 30 June 2025
Number of
CEN090 bonds
% of CEN090
bonds
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 87,310,000 34.92
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 38,000,00015.2
Custodial Services Limited 2,726,5000 10.91
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 14,283,0005.71
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 14,105,0005.64
FNZ Custodians Limited 8,843,0003.54
TEA Custodians Limited 7,000,0002.8
Pin Twenty Limited4,376,0001.75
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 3,571,0001.43
Public Trust3,379,0001.35
CML Shares Limited3,320,0001.33
MMC Limited 3,000,0001.2
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,816,000 0.73
NZ Permanent Trustees Limited1,644,0000.66
Philip John Patrick Newdick & Susan Hilbre Newdick1,500,0000.6
Private Nominees Limited1,390,0000.56
Investment Custodial Services Limited1,017,0000.41
Best Farm Limited1,000,0000.4
Cassington Holdings Limited1,000,0000.4
NZX WT Nominees Limited857,0000.34
Total for top 20 224,676,000 89.88
Distribution of CEN090 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2025
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,000254.84 125,000 0.05
5,001–10,00096 18.6938,000 0.38
10,001–50,00029056.28,470,000 3.39
50,001–100,00058 11.244,988,000 2
100,001 and over47 9.11235,479,00094.19
Total51699.99250,000,000100.01
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Other disclosures
Directors of Contact Energy Limited and subsidiaries
The following people held office as directors of Contact Energy Limited as at
30 June 2025: Robert McDonald, Sandra Dodds, David Gibson, Jon Macdonald,
Rukumoana Schaafhausen, David Smol, and Elena Trout.
Deion Campbell was appointed by the Contact Board as a director on
11 July 2025, and will resign and stand for election by shareholders at the
ASM on 16 September 2025. Elena Trout has indicated she will resign by
rotation and not re-stand for election at that same ASM.
The below table lists the subsidiaries of Contact Energy Limited during
FY25 and any changes to those subsidiaries and among the people who
held office as directors.
Company nameDirectorsFurther information
Western Energy
Services Limited
Dorian Devers
Michael Dunstall
Jan Bibby
Jacqui Nelson resigned as director of
Western Energy Services Limited on
20 December 2024. Jan Bibby was
appointed on 9 December 2024.
Contact Energy
Trustee Company
Limited
Jan Bibby
Kirsten Clayton
There have been no changes
among the people who hold office
as directors during FY25.
Contact Energy Risk
Limited
Antony Balfour Will
Dorian Devers
Mike Fuge
There have been no changes
among the people who hold office
as directors during FY25.
Contact Energy
Solar Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Saralaya Frost
Dorian Devers
Jacqui Nelson resigned as a director
of Contact Energy Solar Limited on
20 December 2024. Dorian Devers
was appointed on 1 January 2025.
Contact Energy
Solar Holdings GP
Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Saralaya Frost
Dorian Devers
Jacqui Nelson resigned as a director
of Contact Energy Solar Holdings
GP Limited on 20 December 2024.
Dorian Devers was appointed on
1 January 2025.
NZX waivers
There was one waiver granted by NZX relied on by Contact in the 12 months
preceding 30 June 2025. NZX granted a waiver of Listing Rule 4.9.1(a) to the
extent this rule would require Contact to offer Contact shares to overseas
investors under the Scheme of Implementation whereby Contact would
acquire all the shares in Manawa Energy Limited.
Stock exchange listings
Contact’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted on the NZX Main Board and
the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) under the company code ‘CEN’.
Contact has two tranches of green retail bonds listed and quoted on the
NZX Debt Market under the company codes CEN070 and CEN080, and two
tranches of green capital bonds listed and quoted on the NZX Debt Market
under the company codes CEN060 and CEN090. Contact’s listing on the
ASX is as a Foreign Exempt Listing. For the purposes of ASX listing rule 1.15.3,
Contact confirms that it continues to comply with the NZX listing rules.
Exercise of NZX disciplinary powers
NZX did not exercise any of its powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation
to Contact during FY25.
Auditor fee
See auditor's remuneration note E2 of the financial statements.
Donations
In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, Contact
records that it donated $50,920 in FY25 including charitable donations,
and where we have given koha. Donations are made on the basis that the
recipient is not obliged to provide any service such as promoting Contact’s
brand and are separate f rom Contact’s sponsorship activity. No political
contributions were made during the year. Find out more about our other
contributions on our Community webpage.
Credit rating
Contact Energy Limited has a Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating
of BBB/stable and short term rating of A-2.
Listed Bonds
The $225 million subordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital
bonds issued in November 2021 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.
The $250 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued in
October 2022 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The $300 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued in
April 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The $250 million subordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital
bonds issued in September 2024 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.
Australian Medium Term Notes
The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in November 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in June 2025 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
97
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
98
Financial
statements
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Financial statements
Contents
About these financial statements 100
Statement of comprehensive income 101
Statement of cash flows 101
Statement of financial position 102
Statement of changes in equity 103
Notes to the financial statements 104
A. Our performance 104
A1. Segments 104
A2. Earnings 104
A3. Free cash flow 106
B. Our funding 107
B1. Capital structure 107
B2. Share capital 107
B3. Distributions 107
B4. Borrowings 108
B5. Net interest expense 109
C. Our assets 110
C1. Property, plant and equipment and 110
intangible assets
C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing 112
D. Our financial risks 113
D1. Market risk 113
D2. Liquidity risk 115
D3. Credit risk 115
D4. Hedging activities 115
D5. Change in fair value of financial 117
instruments in profit/(loss)
D6. Financial instruments at fair value 117
D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost 118
E. Other disclosures 118
E1. Tax 118
E2. Auditor’s remuneration 119
E3. Inventories 119
E4. Trade and other receivables 119
E5. Trade and other payables 120
E6. Provisions 120
E7. Profit to operating cash flows 121
E8. Share-based compensation 121
E9. Related parties 122
E10. New accounting standards 123
E11. Contingencies 123
E12. Subsequent events 123
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
99
100
About these
financial statements
For the year ended 30 June 2025
These financial statements are for Contact, a group made up of Contact Energy Limited,
its subsidiaries, and its interests in associates and joint arrangements.
Contact Energy Limited is registered in New Zealand under the Companies
Act 1993. It is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) and the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has bonds listed on the NZX debt
market. Contact is an FMC reporting entity under the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013.
Contact’s financial statements are prepared:
+in accordance with New Zealand generally accepted accounting practice
(GAAP) and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS as appropriate for a for-profit-entity
+in millions of New Zealand dollars (NZD) unless otherwise noted
+on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments held at fair value
+using the same accounting policies for all reporting periods presented
+with certain comparative amounts reclassified to conform to the current
year’s presentation.
Estimates and judgements are made in applying Contact’s accounting
policies. Areas that involve a higher level of estimation or judgement are:
+useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note C1)
+impairment testing of cash-generating units (note C2)
+fair value measurement of financial instruments (notes D1 and D6)
+provision for future restoration and rehabilitation obligations and the
Ahuroa Gas Storage facility (AGS) onerous contract provision (note E6).
The financial statements were authorised on behalf of the Contact Energy
Limited Board of Directors on 18 August 2025.
Robert McDonald Sandra Dodds
Chair Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Statement of
comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2025
$mNote20252024
RevenueA23,4392,863
Operating expensesA2(2,428)(2,188)
Net interestB5(100)(40)
Depreciation and amortisationC1(273)(255)
Asset impairment and write offs(1)(50)
Change in fair value of financial instrumentsD5(174)8
Profit before tax 463338
Tax expenseE1(132)(103)
Profit 331235
Items that may be reclassified to profit/(loss):
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D44(176)
Comprehensive income 33559
Profit per share (cents) – basic and diluted 41.629.9
Profit before tax includes the release of the AGS onerous contract provision of $98 million. Excluding the
release of the provision, Profit before tax would be $365 million, Profit would be $261 million and profit
per share (basic and diluted) would be 32.7 cents per share.
Statement of
cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2025
$mNote20252024
Receipts f rom customers3,3192,858
Payments to suppliers and employees(2,602)(2,165)
Receipts f rom insurance claims105
Interest paid(77)(21)
Tax paid(106)(97)
Operating cash flowsE7544580
Purchase and construction of assets(449)(506)
Capitalised interestB5(23)(74)
Realised gains/losses on market derivatives(13)(6)
Investment in joint ventures and associates(43)(10)
Proceeds f rom sale of assets– 1
Investing cash flows (528)(595)
Dividends paidB3(198)(248)
Proceeds f rom borrowings933592
Repayment of borrowings(460)(238)
Financing costs(5)(2)
Share issuance costs(1)–
Financing cash flows 269104
Net cash flow28589
Add: cash at the beginning of the year229140
Cash at the end of the year514229
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
101
102
Statement of
financial position
At 30 June 2025
$mNote20252024
Cash and cash equivalents514229
Trade and other receivablesE4274275
InventoriesE36737
Intangible assetsC15643
Derivative financial instrumentsD19568
Total current assets 1,006652
Property, plant and equipmentC15,1664,933
Intangible assetsC1188223
InventoriesE36540
GoodwillC2214214
Investments in joint ventures and associatesE98440
Derivative financial instrumentsD190106
Total non-current assets 5,8075,556
Total assets 6,8136,208
Trade and other payablesE5395356
Tax payable1034
BorrowingsB4356359
Derivative financial instrumentsD1122152
ProvisionsE62218
Total current liabilities 905919
BorrowingsB42,0931,554
Derivative financial instrumentsD1254253
ProvisionsE6209294
Deferred taxE1570524
Other non-current liabilities2345
Total non-current liabilities 3,1482,670
Total liabilities 4,0533,589
Net assets 2,7602,619
Share capitalB22,1352,021
Retained earnings795773
Hedge reservesD4(181)(185)
Share-based compensation reserveE81110
Shareholders’ equity 2,7602,619
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Statement of
changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2025
$mNote
Share
capital
Retained
earnings
Hedge
reserves
Share-based
compensation
reserves
Shareholders’
equity
Balance at 1 July 2023 1,988813(9)112,804
Profit – 235 – – 235
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – (176) – (176)
Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 5 – – 4 9
Share capital issuedB228 – – (5)23
Dividends paidB3 – (275) – – (275)
Balance at 30 June 2024 2,021 773 (185) 10 2,619
Profit–331––331
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4––4–4
Change in share-based compensation reserveE84––59
Share capital issuedB2110––(4)106
Dividends paidB3–(309)––(309)
Balance at 30 June 2025 2,135 795 (181)11 2,760
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
103
104
Notes to the financial statements
A. Our performance
A1. Segments
Contact reports activities under the Wholesale segment and the Retail segment.
The Wholesale segment includes revenue f rom the sale of electricity to the
wholesale electricity market, to Commercial & Industrial (C&I) customers and
to the Retail segment, less the cost to generate and/or purchase the electricity
and costs to serve and distribute electricity to C&I customers.
The results of Western Energy Services Limited are included in the Wholesale
segment. The results of Contact Energy Risk Limited have been allocated
across the operating segments.
The Retail segment includes revenue f rom delivering electricity, natural
gas, broadband, mobile and other products and services to mass market
customers less the cost of purchasing those products and services, and the
cost to serve and distribute electricity to customers.
The Retail segment purchases electricity f rom the Wholesale segment
at a fixed price in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.
‘Unallocated’ includes corporate functions not directly allocated to the
operating segments.
Other operating expenses within the segment results includes employee
benefits of $153 million (2024: $134 million). Employee benefits (excluding
allocations) is $60 million (2024: $52 million) for the Wholesale segment and
$31 million (2024: $29 million) for the Retail segment.
A2. Earnings
The table on the next page provides a breakdown of Contact’s revenue, expenses
and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment
and write offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF) by
segment, and a reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to profit reported under NZ GAAP.
EBITDAF is used to monitor performance and is a non-GAAP measure.
The key revenue categories are:
+Electricity, gas and steam
Electricity, gas and steam revenue (including mass market electricity,
C&I electricity and gas) is recognised when energy is supplied for customer
consumption.
+Wholesale electricity, net of hedging
Revenue received f rom electricity generated and sold through the
wholesale market, the net settlement of electricity hedges sold on the
electricity futures markets and to generators, other retailers, and industrial
customers. Revenue is recognised as the energy is delivered.
+Electricity-related services
Revenue f rom the sale of complementary products and services to the
wholesale market for the provision of instantaneous reserves, f requency
keeping and other ancillary services. Revenue is recognised as the services
are provided.
+Telco
Broadband and mobile revenue are recognised as the services are provided.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Segment results
20252024
$m
WholesaleRetailUnallocated EliminationsTotal Wholesale Retail Unallocated Eliminations Total
Mass market electricity–1,079– (1)1,078– 1,018 – (1)1,017
C&I electricity – fixed price 278– – – 278252 – – – 252
C&I electricity – pass through52– – – 5247 – – – 47
Wholesale electricity, net of hedging 1,616– – – 1,6161,321– – – 1,321
Electricity-related services revenue9– – – 97 – – – 7
Inter-segment electricity sales601– – (601)– 561 – – (561)–
Gas29103– – 1328 96 – – 104
Steam5– – – 53 – – – 3
Geothermal services8– – – 812 – – – 12
Telco– 101– – 101– 82 – – 82
Other income 207– – 2712 10 – – 22
Total revenue2,6181,290– (602)3,3062,2231,206 – (562)2,867
Electricity purchases, net of hedging (1,149)– – – (1,149)(990)– – – (990)
Electricity purchases – pass through(43)(3)– – (46)(37)(1)– – (38)
Electricity-related services cost(8)– – – (8)(7)– – – (7)
Inter-segment electricity purchases– (601)– 601– – (561)– 561 –
Gas and diesel expenses(184)(23)– – (207)(118)(23)– – (141)
Gas storage costs*84– – – 84(15)– – – (15)
Carbon emissions costs(61)(9)– – (70)(62)(7)– – (69)
Generation transmission & levies(31)– – – (31)(29)– – – (29)
Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – fixed price (67)(486)– – (553)(60)(449)– – (509)
Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – pass through(7)– – – (7)(7)– – – (7)
Gas networks, transmission, meter & service costs(5)(55)– – (60)(5)(51)– – (56)
Geothermal service costs(4)– – – (4)(6)– – – (6)
Telco costs– (88)– – (88)– (72)– – (72)
Other operating expenses(149)(74)(73)1(295)(129)(74)(51)1 (253)
Total operating expenses(1,624)(1,339)(73)602(2,434)(1,465)(1,238)(51)562 (2,192)
EBITDAF994(49)(73)– 872758 (32)(51)– 675
Depreciation and amortisation(273)(255)
Net interest expense(100)(40)
Asset impairment and write offs(1)(50)
Change in fair value of financial instruments(35)8
Tax expense(132)(103)
Profit331 235
* Gas storage costs is positive because it includes $98 million release of the AGS onerous contract provision.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
105
106
Realised gains/(losses) relating to risk management derivatives not in a hedge
relationship are included in ‘Change in fair value of financial instruments’
within the Statement of Comprehensive Income but not in the Segment
results. In the Segment results they are included in wholesale electricity
revenue or purchases within EBITDAF. This is higher this year due to the
recognition of realised losses of the new long term electricity derivative
with New Zealand Aluminium Smelter (NZAS).
These derivatives are ineligible to be designated into a hedge relationship for
accounting purposes, however they are commercial hedges and therefore
are included within EBITDAF. Further information on hedge accounting is
included in note D4.
The below table provides a reconciliation between the Statement of
Comprehensive Income and Segment results.
$m
Statement of
Comprehensive
Income
Realised gains/
(losses) on risk
management
derivatives
not in a hedge
relationshipSegment results
Year ended 30 June 2025
Revenue3,439(133)3,306
Operating expenses(2,428)(6)(2,434)
Change in fair value of
financial instruments
(174) 139(35)
Year ended 30 June 2024
Revenue2,86342,867
Operating expenses(2,188) (4)(2,192)
Change in fair value of
financial instruments
8 –8
A3. Free cash flow
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP cash measure that shows the amount of cash
Contact has available to distribute to shareholders, reduce debt or reinvest in
growing the business. A reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to NZ GAAP operating
cash flows and to f ree cash flow is provided below.
$mNote20252024
EBITDAFA2872675
Tax paid (106)(97)
Change in working capital, net of investing and
financing activities
(35)31
Non-cash movement in provisions(113)(12)
Non-cash items included in EBITDAF 3(8)
Net interest paid, excluding capitalised interest (77)(21)
Operating cash flowsE7544580
Stay-in-business capital expenditure (110)(156)
Operating free cash flow 434424
Proceeds f rom sale of assets – 1
Free cash flow 434425
Operating free cash flow per share (cents)B354.453.9
Stay-in-business capital expenditure is required to maintain our business
operations and includes major plant inspections and replacements of existing
assets.
There has been a reclassification between stay-in-business and growth capital
expenditure to ensure that the spend is classified according to which assets
receive the most benefits under a revised scope of the Te Mihi Stage 2.
For the year ended 30 June 2024 stay-in-business capital expenditure has
been reclassified, increasing by $46 million, and therefore also decreasing
operating f ree cash flow by the same amounts. There is no impact to total
capital expenditure.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
B. Our funding
B1. Capital structure
Contact’s capital includes equity and net debt. Our objectives when managing
capital are to ensure Contact can pay its debts when they are due and to
optimise the cost of our capital.
To manage the capital structure, the Board may adjust the amount and nature
of distributions to shareholders, issue new shares and increase or repay debt.
Contact manages its capital structure to support an investment grade credit
rating and a gearing ratio suitable to our operating environment.
$mNote20252024
BorrowingsB42,4491,913
Shareholders’ equity 2,7602,619
Total capital funding 5,2094,532
Gearing ratio 47.0%42.2%
Gearing ratio excluding subordinated debt 41.7%39.2%
B2. Share capital
Share capital is comprised of ordinary shares listed on the NZX and ASX.
Certain ordinary shares are held in trust on behalf of employees under the
Contact Share scheme (note E8). All shareholders are entitled to receive
distributions and to make one vote per share.
Under the dividend reinvestment plan, 13,038,190 shares were issued during
the year (2024: 3,397,770). The remaining balance of shares issued relates to
employee share-based compensation.
NoteShares$m
Balance at 30 June 2024 789,117,2082,021
Share capital issued 13,694,706114
Balance at 30 June 2025 802,811,9142,135
B3. Distributions
Earnings and operating free cash flow per share
Weighted average20252024
Number of shares (basic)797,176,026787,316,179
Number of shares (diluted)798,542,265788,537,322
The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number
of shares on issue over the period.
The diluted weighted average number of shares considers the number
of performance share rights and deferred share rights that are currently
exercisable or will become exercisable depending on the likelihood of meeting
vesting conditions.
0
20
cps
40
60
Profit
(basic)
2025
2024
Operating free
cash flow
(basic)
Profit
(diluted)
41.629.954.453.9
41.629.9
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
107
108
Dividends paid
Cents
per share$m
2023 Final21.0165
2024 Interim14.0110
30 June 2024275
2024 Final23.0181
2025 Interim16.0128
30 June 2025309
Comprised of:
Cash dividends198
Dividend reinvestment plan 111
In the prior year, cash dividends were $248 million and dividends
reinvestment were $61 million.
On 15 August 2025, the Board resolved to pay a 57% imputed final dividend
of 23 cents per share on 24 September 2025. On 18 August 2025, Contact had
$32 million (2024: $57 million) of imputation credits available for use in future
periods.
B4. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less financing costs and
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Some borrowings are designated in fair value hedge relationships, which
means that any changes in market interest and foreign exchange rates result
in a change in the fair value adjustment on that debt.
Borrowings
$mMaturityCoupon20252024
Lease obligations VariousVarious
5047
Drawn bank facilitiesVariousFloating
– 26
Commercial paper <3 months Floating
180250
Retail bonds – CEN050Aug 20243.55%
– 100
USPP notes – US$58mDec 20254.33%
7373
USPP notes – US$43mDec 20253.85%
6262
Capital bonds – CEN060Nov 20264.33%
225225
Export credit agency facilityNov 2027Floating
1825
USPP notes – US$15mDec 20273.95%
2222
Retail bonds – CEN070Apr 20285.82%
250250
USPP notes – US$23mDec 20284.44%
2929
USPP notes – US$30mDec 20284.51%
3838
Retail bonds – CEN080Apr 20295.62%
300300
Capital bonds – CEN090Oct 20295.67%
250–
AMTN – AUD $400mNov 20306.40%
434434
AMTN – AUD $400mDec 20315.41%
435–
Face value of borrowings
2,3661,881
Deferred financing costs
(10)(9)
Total borrowings at amortised cost
2,3551,872
Fair value adjustment on hedged
borrowings
9441
Carrying value of borrowings
2,4491,913
Current
356359
Non-current
2,0931,554
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
All borrowings other than leases are Green Debt Instruments under Contact’s
Green Borrowing Programme, which has been certified by the Climate Bonds
Initiative. At 30 June 2025 Contact remains compliant with the requirements
of the programme. Further information is available on the Sustainability
section on Contact’s website.
Changes in borrowings
$m20252024
Borrowings at the start of the year1,9131,556
Net cash borrowed/(repaid)468352
Non-cash change in lease obligations125
Non-cash change in deferred financing costs32
Non-cash change in fair value adjustment53(2)
Borrowings at the end of the year2,4491,913
Short-term funding
Contact uses bank facilities for general corporate purposes including to
manage its liquidity risk (note D2). While drawings under our bank facilities
are typically for periods of three months or less, the amounts drawn down can
be rolled for the term of the facility. Drawn facilities are classified as current
when the facility will expire within one year of the reporting period end.
Contact’s total bank facilities have a range of maturities as follows:
Maturity $m20252024
Between 1 and 2 years150 150
Between 2 and 3 years350 350
More than 3 years350 350
850850
All of these bank facilities form part of Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.
Lease obligations
Contact’s leases predominately relate to property and connections to the
national electricity grid. These assets are included in the carrying value of
property, plant and equipment (note C1).
Security
Contact’s Deed of Negative Pledge and Guarantee and its United States
Private Placement (USPP) note agreements restrict Contact f rom granting
security interest over its assets, subject to certain permitted exceptions.
Because of these restrictions, Contact’s borrowings are all unsecured, except
for lease obligations secured over the leased assets. The Deed of Negative
Pledge and Guarantee and the USPP note agreements contain various debt
covenants, all of which Contact complied with during the reporting period.
Cash and cash equivalents
Contact trades electricity price derivatives on the ASX market using a broker
that holds collateral on deposit for margin calls which is included within
cash and cash equivalents. At 30 June 2025, the collateral balance was nil
(2024: $87 million).
B5. Net interest expense
$m
Note20252024
Interest expense on borrowings(113)(105)
Interest expense on finance leases (3)(3)
Unwind of discount on provisionsE6(13)(14)
Unwind of deferred financing costs (3)(2)
Other interest (2)(1)
Capitalised interestC12374
Interest income1111
Net interest expense (100)(40)
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
109
110
C. Our assets
C1. Property, plant and equipment
and intangible assets
Contact’s property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
and intangible assets include:
+Generation plant and equipment: hydro,
geothermal and thermal power stations and
geothermal wells and pipelines.
+ Computer software: our SAP system that is
used for customer service and billing, finance
functions and generation asset management,
which has a carrying value of $116 million (2024:
$129 million) and a remaining life of 13 years.
All assets are recognised at cost less accumulated
depreciation or amortisation and impairments.
Generation plant and equipment acquired before
1 October 2004 is recognised at deemed historical
cost, which is the fair value of those assets at
1 October 2004, less accumulated depreciation
and accumulated impairment losses.
Software as a service contracts are recorded as
operating expenditure unless they meet the
requirements of an intangible asset or lease asset
(i.e. management can demonstrate control of an
asset).
Intangible assets includes capital work in progress
(CWIP) balance of $6 million relating to software
(2024: $14 million).
Property, plant and equipment
$m
Generation
plant and
equipment
Other land,
buildings,
plant and
equipment
Capital
work in
progress
Leased
assets Total
Cost
Balance at 1 July 2023 5,878 100 1,078 76 7,132
Additions11444654587
Transfers f rom capital work in progress856(91)– –
Disposals(37)– (36)– (73)
Balance at 30 June 20246,0401101,416807,646
Additions12943319473
Transfers f rom capital work in progress1,38120(1,401)––
Disposals(3)–––(3)
Balance at 30 June 20257,547134346898,116
Depreciation
Balance at 1 July 2023(2,424)(69)–(23)(2,516)
Depreciation(216)(5)– (5)(226)
Disposals29– – – 29
Balance at 30 June 2024(2,611)(74)– (28)(2,713)
Depreciation(227)(7)–(6)(240)
Disposals3–––3
Balance at 30 June 2025(2,835)(81)–(34)(2,950)
Carrying value
At 30 June 20243,429361,416524,933
At 30 June 20254,71253346555,166
Included within additions for the year ended 30 June 2025 is capitalised interest of $23 million
(2024: $74 million) in relation to the build of Te Huka 3, Te Mihi Stage 2 and associated steamfield,
and the Glenbrook-Ohurua battery.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Intangible assets
$m
Software and
capital work in
progress
Carbon
emission
unitsOther
Total
Cost
Balance at 1 July 20235633318 614
Additions38 87 – 125
Disposals(6)(59)– (65)
Balance at 30 June 20245956118 674
Additions1664–80
Disposals–(69)–(69)
Balance at 30 June 20256115618685
Amortisation
Balance at 1 July 2023(375)– (4)(379)
Amortisation(27)– (2)(29)
Balance at 30 June 2024(402)–(6)(408)
Amortisation(31)–(2)(33)
Balance at 30 June 2025(433)–(8)(441)
Carrying value
At 30 June 20241936112266
At 30 June 20251785610244
Current–56– 56
Non-current178–10 188
Cost
Contact capitalises the costs to purchase and bring assets into service.
When Contact develops an asset, employee time and other directly
attributable costs are capitalised and held as capital work in progress
until the asset is commissioned.
Contact capitalises costs to obtain resource consents and to drill geothermal
exploration wells. These costs are expensed if the existing area of operations
that they relate to is unsuccessful or abandoned. All other geothermal
exploration costs are expensed.
Carbon units are purchased to offset our emissions under the New Zealand
Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). The units are recognised at cost and
are classified as current assets when they will be used to offset our ETS
obligations at balance date or obligations expected to be incurred within
one year of balance date.
Depreciation and amortisation
The cost of Contact’s assets is spread evenly over their useful lives (straight
line method) or, for certain thermal assets, over the equivalent operating
hours (EOH) those assets are expected to be of benefit to Contact.
Management estimates an asset’s useful life or EOH and this is reviewed annually.
Land, capital work in progress and carbon units are not depreciated or
amortised. The depreciation and amortisation rates for all other assets are:
AssetRate/hours
Generation plant and equipment
Straight line 1% – 50%
Equivalent operating hours1,900 – 21,000
Other buildings, plant and equipment 2% – 33%
Computer software 4% – 50%
Capital commitments
$m20252024
Contracted capital expenditure324209
Carbon forward contracts73120
Closing balance397329
Due within 12 months250195
Due beyond 12 months147134
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
111
112
C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing
Contact has two cash-generating units (CGUs): Wholesale and Retail.
The Wholesale CGU includes goodwill of $35 million (2024: $35 million).
The Retail CGU includes goodwill of $179 million (2024: $179 million).
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is calculated as the higher
of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Every reporting period
management estimates the value in use expected to be recovered f rom
Contact’s CGUs. An impairment is recognised when the recoverable value
is lower than the carrying value.
Determining value in use involves estimating future cash flows for each
CGU. These cash flows are based on a 10 year projection, adjusted for future
growth rate of 2% (2024: 2%) based on RBNZ’s target inflation rate. This is then
discounted at a post-tax discount rate between 8% – 9% (2024: 8% – 9%) to
arrive at the present value, or value in use, of each CGU. A 10 year cash flow
projection has been used as a longer term forecast provides a more accurate
valuation for Contact.
No impairments were recognised in the current or prior period.
The key inputs to CGU cash flows, and their method of determination, are:
Wholesale CGU
Post-tax discount rate and inflationExternal WACC report prepared by PwC, and implicit
inflation rate.
Wholesale electricity price pathModelled wholesale prices based upon ASX future
electricity prices adjusted for location and seasonal
shape, and price estimates based on an analysis
of expected demand and cost of new supply for
periods not quoted on the ASX market.
Generation volume and mixGeneration strategy based on expected demand, hydro
volumes, planned outages and expected market pricing.
Estimated future capital
expenditure and operating costs
Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,
reflecting historical levels and known differences.
Fuel costsContracted gas and carbon prices, otherwise
Contact’s best estimate of future prices.
Retail CGU
Post-tax discount rate and inflationExternal WACC report prepared by PwC and implicit
inflation rate.
Customer numbers and churnActual customer numbers adjusted for historical
churn data and expected market trends.
Price per customerPrice per customer adjusted for expected market
changes.
Estimated future capital
expenditure and operating costs
Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,
reflecting historical levels and known differences.
Cost of purchased energy and
networks costs
ASX future electricity prices adjusted for location and
seasonal shape and estimated future network costs.
Sensitivities
The calculation of the value in use for the Wholesale CGU is most sensitive to
the inputs of wholesale electricity prices and the post-tax discount rate. For the
Retail CGU, the most sensitive inputs are EBITDAF margin and the post tax
discount rate.
There is interrelation between the key inputs in the valuation. Any changes in
the wholesale electricity prices and post-tax discount rate would not occur in
isolation and would drive other changes which could also impact the value
in use.
Wholesale electricity prices are influenced by several factors that are difficult
to predict, in particular the weather, which can impact short term prices.
Wholesale electricity prices may also be adversely affected by a reduction
in demand, the availability of fuel and generation capacity in the wholesale
electricity market, competitor and transmission system availability.
Retail EBITDAF margin includes price per customer, operating costs, costs of
purchased energy and network costs as noted in the table.
The post-tax discount rate is an estimate of Contact’s weighted average cost
of capital and is influenced by several external factors such as the risk-f ree rate
and inflation.
When individually adjusting the most sensitive inputs within a reasonable
range, the value in use for the Wholesale and Retail CGUs exceeded their
carrying values in all scenarios.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
D. Our financial risks
Contact’s financial risk management system mitigates exposure to market,
liquidity and credit risks by ensuring that material risks are identified, the
financial impact is understood and tools and limits are in place to manage
exposures. Written policies provide the f ramework for Contact’s financial risk
management system.
D1. Market risk
Interest rate risk
Contact has fixed and floating rate debt and is exposed to movements in
interest rates. For fixed rate debt the exposure is to falling interest rates as
Contact could have secured that debt at lower rates, while for floating rate
debt there is uncertainty of future cash interest payments.
Contact manages these risks through the use of interest rate swaps (IRS)
and cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to ensure that the total debt
portfolio has an appropriate amount of fixed and floating rate exposure. The
risk is monitored by assessing the notional amount of debt on a fixed and
floating basis and ensuring this is in accordance with set policies.
Foreign exchange risk
Contact is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates through its
commitments to pay certain suppliers and United States Private Placement
(USPP) and Australian medium-term note holders.
To mitigate this risk, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to fix future
cash flows in NZD terms. Foreign debt is hedged through the use of CCIRS,
which converts foreign currency principal and interest payments to NZD at
a fixed exchange rate.
Commodity price risk
Contact is exposed to electricity price risk through the sale and purchase of
electricity on the wholesale electricity market. Contact’s integrated Wholesale
and Retail businesses provide a natural hedge for most of this exposure.
Derivatives may be used to fix the price at which Contact buys or sells any
residual exposure to electricity price risks.
Contact is also exposed to natural gas price risk on purchases of natural
gas. Short and long term gas purchase contracts are used to fix the price
of gas. Related to this, Contact is exposed to carbon price risk on its carbon
obligations. Spot purchases, forward purchases and auction participation
are used to manage the price risk relating to carbon. These are not derivative
financial instruments as gas and carbon contracts are entered into for
Contact’s own use in operations.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
113
114
Summary of derivative financial instruments
A summary of the exposures f rom derivatives and the impact on Contact’s financial position is provided below, grouped by type of hedge relationship.
Further information on hedging activities and fair value of derivatives is provided in notes D4, D5 and D6.
Fair value hedge
Cash flow and fair
value hedgeCash flow hedgeNo hedge relationship
IRSCCIRSIRSElectricity derivatives
Foreign exchange
contractsElectricity derivatives
$m 20252024Change20252024Change20252024Change20252024Change20252024Change20252024Change
Financial year of maturity
2027–302025–292026–322026–312026–312025–312026–392025–392026–282025–262026–452025–28
Notional amount of derivatives1,0258751,0936582,0051,88513,861
GWh
14,644
GWh
2337425,847
GWh
1,614
GWh
Carrying amount of hedged
borrowings
(1,042)(862)(1,169)(712)– – – – – – – –
Fair value adjustments to borrowings(17) 13(30)(77) (54)(23)– – – – – – – –– – – –
Fair value of derivatives – asset186127861171044(34)47 222511–3140(9)
Fair value of derivatives – liability(2)(20)18(2)(10)8(41)(11)(30)(269)(317)48(4)(3)(1)(58)(44)(14)
Total movement–2(64)73(1)(23)
Change in fair value of derivatives recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and profit/(loss) – unrealised
Fair value
hedge
Cash flow and
fair value hedgeCash flow hedge
No hedge
relationship
IRSCCIRSIRS
Electricity
derivatives
Foreign
exchange
contracts
Electricity
derivativesTotal
$m Note20252024202520242025202420252024202520242025202420252024
Change in fair values recognised in:
• Change in fair value of financial instruments
recognised in profit/(loss)
D5–– –134– – – – (26)6(23)11
• Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCID4–– 2(2)(55)(14)(5)(189)(2)(2)– – (60)(207)
• Premiums recognised in payables/(receivables) –– –– – – – – – – 310310
• Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) or balance sheetD4–– –– (12)(10)78(32)11– – 67(41)
Total unrealised movement –– 2(1)(64)(20)73(221)(1)(1)(23)16(13)(227)
Change in fair value of financial instruments recognised in profit/(loss) also includes realised gains/(losses). Cash flow hedge reserves and the total change in fair
value recognised in profit/(loss) and has been reconciled in notes D4 and D5.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Sensitivities
The table below summarises the impact on derivative valuations of possible
changes in forward wholesale electricity prices and forward interest rates.
The analysis assumes that all variables were held constant except for the
relevant market risk factor. If in a hedge relationship, these movements
would be offset elsewhere by an opposite movement on the hedged item.
$m
Favourable/(unfavourable) 20252024
Impact on hedge reserves
Forward interest rates+100bps4340
-25bps(8)(10)
Forward electricity prices+10%(97)(107)
-10%97107
Forward foreign exchange rates+10%(11)(5)
-10%146
Impact on post-tax profit/(loss)
Forward interest rates+100bps– –
-25bps– –
Forward electricity prices+10%(47)2
-10%47(2)
D2. Liquidity risk
To manage liquidity risk, Contact maintains a diverse portfolio of funding, debt
maturities are spread over several years and any new financing or refinancing
requirements are addressed with an appropriate lead time. Contact maintains
a buffer of undrawn bank facilities over its forecast funding requirements to
enable it to meet any unforeseen cash flows.
Management monitors the available liquidity buffer by comparing forecast
cash flows to available facilities to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained
in accordance with internal limits.
Information on contracted cash flows in the following table are presented
on an undiscounted basis.
CCIRS cash flows are included within Borrowings in the following table.
US dollar inflows on the CCIRS offset the US dollar outflows on the USPP notes.
$m
Total
contractual
cash flows
Less
than
1 year
1–2
years
2–5
years
More
than
5 years
2025
Trade and other payables(374)(374)– – –
Borrowings(3,389)(436)(117)(905)(1,931)
Other liabilities(34)(2)(1)(4)(27)
Electricity price derivatives – net settled(1,650)(147)(135)(339)(1,029)
IRS – net settled(27)(1)(4)(20)(2)
Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow2311675113–
Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(233)(168)(52)(13)–
(5,476)(961)(258)(1,268)(2,989)
2024
Trade and other payables(338)(338)–––
Borrowings(2,385)(359)(230)(859)(937)
Other liabilities(39)(2)(1)(4)(32)
Electricity price derivatives – net settled(381)(115)(67)(103)(96)
IRS – net settled181392(6)
Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow74704––
Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(74)(70)(4)––
(3,125)(801)(289)(964)(1,071)
D3. Credit risk
Total credit risk exposure is measured by the financial instruments in an asset
position of $861 million (2024: $669 million). To minimise credit risk exposure,
Contact has a policy to only transact with credit worthy counterparties and
to not exceed internally imposed exposure limits to any one counterparty.
Where appropriate, collateral is obtained. Further information on customer
related credit risk is provided in note E4.
D4. Hedging activities
Contact has designated derivatives used to manage market risks into fair
value and cash flow hedge relationships. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied for
all hedge relationships, as the notional value of the derivative matches the
notional value of the hedged item.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
115
116
Fair value hedges
Interest rate risk
The derivatives (IRS) Contact uses to manage its interest rate risk meet
the criteria for hedge accounting where they directly relate to issued debt.
The hedge is against future fair value movements in the debt and can be
for a portion of the debt.
Contact has designated $1,025 million of retail bonds into fair value hedge
relationships with receive-fixed, pay-floating IRS. The fixed interest rates and
other terms match the relevant bond to create an economic relationship.
At 30 June 2025, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for
these IRS is 5.6% (2024: 5.4%).
The bonds are recognised at amortised cost. Both the hedged risk and the
hedging instrument (IRS) are recognised at fair value. The change in the
fair value of both items is recognised in profit/(loss) and will offset to the
extent the hedging relationship is effective. There are no material sources
of ineffectiveness.
Cash flow hedges
The derivatives Contact uses to manage exposure to wholesale electricity
prices, floating interest rate risk and foreign exchange rates qualify for cash
flow hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, the derivative is recognised
at fair value with the effective portion of all changes in fair value recognised
in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion is recognised
immediately in profit/(loss). Amounts recognised in the cash flow hedge
reserve are reclassified to profit/(loss) or the Statement of Financial Position
according to the nature of the hedged item.
The movement in hedge reserves is reconciled below.
$mNote 20252024
Opening balance (185)(9)
Effective portion of cash flow hedgesD1(60)(207)
Amortisation of hedge reserve (2)3
Transferred to profit/loss or balance sheetD167(41)
Transferred to deferred taxE1(1)69
Closing balance (181)(185)
Commodity price risk
Contact designates forecast electricity sales and purchases into cash flow
hedges with electricity price derivatives. Volumes are matched to create an
economic relationship. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.
At 30 June 2025, the average price of these derivatives was $110/MWh
(2024: $109/MWh).
Interest rate risk
Contact designates a certain level of its floating rate exposure into cash flow
hedges with receive-floating, pay-fixed IRS in line with set internal policies.
At 30 June 2025, the average fixed interest rate that Contact pays for these
IRS is 4.0% (2024: 3.9%).
An economic relationship exists between the floating rate exposure and the
IRS based on the reference interest rate.
Combined fair value and cash flow hedges
Contact has designated all its USPP and Australian medium-term notes into
both fair value and cash flow hedge relationships with CCIRS, depending on
the component of the USPP note being hedged:
+For the fair value hedges the change in fair value of the notes are recognised
in profit/(loss) to offset the change in fair value of the relevant CCIRS
component.
+For the cash flow hedges the change in fair value of the CCIRS component
is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.
+The cost to convert foreign currency cash flows under CCIRS is excluded
f rom the hedge relationship and recognised in the cost of hedging reserve.
At 30 June 2025, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for these
IRS is 5.8% (2024: 6.1%).
The CCIRS has converted the foreign currency principal of the notes at fixed
rates of USD 0.75 and AUD 0.92 (2024: USD 0.75 and AUD 0.92).
An economic relationship exists based on the reference interest rates, exchange
rate and other terms. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.
Cash flow hedge reserve balances relating to discontinued cash flow hedge
relationships are amortised to profit/(loss) over the original term if the cash
flows are still expected to occur. Otherwise, the balance is transferred to profit/
(loss) when the relationship is discontinued.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Derivatives not in hedge relationships
Some electricity derivatives may not be eligible for hedge accounting,
including when they include termination options, have variable volume
structures (e.g solar power purchase agreements), or they have been entered
into for market making or trading.
Unrealised gains or losses relating to these derivatives are recognised
in profit/loss within “Change in fair value of financial instruments” below
EBITDAF as summarised in D5.
The fair value of the electricity derivatives will change depending on changes
to future wholesale electricity prices, which may cause significant volatility
to profit/(loss) where these derivatives are not in a hedge relationship.
The sensitivities table in D1 summarises the impact on profit/(loss) f rom
possible changes in fair values of these derivatives (unrealised gains/(losses))
due to change in forward electricity prices.
Profit/(loss) is subject to more volatility this year and in future periods, due
to the recognition of the new long term electricity derivative with NZAS.
Although the contract is a commercial hedge providing a fixed price in real
terms on future generation revenue, it is ineligible to be designated into
a hedge relationship for accounting purposes under NZ IFRS 9 due to the
ability for NZAS to terminate the contract after 10 years.
D5. Change in fair value of financial instruments in
profit/(loss)
The following table provides a summary of the amounts recognised
in change in fair value of financial instruments within profit/(loss).
$mNote 20252024
Within EBITDAF:
Realised gains/(losses) on risk management
derivatives
A2(139)–
Below EBITDAF:
Realised gains/(losses) on market derivatives (12)(3)
Unrealised gains/(losses) on unhedged derivativesD1(26)6
Unrealised gains/(losses) – hedge ineffectivenessD135
Total below EBITDAF per segment tableA1(35)8
Change in fair value of financial instruments (174)8
Except for the hedge ineffectiveness amount, the above relates to derivatives
not in a hedge relationship.
Realised gains/(losses) on risk management derivatives are higher this year
due to the recognition of realised losses of the new long term electricity
derivative with NZAS.
D6. Financial instruments at fair value
Fair value
Contact uses discounted cash flow valuations with market observable data,
to the extent that it is available, in estimating the fair value of all derivatives.
The key variables used in these valuations are forward prices (for the relevant
underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates and wholesale electricity
prices) and discount rates.
All inputs are sourced or derived f rom market information except for forward
wholesale electricity prices which are:
+derived f rom ASX market quoted prices adjusted for Contact’s estimate
of the effect of location and seasonality, or
+when quoted prices are not available or relevant (i.e. long dated and large
contracts), Contact’s best estimate of the cost of new supply is used. This is
derived using key unobservable inputs, relevant wholesale market factors
and management judgement.
Additional key inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value
of electricity derivatives include Contact’s best estimate of volumes called
over the life of electricity options.
The discount rate used for the valuations of electricity price derivatives is
between 4%–7% (2024: 5%–7%), which is a risk-f ree rate with credit adjustment.
The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives
by the source of key valuation inputs:
$m20252024
Sourced f rom market data2(30)
Derived f rom market data5172
Electricity price estimates(244)(273)
(191)(231)
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
117
118
The electricity price derivatives most affected by estimates are reconciled below:
$m20252024
Opening balance(273)(104)
Gain/(loss) in profit/loss:
• wholesale electricity revenue65(7)
Gain/(loss) in OCI(26)(104)
Instruments issued(10) (58)
Closing balance(244)(273)
For these derivatives a 10% increase in the electricity price would result in
an unfavourable movement in fair value of $183 million (2024: $137 million)
and a 10% decrease would result in a favourable movement in fair value of
$183 million (2024: $137 million).
D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost
The value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost is provided in the
table below.
$m20252024
Cash and cash equivalents514229
Trade and other receivables162266
Trade and other payables(374)(338)
Borrowings (2,355)(1,872)
The fair value of borrowings is $2,459 million (2024: $1,923 million). This fair
value is derived f rom market data.
E. Other disclosures
E1. Tax
Tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense.
Current tax expense relates to the current financial reporting period while
deferred tax will be payable in future periods.
Tax is recognised in profit, except when it relates to items recognised directly in OCI.
$m20252024
Profit before tax463338
Tax at 28%(130)(95)
Tax effect adjustments:
Other(2)–
Removal of tax depreciation on buildings–(8)
Tax expense(132)(103)
Current(87)(99)
Deferred (45)(4)
Contact’s deferred tax liability is calculated as the difference between the
carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
values used for taxation purposes.
$m
PP&E and
intangible
assetsDerivativesOtherTotal
Balance at 1 July 2023(689)991(589)
Recognised in profit/(loss)2(3)(3)(4)
Recognised in balance sheet(9)–9–
Recognised in OCI –69–69
Balance at 30 June 2024(696)7597(524)
Recognised in profit/(loss)(21)5(29)(45)
Recognised in balance sheet(7) – 7 –
Recognised in OCI – (1) – (1)
Balance at 30 June 2025(724)7975(570)
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
E2. Auditor’s remuneration
2025
$'000
2024
$'000
Review of interim financial statements7977
Audit of financial statements451438
Audit of subsidiary financial statements 1615
Total audit and review of financial statements546530
Assurance of Global Reporting Initiatives disclosures 4156
Assurance of Greenhouse gas inventory report6276
Assurance of Green Borrowing Programme2928
Assurance of Sustainability linked loan2121
Total other assurance services153181
Verification procedures in relation to Everen Insurance
Mutual
8–
Due diligence procedures in relation to Manawa Energy
transaction
203–
Total agreed-upon procedures211–
Total fees related to audit, assurance and agreed-upon
procedures
910711
Remuneration surveys and benchmarking 3753
Total other services3753
Total fees for services provided by EY947764
Contact has an External Audit Independence Policy whereby all other
assurance and non-assurance services requires approval f rom the Audit & Risk
Committee Chair. Total fees for non-assurance services are limited to 50% of
the audit and review of financial statements fees.
E3. Inventories
Contact’s inventories comprise gas in storage for use in thermal generation,
consumables and spare parts for power stations and diesel fuel for use in the
Whirinaki power plant. Inventory gas is measured at weighted average cost.
All other inventories are stated at cost.
The non-current portion relates to 4PJs of inventory gas in AGS that will not
be available for extraction until end of contract in 2033.
$m20252024
Inventory gas11258
Consumables and spare parts1414
Diesel fuel65
13277
Current6737
Non-current6540
E4. Trade and other receivables
$m20252024
Trade receivables162163
Unbilled receivables103103
Provision for impairment(2)(2)
Net trade receivables263264
Contract assets33
Prepayments88
Trade and other receivables274275
Trade and unbilled receivables are recognised net of discounts.
Unbilled receivables represent Contact’s best estimate of unbilled retail sales
at the end of the reporting period. The estimate uses smart meter data to
determine the relevant unbilled amount for the period. Consumption history
is used if smart meter data is not available.
Ageing of trade receivables past due but not impaired are:
$m20252024
Less than one month 109
Greater than one month43
1412
When Contact has been unable to collect amounts due f rom customers
those debts are written off. Trade receivables, net of recoveries of $3 million
(2024: $3 million) were written off during the reporting period.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
119
120
E5. Trade and other payables
$m20252024
Trade payables and accruals312319
Employee benefits2522
Interest payable1312
Other liabilities453
Trade and other payables395356
E6. Provisions
Contact recognises restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions for
the expected costs to abandon and restore geothermal wells and generation
sites and to remediate the environmental impacts of our operations, where
this can be reliably measured.
These provisions are based on estimates of future cash flows to settle
obligations or make good the affected sites at the end of the assets’ useful
lives and discounted to present value.
Restoration provisions for generation sites do not include the value that may be
received during decommissioning for scrap materials, which at 30 June 2025
has an estimated present value of $29 million (2024: $27 million).
$m
Restoration/
decomm-
issioning
Environment
rehabilitation
AGS
onerous
contract
Other
Total
Balance at 1 July 2024(163)(38)(109)(2)(312)
Created(3)(20) – – (23)
Released(1)198 – 98
Utilised3115 – 19
Unwind of discount(8)(1)(4) – (13)
Balance at
30 June 2025(172)(57)– (2)(231)
Current (6) (14) – (2)(22)
Non-current(166)(43) – – (209)
In FY23, Contact recognised an onerous contract provision relating to the
Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) contract. The provision has been released at
30 June 2025, as the contract is no longer considered an onerous contract.
The estimated value that Contact expects to receive is now more than the
contract payments over the remaining term of the contract.
The provision was calculated as the difference between the contract
payments and the estimated value received f rom access to available storage
over the remaining term of contract, discounted to present value using a
discount rate of 4.5% (2024: 4.7%).
The estimated value received f rom access to the AGS facility is based on
the ability for Contact to store gas in AGS, and extract this for generating
electricity when favourable to Contact. This has increased given the separation
of summer/winter wholesale electricity prices and an increase in the storage
capacity assumption to 3.2PJs (2024: 2.1PJs), based on studies f rom industry
experts and recent performance of the facility.
Sensitivity – AGS onerous contract
Impact on provision $m
Key inputSensitivity20252024
Estimated available storage+0.6PJs–36
-0.6PJs(25)(36)
Estimated value received+10%13
-10%(7)(13)
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
E7. Profit to operating cash flows
$m20252024
Profit331235
Depreciation and amortisation273255
Amortisation of contract assets24
Change in fair value of financial instruments35(8)
Movement in provisions(113)(12)
Non-cash interest expense2319
Bad debt expense44
Share-based compensation54
Asset write offs and impairments150
Other(2)–
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash,
investing and financing activities
Trade and other receivables(6)(40)
Inventories and intangible assets(49)14
Trade and other payables1450
Tax payable (16)1
Deferred tax424
Operating cash flows544580
E8. Share-based compensation
Equity Scheme
Contact provides an equity award to certain eligible employees made
up of performance share rights (PSRs) and deferred share rights (DSRs).
If performance hurdles are met, or there is a company change in control,
the awards vest and become exercisable.
On exercise, PSRs and DSRs convert to ordinary shares at no cost to the
employee. There are no holding/retention periods or ownership requirements
for employees who exercise equity rights. The awards lapse if the performance
hurdles are not met or if an employee voluntarily leaves Contact.
The scheme entitlements continues on redundancy or retirement, but the
entitlements are adjusted. In exceptional circumstances, the Board has
discretion to continue or vest the awards if an employee leaves Contact.
Outstanding PSRs and DSRs
Number outstandingPSRsDSRs
Balance at 1 July 2023881,213817,187
Granted406,919314,049
Exercised(189,304)(471,680)
Lapsed(108,078)(6,678)
Balance at 30 June 2024990,750652,878
Granted443,918467,177
Exercised(194,628)(340,663)
Lapsed(28,922)(9,922)
Balance at 30 June 20251,211,118769,470
PSRs had a weighted average remaining life 1 year and 6 months
(2024: 1 year and 7 months) and DSRs had 12 months (2024: 11 months).
Contact Share
Contact Share is Contact’s employee share ownership plan that enables eligible
employees to acquire a set number of Contact’s ordinary shares. The shares are
issued and legally held by a trustee company for a restrictive period of three
years, during which time the employee is entitled to receive distributions and
direct the exercise of voting rights that attach to shares held on their behalf.
At the end of the restrictive period the shares are transferred to the employee.
Employees who leave Contact due to redundancy, and in certain other
circumstances, may have their shares transferred at that time; all other
employees who leave Contact have their shares transferred to an unallocated
pool. Shares in the unallocated pool can be used by the trustee company for
future allocations under Contact Share.
Number outstandingContact Share
Balance at 1 July 2023252,561
Shares issued95,000
Transferred to employees(83,274)
Balance at 30 June 2024264,287
Shares issued121,225
Transferred to employees(75,911)
Balance at 30 June 2025309,601
These shares have a weighted average remaining life of 1 year and 5 months
(2024: 1 year and 4 months).
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
121
122
Share-based compensation expense
Share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the awards
granted, adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest. The fair
values of awards granted during the reporting period are:
Grant date
$ per shareOct 2024Oct 2023Oct 2022
PSRs – without internal hurdle3.793.963.97
PSRs – with internal hurdle7.146.886.42
DSRs7.497.256.75
Contact Share8.068.087.64
Key inputs in determining the fair values
Grant date
Oct 2024Oct 2023Oct 2022
Risk-f ree interest rate4%6%4%
Expected dividend yield5%5%5%
Expected share price volatility16%24%30%
Changes in Share-based compensation reserve
$mNote 20252024
Opening balance 1011
Exercised share scheme awards (4)(5)
Lapsed share scheme awards– (1)
Share-based compensation expense 54
Deferred tax on share scheme E1– 1
Closing balance 1110
E9. Related parties
Contact group entities
All entities below are based in New Zealand, other than Contact Energy Risk
Limited which is incorporated in the Cook Islands.
Name of entityPrincipal activityHolding
Subsidiaries
Western Energy Services LimitedGeothermal well services100%
Contact Energy Solar LimitedSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Solar Holdings GP LimitedSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Solar Holdings LPSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Trustee Company LimitedTrust for Contact Share100%
Contact Energy Risk LimitedCaptive insurance100%
Associates and joint arrangements
DrylandCarbon One Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry16.5%
Forest Partners Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry22%
Kōwhai Park I GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park I LPSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park P GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park P LPSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar I GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar I LPSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar P GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar P LPSolar activities50%
Stratford Solar I GP Limited*Solar activities50%
Stratford Solar I LP*Solar activities50%
Stratford Solar P GP Limited*Solar activities50%
Stratford Solar P LP*Solar activities50%
* New entities this year.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership and Forest Partners Limited
Partnership
Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners invest in afforestation projects on
economically marginal land in New Zealand to produce a stable supply
of carbon units which will offset Contact’s carbon obligations.
Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners are accounted for as associates, as
Contact has significant influence over both entities through its participation
in financial and operating policy decisions being equivalent to the other
investors.
Contact applies the equity method of accounting for its investments in
Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners. The initial investments are recognised at
cost and are subsequently adjusted for Contact’s share of the entity’s profits
or losses. Any distributions received are recognised against the investment.
During the year Contact acquired an additional 8% interest in Forest Partners
for $23 million, bringing total interest to 22%. The additional interest has been
recognised as an investment in associate on the balance sheet.
Related party transactions
Contact’s related parties also include its Directors and the Leadership Team (LT).
Received/(paid) $m20252024
Forest Partners Limited Partnership
Capital contributions(15)(9)
Key management personnel
Directors’ fees(1)(1)
LT – salary and other short-term benefits*(9)(7)
LT – share-based compensation expense(2)(2)
Balances payable at end of the year
Key management personnel(2)(2)
* Salary and other short-term benefits is the cash amount paid in the year.
Members of the LT and Directors purchase goods and services f rom Contact
for domestic purposes on normal commercial terms and conditions.
For members of the LT this includes the staff discount available to all
eligible employees.
E10. New accounting standards
There are no new accounting standards issued but not yet effective which
materially impact Contact.
E11. Contingencies
In the normal course of business, Contact is subject to inquiries, claims and
investigations. There are no other material matters to disclose in this respect
at 30 June 2025.
E12. Subsequent events
On 11 July 2025, Contact completed the acquisition of Manawa Energy
Limited (Manawa) under a Scheme of Arrangement. Under the Scheme,
Contact acquired 100% of Manawa’s shares, while issuing $1,643 million in
Contact shares and paying $351 million in cash to Manawa shareholders as
consideration.
Transaction costs of $11 million (2024: $4 million) were incurred and recognised
as “other operating expenditure”.
The fair value of Manawa assets and liabilities acquired has not been disclosed
as the initial accounting for the acquisition and goodwill has not been
performed due to the short period between completion date and the approval
of the FY25 financial statements.
The combination with Manawa is expected to create a more diversified,
resilient and efficient Contact business with complementary hydro assets,
increasing Contact’s ability to offer larger volumes of fixed price electricity to
the market and provide greater opportunity for wider deployment of flexible
demand product sales, helping to support customers in the electricity market.
The acquisition also further enhances Contact’s strong development
capabilities, accelerating Contact’s strategy to grow renewable generation
while decarbonising Contact’s portfolio.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
123
124
Combined Independent Auditor’s
and Limited Assurance Report
Assurance engagements performed by Ernst & Young
We have performed the following assurance engagements:
+audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Contact Energy Limited
on pages 99 to 123
+ limited assurance engagement in relation to Contact Energy Limited’s
Global Reporting Initiative disclosures as referenced on pages 131 to 136
of the Integrated Report (“GRI Disclosures”). In relation to these matters,
our limited assurance is restricted to the specific elements referred to and
unless otherwise stated we provide no assurance on other information on
the pages referred to.
Independent Auditor’s Report to the shareholders
of Contact Energy Limited
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Contact Energy
Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on
pages 99 to 123, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial
position of the Group as at 30 June 2025, and the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and
consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended of the Group,
and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including material
accounting policy information.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 99 to 123
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
the Group as at 30 June 2025 and its consolidated financial performance
and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International
Financial Reporting Standards.
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit
has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the
Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for
the opinions we have formed.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing (New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those standards are
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and
Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners
(including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued
by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, and we
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these
requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Please refer to the “Our independence and quality control” section of our
combined report below for details of the other services we have provided
to the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were
of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of
the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our
opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the
matter is provided in that context.
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities
for the audit of the financial statements section of the audit report,
including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the
performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the
risks of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of
our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the
matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Valuation of Electricity Price Derivatives
Why significant
How our audit addressed the key audit
matter
The Group’s activities expose it to
commodity price risk through the
sale and purchase of electricity. This
risk is managed through the use of
electricity price derivatives. These
derivatives are carried at fair value.
As at 30 June 2025, the fair value
of electricity price derivatives is
-$249m as set out in Note D of the
consolidated financial statements.
The valuation of these electricity
price derivatives includes inputs
which are not readily observable and
require the use of complex valuation
techniques and assumptions,
including the Group’s internal
forecast wholesale electricity price
path and long term expected traded
electricity volumes.
We consider the valuation of
electricity price derivatives to be a
key audit matter, as the inputs to
the valuation models are inherently
subjective.
Disclosures related to electricity
price derivatives are included in
Note D of the financial statements.
In obtaining sufficient appropriate
audit evidence, we:
+Engaged our valuation specialists
to assess, on a sample basis,
the models used to estimate
the fair value of electricity price
derivatives as at 30 June 2025,
including the appropriateness of:
• the valuation methodologies; and
• the key assumptions applied in
the valuation models, namely:
• the forecast wholesale
electricity prices;
• the forecast traded electricity
volumes; and
• the discount rates.
+On a sample basis agreed key
contract terms, including contract
start and maturity dates, expected
volumes and electricity strike
prices, applied in the valuation
models to the relevant contract.
+Assessed the adequacy of the
financial statement disclosures
related to electricity price
derivatives.
Information other than the financial statements and
auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information.
The other information comprises the integrated report, but does not include
the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the
other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion
thereon, other than our limited assurance conclusion in relation to the
Group’s Global Reporting Initiative disclosures as described below.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements,
our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the
consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report
that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the
preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements
in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards,
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to
enable the preparation of financial statements that are f ree f rom material
misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are
responsible for assessing on behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the
directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have
no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
consolidated financial statements as a whole are f ree f rom material
misstatement, whether due to f raud or error, and to issue an auditor’s
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) will always detect
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise f rom f raud
or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users
taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.
125
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
126
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-
responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/. This description forms part of our auditor’s
report.
Independent Limited Assurance report on the Global
Reporting Initiative Disclosures
To the Directors of Contact Energy Limited
Conclusion
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we obtained,
nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe the Group’s GRI
Disclosures as referenced on pages 131 to 136 of the Integrated Report for the
year ended 30 June 2025 have not been prepared, in all material respects,
in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative Reporting Standards 2021.
Criteria applied by the Group
In preparing the GRI Disclosures, the Group applied the Global Reporting
Initiative Reporting Standards 2021 (the “GRI Standards” or the “Criteria”).
The methods, assumptions and emissions factors adopted by Contact in
applying the Criteria are described throughout the report.
Information other than the GRI Disclosures and our limited assurance report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the Integrated Report,
which includes information other than the GRI Disclosures and the limited
assurance report.
Our limited assurance conclusion on the GRI Disclosures does not cover the
other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion
thereon, other than our audit opinion in relation to the Group’s financial
statements as described above.
In connection with our limited assurance engagement in relation to the
GRI Disclosures, our responsibility is to read the other information and,
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the GRI Disclosures or our knowledge obtained during
the engagement, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
Management’s responsibilities
Contact Energy Limited’s management is responsible for
selecting the Criteria, and for presenting, in all material respects,
the GRI Disclosures in accordance with those Criteria. This responsibility
includes establishing and maintaining internal controls, maintaining
adequate records and making estimates that are relevant to the preparation
of the subject matter, such that it is f ree f rom material misstatement,
whether due to f raud or error.
EY’s responsibilities
Our responsibility is to express a limited assurance conclusion on the
presentation of the GRI Disclosures based on the evidence we have obtained.
We conducted our engagement in accordance with the International
Standard for Assurance Engagements (New Zealand): Assurance
Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial
Information (“ISAE (NZ) 3000 (Revised)”) and, in relation to elements of the
reporting related to greenhouse gases, International Standard for Assurance
Engagements (New Zealand): Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse
Gas Statements (“ISAE (NZ) 3410”). These standards require that we plan
and perform our engagement to express a conclusion on whether anything
has come to our attention that suggests the GRI Disclosures have not been
prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the GRI Standards.
The nature, timing, and extent of the procedures selected depend on our
judgment, including an assessment of the risk of material misstatement,
whether due to f raud or error.
We believe that the evidence obtained is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our limited assurance conclusion.
Inherent Limitations
Procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature
and timing f rom, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance
engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited
assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that
would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement
been performed. Our procedures were designed to obtain a limited level
of assurance on which to base our conclusion and do not provide all the
evidence that would be required to provide a reasonable level of assurance.
A limited assurance engagement consists of making enquiries, primarily
of persons responsible for preparing the GRI Disclosures and related
information, and applying analytical and other appropriate procedures.
The greenhouse gas (“GHG”) quantification process is subject to scientific
uncertainty, which arises because of incomplete scientific knowledge about
the measurement of GHGs. Additionally, GHG procedures are subject to
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
estimation and measurement uncertainty resulting f rom the measurement
and calculation processes used to quantify emissions within the bounds of
existing scientific knowledge.
Description of procedures performed
Our procedures included:
+Inquiries of management to gain an understanding of the Group’s
processes for determining the material issues for the Group’s key
stakeholders;
+Interviews with relevant staff responsible for providing the information
in the GRI Disclosures;
+Understanding management’s processes and controls for collating
relevant information;
+Comparing the information presented in the GRI Disclosures to
corresponding information in the relevant underlying sources to assess
whether all the relevant information contained in such underlying sources
has been included in the GRI Disclosures;
+Considering whether the disclosures reported align with the GRI Standards;
+Obtaining management representation.
We also performed such other procedures as we considered necessary
in the circumstances.
We have not performed assurance procedures in respect of any information
relating to periods prior to 1 July 2022, including those presented in the GRI
Disclosures. Our report does not extend to any disclosures or assertions
made by the Company relating to future performance plans and/or strategies
disclosed in the 2025 Integrated Report and supporting disclosures online.
While we consider the effectiveness of management’s internal controls
when determining the nature and extent of our procedures, our assurance
engagement was not designed to provide assurance on internal controls.
Our procedures did not include testing controls or performing procedures
relating to checking aggregation or calculation of data within IT systems.
Restricted use
This limited assurance report is intended solely for the information and use of
Contact Energy Limited and its Directors and is not intended to be and should
not be used by anyone other than Contact Energy Limited and its Directors.
We acknowledge a copy of our limited assurance report is
included in Contact Energy Limited’s Integrated Report for
information purposes only. We disclaim all responsibility to any
other party for any loss or liability that the other party may suffer or incur
arising f rom or relating to or in any way connected with the contents of our
report, the provision of our report to the other party or the reliance upon our
report by the other party.
Our Independence and Quality Control
for the Combined Assurance Report
We have complied with the independence and other requirements
of Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for
Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards)
(New Zealand), which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity,
objectivity, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and
professional behaviour.
The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard 3 Quality Management
for Firms that Perform Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other
Assurance or Related Services Engagements, which requires the firm to
design, implement and operate a system of quality management including
policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements,
professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Ernst & Young provides services to the Group in relation to financial
statements audits, trustee reporting, market remuneration surveys, agreed
upon procedures and other assurance relating to Greenhouse gas emissions
reporting, green borrowings programme reporting and the Group’s
sustainable linked loan. Partners and employees of our firm may deal with
the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of
the business of the Group. We have no other relationship with, or interest in,
the Group.
The engagement partner on the combined assurance engagement resulting
in the independent auditor’s report and independent limited assurance
report is Lianne Austin.
Chartered Accountants
Wellington
18 August 2025
127
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
128
ASXAustralian Securities Exchange.
CENContact’s stock ticker on NZX and ASX.
ContactThe company called Contact Energy
Limited. Unless otherwise stated, all
activities and indicators in this report
are for Contact.
Contact26Contact’s strategy which sets out the
company’s priorities and key activities
for the five years from 2021–2026.
EBITDAFEarnings before interest, tax, depreciation,
amortisation, asset impairment and write
offs, and changes in fair value of financial
instruments. EBITDAF is a non-GAAP
(generally accepted accounting practice)
measure. Information regarding the
usefulness, calculation and reconciliation
of this measure is provided within note A2
to the financial statements.
ESGThe environmental, social and governance
factors used to evaluate performance.
FID Final investment decision.
FY23The financial year ended 30 June 2023.
FY24The financial year ended 30 June 2024.
FY25The financial year ended 30 June 2025.
GHGGreenhouse gas emissions.
GRIThe Global Reporting Initiative is an
international independent standards
organisation that helps businesses,
governments and other organisations
understand and communicate their
impacts on things like climate change,
human rights and corruption.
The GroupThis is Contact Energy Limited, its
subsidiaries, and its interest in associates
and joint arrangements that make up the
group. These are identified in note E9 of
the financial statements.
GWhA gigawatt-hour is a unit of energy equal
to one billion watt-hours, commonly
used to measure large-scale electricity
generation or consumption.
JVA joint venture is a business arrangement
where two or more parties collaborate by
pooling resources to achieve a specific
goal, while remaining independent
entities.
kWA kilowatt is a unit of power equal to
1,000 watts, commonly used to measure
the rate at which electricity is generated
or consumed.
kWhA kilowatt-hour is a measure of energy
equal to using one kilowatt of power
for one hour, commonly used to track
electricity consumption.
ktCO
2
eThe term kilotonnes of carbon dioxide
equivalent is a unit used to measure
greenhouse gas emissions, where different
gases are converted into the equivalent
amount of CO₂ based on their global
warming potential.
kVA kilovolt is a unit of electrical voltage
equal to 1,000 volts, commonly used to
measure high-voltage electricity in power
transmission systems.
MWA megawatt is a unit of power equal to one
million watts, commonly used to measure
the output of large power plants or the
energy demand of big facilities.
MWpMegawatt-peak is a unit used to express
the maximum power output of a solar
energy system under ideal conditions.
NZASNew Zealand Aluminium Smelter is the
country’s only aluminium smelter and
is located on Tiwai Peninsula, across the
harbour from Bluff in Southland.
NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange.
PJA petajoule is a unit of energy equal to one
quadrillion joules (1,000,000,000,000,000 J),
commonly used to measure large-scale
energy consumption or production, such
as national energy use.
PPAA Power Purchase Agreement is a contract
between an electricity generator and a
buyer that outlines the terms for selling
and purchasing electricity, often used in
renewable energy projects.
TCCTaranaki Combined Cycle our gas-fired
power station.
TWhTerawatt hour. A unit of energy equal to
outputting one million watts for one hour.
TISR Total Incident Severity Rate is a leading
indicator measure that assesses the
potential severity of health and safety
and process safety incidents.
Glossary
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Te Reo Māori glossary
HapūKinship group, subtribe
IwiExtended kinship group, tribe
KaitiakiGuardian, stewardship
KanakanaLamprey
KaupapaPlan, purpose
KōreroNarrative, discussion, conversation
MahiWork, activity
MamaeUnderlying hurt, pain
MāoriIndigenous people of Aotearoa New Zealand
MaungaMountain
MauriLife force, vital essence, vitality of a being or entity
MotuCountry, nation
OhakiNgāti Tahu have instructed Contact that ‘Ohaki’
(sulphur or brimstone) is the official pronunciation
and should be used when referring to the Ohaki
Marae (Tahumatua) or other Ngāti Tahu taonga.
Ohaki Pā is the paramount marae of the iwi.
There are many generations of Ngāti Tahu
occupation in and around the Ohaki area, which
was a highly valued kāinga for its geothermal
features, Waikato Awa and many natural resources.
OhaakiOhaaki is the name used for the Contact power
station and operations
RōheDistrict, region, territory
Runaka/rūnangaCouncil, assembly, board, iwi authority
TaiaoEarth, natural world, environment
TakiwāDistrict, area, territory
Tangata whenuaPeople of the land, in Aotearoa New Zealand,
Māori as the indigenous people are known as
tangata whenua
TaongaTreasure, something that is socially or culturally
valuable
TikangaPrinciples, a customary system of values and
practices
TiritiTreaty, as in Te Tiriti o Waitangi or the Treaty of
Waitangi
TunaEel
WhānauExtended family, family group
WhenuaLand
Translations have primarily been sourced from Te Aka Māori Dictionary.
129
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
130
GRI and Climate
Statement directories
Table of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards disclosed within the 2025 Integrated Report
that have been cross referenced within Contact’s Climate Statement 2025.
StandardDisclosureIR25 Page
NZCS1 8(b)Director Skills Matrix75
NZCS1 8(d)Strategic Targets Monitored for FY2514
NZCS 17 and 18Contact’s Enterprise Risk Management76–77
NZCS 22(h)Remuneration linked to climate-related risks and opportunities84
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
GRI content index
Contact has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 July 2024 to 30 June 2025.
GRI 1 usedGRI 1: Foundation 2021
Applicable GRI Sector Standard(s)There is no current applicable sector standard.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021
2–1Organisational details100,
137
Contact operates in Aotearoa
New Zealand.
2–2Entities included in
the organisation’s
sustainability reporting
Contact Energy and Western Energy
are the only entities included in
our sustainability reporting unless
otherwise specified. In consolidating
this information there have been no
adjustments made for minority interests
and no differences in the approach across
disclosures in this standard or across
material topics. Information related to
acquisitions, mergers and disposals are
incorporated as and when these occur.
See page 122 for entities included in our
financial auditing.
2–3Reporting period,
f requency and contact
point
2, 137
2–4Restatements of
information
Water consumption f rom geothermal
reservoirs has been restated to correct an
error in the calculation. See the total water
consumption table on our ESG Reporting
webpage.
2–5External assurance77, 124–
127
2–6Activities, value chain
and other business
relationships
72
2–7Employees–There were no significant fluctuations
during the reporting period. See
employee tables on our ESG Reporting
webpage.
2–8Workers who are not
employees
OmittedInformation unavailable: Processes
have been improved for tracking non-
employees however the data is not yet
sufficiently complete for disclosure
purposes. Work will continue in FY26.
2–9Governance structure
and composition
74–75,
92–93
Further detail can be found in our
Corporate Governance Statement
and on our website.
2–10Nomination and
selection of the highest
governance body
–Information is in our Corporate
Governance Statement.
2–11Chair of the highest
governance body
74
2–12Role of the highest
governance body
in overseeing the
management of
impacts
74–77
2–13Delegation of
responsibility for
managing impacts
76–77
2–14Role of the highest
governance body in
sustainability reporting
2, 68
2–15Conflicts of interest92–93Further detail can be found in the
Board Charter, Corporate Governance
Statement, and Code of Conduct.
2–16Communication of
critical concerns
77Any critical concerns are presented to the
Board in the form of written papers and
oral presentations.
2–17Collective knowledge
of the highest
governance body
74Further detail can be found in our
Corporate Governance Statement.
2–18Evaluation of the
performance of the
highest governance
body
74Further detail can be found in our
Corporate Governance Statement.
2-18 c. Omitted. Confidentially
constraints. The results of Board
evaluations are considered confidential
and cannot be reported publicly.
2–19Remuneration policies78–90
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
131
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
132
2–20Process to determine
remuneration
75, 78,
80
Further detail can be found in our
Corporate Governance Statement and
our Remuneration policy and Director
remuneration policy.
2-20 a. ii. The views of stakeholders on
remuneration are not sought.
2-20 b. Stakeholders do not vote on
remuneration policies and proposals.
2–21Annual total
compensation ratio
90
2–22Statement on
sustainable
development strategy
6–10
2–23Policy commitments76None of our policies stipulate applying
the precautionary principle. Our Mergers
and Acquisitions Policy stipulates due
diligence. Further detail can be found in
our Code of Conduct, and on our website.
2–24Embedding policy
commitments
76See our Modern Slavery Statement.
2–25Processes to remediate
negative impacts
OmittedInformation incomplete: We engage
with individuals and local communities
to remediate negative impacts f rom our
operations, and we have a Stakeholder
Engagement Policy detailing our
engagement approach and principles
with various stakeholders. We began the
review of complaints processes in FY25
and this will continue in FY26.
2–26Mechanisms for
seeking advice and
raising concerns
76
2–27Compliance with laws
and regulations
77
2–28Membership
associations
–See our ESG Reporting webpage.
2–29Approach to
stakeholder
engagement
47For more information see our Stakeholder
engagement policy and our website.
2–30Collective bargaining
agreements
–9.3% of total Contact employees were
covered by collective bargaining
agreements as at 30 June 2025. We do
not otherwise base employee remuneration
on collective bargaining agreements.
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–1Process to determine
material topics
68
3–2List of material topics68
Material TopicsMaterial Topics
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
Freshwater system health
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
45, 47,
49–51
More information on our Water webpage
and our Water commitment.
GRI 303: Water and Effluents 2018
303–1Interactions with water
as a shared resource
47,
49–51
More information on our Water webpage.
303–2Management of water
discharge-related
impacts
No minimum standards beyond
regulatory requirements are set for the
quality of our discharges to waterways.
303–3Water withdrawalRefer to our ESG Reporting webpage.
303–4Water dischargeFurther information on priority substances
can be found at the Waikato Regional
Council website. Refer to our ESG Reporting
webpage and our Water webpage.
303–5Water consumptionRefer to our ESG Reporting webpage.
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other natural treasures
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
45, 47,
49–50
A significant number of our biodiversity
commitments are driven by consent
requirements. See our Biodiversity
page, Biodiversity management page,
and 'Mitigating Actions' section on our
Biodiversity data tables.
GRI 304: Biodiversity 2016
304–1Operational sites owned,
leased, managed in, or
adjacent to, protected
areas and areas of
high biodiversity value
outside protected areas
See our Biodiversity Management
webpage.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
304–2Significant impacts of
activities, products and
services on biodiversity
47,
49–50
Refer to 'Our actions to care for our natural
resources' section on our Biodiversity
page, Biodiversity Management page,
and our ESG Reporting webpage.
304–3Habitats protected or
restored
–See table on our ESG Reporting webpage.
304–4IUCN Red List
species and national
conservation list
species with habitats
in areas affected by
operations
47See also NZTCS list species on our ESG
Reporting webpage.
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply; Reliable energy supply
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
6–10,
12–14,
23,
25–31,
33–35
Indicators for generation emissions and
renewable energy supply.
3–3Management of
material topic
6–10,
35,
54–58,
66, 70,
82
Indicators for reliable energy supply.
GRI 305: Emissions 2016
305–1Direct (Scope 1)
GHG emissions
34, 53Global Warming Potential rate for sulphur
hexafluoride is 23,500. Further detail can
be found in our Climate Statement.
Gases included in emissions calculations
are: CO
2
, CH
4
, N
2
0, SF
6
.
Biogenic emissions are zero.
GHG emissions intensity: 0.083:1 (tCO
2
e
per MWh).
Calculated by dividing Scope 1 and 2
emissions by Scope 1 and 2 activity
amounts. Scope 3 not included in ratio
as activity in MWh is difficult to quantify.
Further detail can be found in our
Climate Statement.
305–2Energy indirect
(Scope 2) GHG emissions
53
305–3Other indirect (Scope 3)
GHG emissions
53
305–4GHG emissions
intensity
–
305–5Reduction of GHG
emissions
6, 34,
53
Further detail can be found on page 33 of
our Climate Statement.
305–6Emissions of ozone-
depleting substances
(ODS)
OmittedNot applicable: New Zealand legislation
prevents emission of ODS.
305–7Nitrogen oxides (NO
x
),
sulfur oxides (SO
x
), and
other significant air
emissions
OmittedInformation unavailable: NO
x
, SO
x
and
other emission data for FY25 is currently
unavailable and is expected to be
calculated later.
Own
measure
Percentage of
renewable generation
53, 69Calculated by dividing renewable
generation against total generation.
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and electrification
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
9,
12–14,
19–23,
35, 40
Own
measure
Total contracted
flexible demand
14Total contracted flexible demand 188MW
(including 141MW in market).
The total contracted flexible demand
figure is made up of 103MW on the
Simply Flex platform plus an additional
96MW f rom contractual arrangements
with NZ Steel and NZAS, and our Hot
Water Sorter programme.
Sustainable procurement
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
52More information on our Responsible
Procurement webpage.
3–3-e: Omitted, information unavailable:
Information on processes, goals, targets
and indicators to track effectiveness of
actions is under development and not
ready for disclosure. Progress against
disclosure standards will be evaluated
in FY26.
GRI 308: Supplier Environmental Assessment 2016
308–1New suppliers that
were screened using
environmental criteria
Since late 2024, 100% of new suppliers
are screened using environmental criteria
via our procurement questionnaire and
third-party scanning tool. Performance
criteria include completeness and, at a
minimum, compliance with laws.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
133
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
134
308–2Negative
environmental impacts
in the supply chain and
actions taken
OmittedInformation unavailable. Although
new suppliers are screened for
environmental impacts, we are unable
to meet the requirements for disclosure.
Work continues on improving our
environmental impact assessment
processes.
GRI 414: Supplier Social Assessment 2016
414–1New suppliers that
were screened using
social criteria
Since late 2024, 100% of new suppliers
are screened using social criteria via our
procurement questionnaire and third-
party scanning tool. Performance criteria
include completeness and, at a minimum,
compliance with laws.
414–2Negative social impacts
in the supply chain and
actions taken
OmittedInformation unavailable. Although new
suppliers are screened for social impacts,
we are unable to meet the requirements
for disclosure. Work continues on
improving our social impact assessment
processes.
A thriving workforce
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
45–46,
59–61
Refer to our Health & Safety webpage,
ESG Reporting webpage and Careers
webpage for more information.
Lack of community representation
means social/cultural perspectives are not
considered in our decision-making, and
impacts to those communities are not
addressed. Our diversity targets aim to
reduce the risk to these communities,
and our operations as a result.
GRI 403: Occupational Health and Safety 2018
403–1Occupational
health and safety
management system
Refer to our Health & Safety webpage.
403–2Hazard identification,
risk assessment, and
incident investigation
See our Health & Safety webpage, our
Learning Approach webpage, and
our 'Work-related ill-health' section on
our ESG Reporting webpage for more
information.
403–3Occupational health
services
See our Health & Safety webpage.
403–4Worker participation,
consultation, and
communication on
occupational health
and safety
See our Health & Safety webpage.
Each of our sites has a H&S committee
with diverse membership f rom the
f rontline through to site management.
Meetings are generally held monthly,
including with contractors, and two-
way communication sets expectations,
gathering insights around H&S.
Building relationships at work f ronts,
having informal discussions and formal
mechanisms such as observation cards
enables collaboration with f rontline
workers to write and review our H&S
system. Workshops, testing, and field
experiments are mechanisms we use
throughout.
403–5Worker training on
occupational health
and safety
More information can be found on our
Health & Safety webpage.
403–6Promotion of worker
health
More information can be found on our
Health & Safety webpage.
403–7Prevention and
mitigation of
occupational health
and safety impacts
directly linked by
business relationships
See our Health & Safety webpage.
We offer occupational health monitoring
such as lung function and hearing testing.
Anyone who has potentially been exposed
to asbestos in the past is registered with
NZ Provide, an asbestos health monitoring
programme.
403–8Workers covered
by an occupational
health and safety
management system
Our H&S system has been internally
audited according to NZS4801
(superseded by ISO 45001). No external
audit has been performed.
Our H&S system covers 100% of our
approximately 1250 employees and
4,400 contractors who work on our sites
as “controlled contractors”.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
403–9Work-related injuriesRefer to our Health & Safety webpage
anWork-related injuries table on our
ESG Reporting webpage.
Data is compiled through our H&S reporting
system, including injuries and ill health.
A report is generated with includes
classifications and injury summary.
The categorisation of these help us to
determine if it is a work-related injury
or illness, and the agency of the injury.
Monitored contractors are excluded f rom
our data as they are not under our direct
control.
See above.
403–10Work-related ill health
Own
measure
TISRTISR for FY25 was 6,272 for controlled
and 1,564 for monitored. For more
information see our ESG Reporting
webpage.
GRI 405: Diversity and Equal Opportunity 2016
405–1Diversity of governance
bodies and employees
61See also, FY25 diversity tables on our ESG
Reporting webpage.
405–2Ratio of basic salary
and remuneration of
women to men
OmittedInformation unavailable: The information
to breakdown our employee remuneration
by employee category and area of operation
is not currently captured. We will review
our process in the next financial year.
We do include information on pay equity.
Own
measure
Staff engagement59Engagement surveys are undertaken
three times per year and open to all
employees. Contact’s overall employee
engagement score is based on
the average score given by survey
respondents in response to the main
engagement questions. This metric is
used to inform wellbeing initiatives and
measure improvement.
Safe and resilient infrastructure
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
49, 54–
58, 82
See our ESG reporting webpage for more
information.
Own
measure
Process safety dataSee our ESG Reporting webpage for more
information.
Process safety learning events and
incidents are recorded and validated by
an Engineering Authority and categorised
by following the Process Safety Incident
Categorisation Chart (based on the
API 754 standard). Step back learnings
are completed where justified and
improvement actions generated.
All reported process safety incidents
are included in the metric, even if
remediation actions are still in progress.
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua; Community wellbeing
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
26–27,
47–51
Indicators for meaningful relationships
with tangata whenua partners. See our
website for more information.
3-3 e. Omitted. Information unavailable.
Targets, goals and indicators for measuring
effectiveness of actions taken are being
formalised for adoption in FY26 and not
yet ready for disclosure.
3–3Management of
material topic
39, 45,
48, 50,
59
Indicators for community wellbeing. More
information is available on our website.
GRI 413: Local Communities 2016
413–1Operations with
local community
engagement, impact
assessments, and
development programs
47See our Community website page.
While we look at gender diversity
internally, external gender impact
assessments in local communities is not
part of our Assessment of Environmental
Effects (AEE).
Community consultation committees
and processes that include vulnerable
groups are not included in site-specific
community engagement plans as
they are considered at a wider level.
Works councils, occupational health
and safety committees and other work
representation bodies do not deal
specifically with local community impacts.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
135
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
136
413–2Operations with
significant actual and
potential negative
impacts on local
communities
OmittedInformation incomplete: While we discuss
our impacts on biodiversity, habitats,
and the environment throughout the
report, we do not discuss this in context
of the local community in detail that the
disclosure requires. We will review local
community engagement plans.
Customer wellbeing and trust
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
10, 14,
37–40,
58, 69
GRI 418: Customer Privacy 2016
418–1Substantiated
complaints concerning
breaches of customer
privacy and losses of
customer data
–See reportable privacy incidents table
on our ESG Reporting webpage.
The majority of reported incidents relate
to the FY25 period.
Own
measure
Customer satisfaction
(Net Promoter Score)
69Each week, a random customer sample
is surveyed to measure their experience
with Contact using Net Promoter Score
(NPS). NPS f rom the last quarter
(1 April – 30 June) of the year is
reported using the following calculation:
(promotors-detractors)/(total responses).
Energy wellbeing and equity
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
7, 10,
37–40,
45
Own
measure
Percentage of
customers accepted
following credit check
45Measured by analysing new sign-ups
following a credit check to determine
sign-up rate with Prepay included/
excluded. Increase in sign-ups with
Prepay reflects energy accessibility for
those who would otherwise be rejected.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Corporate directory
Board of Directors
Robert McDonald (Chair)
Sandra Dodds
David Gibson
Jon Macdonald
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
David Smol
Elena Trout
In addition, the Board has appointed
Deion Campbell as an additional director on
11 July 2025, and Deion will resign and stand for
election by shareholders at the September ASM.
Leadership team
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Chris Abbott
Chief Corporate Affairs Officer
Jan Bibby
Chief People Experience Officer
Matt Bolton
Transition Director
John Clark
Chief Generation Officer
Dorian Devers
Chief Renewable Growth Officer
Tighe Wall
Chief Technology Officer
Matt Forbes
Chief Financial Officer
Michael Robertson
Chief Retail Officer (Acting)*
*Carolyn Luey starts as Chief Retail Officer in July 2025.
Registered office
Contact Energy Limited
Level 2, Harbour City Tower
29 Brandon Street
Wellington 6011
New Zealand
T +64 4 499 4001
W contact.co.nz
Company secretary
Kirsten Clayton
General Counsel & Company Secretary
Company numbers
NZ Incorporation 660760
ABN 68 080 480 477
Auditor
EY
PO Box 490
Wellington 6011
Registry
Change of address, payment instructions
and investment portfolios can be viewed
and updated online:
New Zealand (NZX) registered holders:
nz.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com
Australia (ASX) registered holders:
au.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com
New Zealand Registry
MUFG Corporate Markets
A division of MUFG Pension & Market Services
PO Box 91976, Auckland, 1142
Level 30, PwC Tower
15 Customs Street West
Auckland, 1010
enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com
T
+ 64 9 375 5998
Australian Registry
MUFG Corporate Markets
A division of MUFG Pension & Market Service
Locked Bag A14, Sydney South, NSW 1235
Level 41, 161 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, NSW 2000
enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com
T +61 1300 554 474
Investor relations enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth
Head of Corporate Finance (Acting)
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Sustainability enquiries
Taria Tahana
Head of Sustainability
sustainability@contact.co.nz
Utilities Disputes 0800 223 340
If you live around one of our power
stations or offices and want to
get in touch, give us a shout on
0800 000 458 (North Island) or
0800 66 33 35 (South Island).
137
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
137
contact.co.nz
---
Climate
Statement 2025
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
2
About our climate-related disclosures
At Contact, our vision is to be a leader
in the decarbonisation of New Zealand.
We’re playing our part in the transition
to a renewable energy future in
response to the climate challenges
facing us all.
This Climate Statement 2025 details how our
business thinks about climate-related risks.
It explains how we are preparing to mitigate
these risks and take advantage of opportunities.
Contact Energy Limited (Contact) is a climate-
reporting entity under the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013. We previously reported our
climate risks f rom 2019 to 2022 in accordance
with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD), and f rom 2024 onwards in
accordance with the Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standard (NZCS). This Climate Statement
has been prepared in accordance with NZCS 1, 2,
and 3. These disclosures cover the period 1 July
2024 to 30 June 2025.
This Climate Statement has been approved
by the Board and is dated 18 August 2025.
Robert McDonald
Chair
Sandra Broad
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
In preparing this statement, we have applied the
following adoption provision of Climate Standard 2
(NZCS 2):
+
Adoption Provision 2 – Anticipated financial
impacts
The information presented in this Climate
Statement is subject to material limitations and
inherent uncertainty and is subject to ongoing
change. The information in these climate-related
disclosures should not be considered a prediction
of future financial or non-financial performance.
These statements are subject to a range of known
and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions,
many of which lie outside of our control.
The climate scenarios outlined in this statement
were developed based on current assumptions and
projections using information available at the time
of development. There is inherent uncertainty within
each scenario – they are not intended to provide
a complete or accurate forecast of future events.
The climate risks and opportunities identified may
not eventuate and, if they do, the actual impacts
and consequences are likely to be significantly
different to what is set out in this report.
These statements include forward-looking
statements about impacts, climate scenarios,
targets, forecasts, and future plans. Words like
“likely,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “intend,” and similar
terms indicate these forward-looking statements.
Such statements are based on management’s
current expectations and reflect judgements,
assumptions, estimates and other information
available when this statement was compiled or
when scenario analyses were undertaken. They are
inherently uncertain and subject to limitations and
may be affected by a range of variables which could
cause actual results to differ materially f rom current
expectations. We do not guarantee that statements
in this report will remain correct after publication.
This report should not be relied upon as a
recommendation, forecast or guarantee and
Contact disclaims, to the maximum extent
permitted by law, any liability whatsoever
(including for negligence) for any loss arising f rom
use of or reliance on this report. This disclaimer
should be read together with other limitations,
uncertainties, and risks mentioned throughout
this report. This report is not an offer or investment
recommendation and should not be considered
legal or financial advice.
This statement should be read in conjunction with
Contact’s 2025 Integrated Report, which uses the
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines and
the International Integrated Reporting Council
Framework to report on material Environment,
Social and Governance (ESG) activities.
All financial figures presented in this report are
in New Zealand dollars.
For enquiries on this report please contact:
Investor enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth
Head of Corporate Finance (Acting)
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Media enquiries
Louise Wright
Head of Communications and Reputation
media@contactenergy.co.nz
3
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
3
Contents
About this statement 2
Message from the Chair and Chief Executive 4
Governance 5
Risk 9
Strategy 11
Metrics and targets 26
GHG assurance 38
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
4
Message from the
Chair and Chief Executive
Tēnā koutou
Welcome to Contact’s
Climate Statement FY25,
which outlines our continued
commitment to addressing
climate change as we work
to build a better, cleaner and
more sustainable Aotearoa
New Zealand.
We are one of New Zealand’s leading
energy generators and retailers.
We recognise our responsibility to
communicate with our shareholders,
stakeholders, customers and the
communities we serve about our
actions to manage climate-related
risks and opportunities.
As we deliver on our Contact26
commitments and turn to the next
strategy horizon, we are navigating
the energy transition and the balance
between our decarbonisation
leadership and our responsibility
to ensure the secure, sustainable,
and affordable supply of energy
to New Zealanders. In doing so,
we remain focussed on our four
strategic pillars – growing demand,
growing renewable development,
decarbonising our portfolio, and
creating outstanding customer
experiences.
Our investment in New Zealand’s
transition to a renewable energy
future is accelerating significantly.
At Contact, we believe in
enabling the electrification of
the New Zealand economy and
continue orderly investment in
new renewable generation to
support this. Alongside this, we
are deepening our understanding
of climate risks and opportunities
through comprehensive analysis
and implementation of our
decarbonisation initiatives.
We have been measuring our
Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions
since 2012. In 2018, we expanded this
to total emissions reporting. This
year’s Climate Statement includes
our greenhouse emissions inventory.
While our long-term trajectory
towards net zero in our generation
operations remain clear and on
track, annual carbon emissions
continue to be influenced by natural
hydrological variability. In FY25, this
variability resulted in another year
of higher-than-average emissions
f rom thermal-backed generation.
However, our strategic transition to
a more renewable generation base
with less reliance on gas meant
we were better placed to cover
hydrological volatility and gas
supply declines over this period.
We continue to invest in renewable
generation both to reduce emissions
and our long-term reliance on gas.
This is a key mitigation to the climate
risks we have identified.
The commissioning of our Tauhara
and Te Huka 3 geothermal plants in
FY25 ($1.2 billion investment), alongside
the construction of our Battery Energy
Storage System (BESS) project and
Kōwhai Park solar development,
and our Manawa Energy acquisition
(adding 25 hydroelectric schemes
and 1.9TWh hydro generation)
represent transformational change.
Together these demonstrate our
comprehensive mitigation strategy
in action. Our commitment to Te Mihi
Stage 2 further demonstrates our
dedication to expanding renewable
capacity.
The energy landscape is evolving
rapidly as technological advances,
policy developments, and changing
consumer expectations create new
opportunities for innovation and
growth. We have continued to deliver
on our climate commitments while
meeting the energy needs of all
New Zealanders.
Contact is well positioned to navigate
the challenges and opportunities
ahead, taking decisive action to
mitigate climate risks while maximising
the benefits of New Zealand’s
renewable energy transition.
Ngā mihi nui,
Robert McDonald
Board Chair
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Board Chair, Robert McDonald and Chief Executive Officer, Mike Fuge.
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
5
Governance
Board oversight of climate-
related risks and opportunities
Our Board oversees Contact’s
governance, strategic direction, and
performance, including managing
climate risks and opportunities. Profiles
of our Board of Directors are available
on our website and in our 2025
Integrated Report (see page 64).
Climate change considerations and related risks and
opportunities remain central to Board considerations,
including developing and overseeing our Contact
strategy. This is achieved through several key areas:
+
Progress reporting on renewable energy projects
under development, including geothermal, solar,
wind and grid-scale Battery Energy Storage
Systems (BESS)
+
Reviewing emissions data to track progress
against our decarbonisation targets
+
Assessing potential climate change impacts on
our operations through the risk management
f ramework
+
Analysing financial Board reporting, which
includes adaptation strategies to mitigate the
physical impacts of climate change on our
inf rastructure.
Two committees support the Board’s climate-
related work: the Audit and Risk Committee
(ARC), and the Health, Safety and Environment
Committee (HSEC). The Leadership Team supports
the Board by providing specialist input, feedback
and advice. Day-to-day management of climate-
related risks and opportunities is embedded
with individual business units (see governance
structure diagram on page 8).
Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)
The ARC reviews climate-related risks and
opportunities, climate scenarios, results of scenario
analysis, and climate-related reporting. The ARC
Chair updates the Board four times per year
and makes recommendations to the Board on
Contact’s Risk Management Policy and Framework.
During FY25, the ARC reviewed management
findings on climate risks and opportunities.
It also reviewed a management initiative to
identify climate-related risks and opportunities
and understand how they might affect business
strategy and performance over time.
Health, Safety and Environment
Committee (HSEC)
The HSEC oversees Contact’s environmental
policies, strategy and performance. It reviews and
recommends environmental targets to the Board
and assesses performance against those targets.
The HSEC reports to the full Board and receives
regular management reports. It meets four times
per year with ‘climate change action’ as a standing
item in the Environment paper presented to the
Committee at each meeting. At its FY25 meetings,
the Committee reviewed Contact’s performance
against emissions targets and discussed progress
on consenting for Contact’s new renewable
generation projects. It also reviewed updates on
climate risk and related disclosures. In November
2024, the Committee reviewed and approved
development of a dashboard featuring climate-
related impacts, metrics and targets as a
‘material topic’.
Strategic decision-making
When setting strategy, the Board considers a
wide range of risks and environmental factors.
It incorporates climate change considerations
into decision-making. As part of establishing
Contact’s overall strategic direction, it considers
both ARC and HSEC reports and incorporates
recommendations as appropriate. It also sets risk
appetite and ensures appropriate management
policies are in place.
Directors consider climate impacts in the context
of Contact’s strategy to invest in renewable energy,
grow demand and decarbonise our portfolio.
Supporting the transition to renewable energy
sources and reducing reliance on carbon-intensive
assets are central to the Board’s strategy and
investment decisions.
During FY25 the Board:
+
Identified and discussed risks and opportunities
f rom the growing importance of electricity
firming and storage
+
Considered developments in international
decarbonisation commitments and implications
for the business.
Climate change considerations are also
incorporated into recommendations that go to
the Board for final investment decisions for new
renewable generation initiatives. For example,
the Board made a final investment decision on the
Te Mihi Stage 2 geothermal generation site in late
2024 as part of the business’ commitment to long-
term, sustainable generation.
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
6
Governance process and
frequency
Contact’s climate-related work is integrated
into our existing governance structures and
our Enterprise Risk Management Framework.
The governance structure diagram on page 8
shows the responsibilities of the Contact Board,
committees, leadership team, and business units,
and the relationships between them.
Board skills and competencies
Our director skills matrix is outlined on page 75
of our 2025 Integrated Report. It shows the areas
of director capability required to enable Contact’s
success and the expertise held by our current
directors. In May 2025, we built on our directors’
skills and competencies in this area by:
+
Delivering training to the full Board on transition
planning as outlined in the XRB Aotearoa NZ
Climate Standards, and its relevance for Contact
Energy
+
Informing the Board how aspects of transition
planning could be applied during Contact’s next
business strategy ref resh.
The Board will continue to receive training and
upskilling on climate-related issues as a standing
agenda item.
The Board draws on expertise f rom within the
Contact business and f rom external specialists to
inform its planning and decision-making. In 2025,
our directors undertook an international study tour
to learn about new developments in renewable
energy. This included the use of renewable energy
and transition planning, solar and geothermal
technology, and how other countries plan to
achieve their net zero 2050 goals. The Board
also explored the management of distributed
energy resources. These investigations helped to
inform the Board’s thinking about the risks and
opportunities for Contact.
Industry engagement
Contact is an active member of business
associations that support emissions targets in
line with Paris Agreement goals, including the
commitment to net zero:
+
The Aotearoa Circle – a public-private
partnership aiming to restore natural capital in
New Zealand
+
Sustainable Business Council (SBC) – which
sets annual climate policy priorities and mobilises
New Zealand’s most ambitious businesses to
build a thriving and sustainable future for all
+
Climate Leaders Coalition – which aims to
build momentum towards a zero-carbon
future. Together with over one hundred other
businesses, Contact signed the SBC-backed
Climate Leaders Coalition Statement of Ambition
+
Electricity Retailers’ and Generators’
Association of New Zealand (ERGANZ) –
which supports New Zealand’s 2050 emissions
reduction targets, with a focus on how
New Zealand can achieve the emissions
reductions at the lowest possible cost without
leaving any households or businesses behind.
Monitoring progress
Contact’s corporate scorecard outlines our
performance metrics and outcomes for each
financial year (see page 88 of our Integrated Report).
We also set targets for our strategic initiatives
relating to emissions generation and emissions
intensity f rom generation. These are reported
annually with the scorecard found on page 14
of our 2025 Integrated Report.
The process for setting the Strategic Metrics begins
with the leadership team. It proposes metrics and
targets to the responsible Board Committee which
reviews and recommends these to the full Board.
The ARC is responsible for financial and non-
financial metrics. The HSEC is responsible for targets
relating to environmental performance including
climate-related issues.
The Board monitors scorecard progress through
regular reporting. The f requency varies depending
on the strategic initiative. This includes reporting
greenhouse gas (GHG) emission metrics to the HSEC.
Our CEO and Executive team have a climate-related
KPI within the long term incentive hurdles, focusing
on Scope 1 and 2 emissions targets (shown on page
84 of our 2025 Integrated Report). Management
remuneration comprises fixed remuneration (salary
and other benefits) and pay-for-performance
remuneration. Pay-for-performance includes Short
Term Incentives (cash and equity awarded through
deferred share rights) and Long Term Incentives
(equity awarded through performance share rights).
The Short Term cash incentive comprises:
+
70% based on corporate shared KPIs, of which:
+ 40% relates to financial results
+ 20% relates to safety targets
+ 40% relates to strategy delivery and key
operational milestone targets
+
30% based on individual KPIs.
Management’s role in assessing
and considering climate-related
risks and opportunities
Leadership Team
Our Leadership Team (LT) ensures the business
identifies, assesses, and monitors climate-
related risks and opportunities, and implements
appropriate risk mitigations. Our Chief Financial
Officer and Chief Corporate Affairs Officer have
specific climate-related responsibilities as set out
in the governance structure diagram on page 8.
The LT considers the relationship of these issues to
Contact’s strategy and reports to the ARC (on risk,
strategy or finance) or the HSEC (on sustainability,
environmental policy and process). Key issues are
then reported to the full Board.
The LT also monitors and manages climate-related
risks and opportunities through its work on
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
7
Contact’s strategy. This is reviewed annually with
progress monitored monthly. Our Chief Executive
and LT members engage with the Board ten times
each year, and with the ARC and HSEC four times
each year.
Profiles of our LT members can be viewed on our
website.
Operational teams
Our Contact teams manage climate-related risks
and opportunities every day. Specific areas of
responsibility fall in two key operational areas:
+
Risk, Strategy and Finance teams report
to the Chief Financial Officer. The Risk team
implements risk management policy, oversees
climate-related risk processes and reports
risks to the LT and the ARC. The Strategy team
undertakes scenario modelling and analysis
and develops the strategic planning process.
The Finance team collates and analyses
financial data.
+
Sustainability team reports to the Chief
Corporate Affairs Officer. This team has
responsibility for sustainability initiatives
and implementing environmental policy
and processes. Individual business units are
responsible for day-to-day climate-related
monitoring and reporting.
Tauhara geothermal power station in Taupō.
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
8
Board
Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)
Leadership Team (LT)
Chief Financial Officer
Operational level
Chief Corporate Affairs Officer
Health, Safety and Environment Committee (HSEC)
+
Establishing the purpose and overall strategic direction of Contact including the
strategy for managing climate risks and opportunities
+
Ensuring Contact has appropriate risk management policies in place and setting risk
appetite
+
Monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities, with assistance f rom the Audit and
Risk Committee
Reports to the Board
+
Supporting the Board on climate-related risks and opportunities, climate scenarios,
results of scenario analysis and climate-related reporting
+
Overseeing, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on Contact’s Risk
Management Policy and Framework
+
Monitoring progress on embedding climate-related risk processes into business practices
Reports to the Chief Executive
+
Responsible for ensuring Contact is identifying, assessing, and monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities and implementing appropriate risk mitigations
Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:
+
Risk Management Policy and Framework
+
Strategy and financial decision-making process
+
Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement
Risk team
Reports to the Chief Financial Officer.
Responsible for:
+
Implementation of Risk
Management Policy and oversight
of climate-related risk processes
+
Monitoring and reporting risks to
the Leadership Team and Audit
and Risk Committee
Strategy team
Reports to the Chief Financial
Officer. Responsible for:
+
Scenario modelling and
analysis
+
Strategic planning process
Finance team
Reports to the Chief Financial
Officer. Responsible for:
+
Collating and analysing
climate-related financial data
Sustainability team
Reports to the Chief Corporate
Affairs Officer. Responsible for:
+
Sustainability initiatives
+
Implementing environmental
policy and processes
Individual business units
Reports to the relevant LT
member. Responsible for:
+
Day-to-day monitoring,
management and reporting
on climate-related risks and
opportunities
Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:
+
Sustainability
+
Environmental Policy
+
Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement
Reports to the Board
+
Overseeing Contact’s environmental policies, strategy and performance,
including climate mitigations
+
Reviewing and recommending targets for environmental performance to the
Board and assessing performance against those targets
+
Ensuring the Board has the appropriate climate-related skills and
competencies
+
Setting financial and non-financial targets for management through the
corporate scorecard and strategic objectives
+
Approving climate-related disclosures
Governance structure
GovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
9
Risk
Contact’s Organisational Risk
Management System
Risk Management Framework
Our enterprise risk management f ramework
aligns with the ISO 31000 risk management
guidelines. We use this f ramework to ensure we
have appropriate processes and systems to identify,
assess, treat, monitor, and report on material
risks. This approach is detailed on page 76 of our
2025 Integrated Report. It supports the effective
management of our climate-related risks and
opportunities in alignment with the Aotearoa
New Zealand Climate Standards.
Risk Management and Identification
Last year we updated our climate-related
disclosure process. We built a comprehensive and
structured risk management f ramework aligned
with Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards
(NZCS). This f ramework enabled us to identify
and assess climate-related risks and opportunities
across the organisation.
This year we focussed on validating the relevance
of those risks and updating any further material
changes. We conducted regular risk reviews across
our business to ensure all climate-related risks and
opportunities remained current and effectively
managed.
We hold an annual risk workshop with climate-
related risk owners and subject matter experts.
This workshop assesses material changes and
identifies new risks and opportunities. The review
includes all parts of the Contact value chain.
Risk assessment
Assessing Transitional Risks
Transitional risks
In FY24 we assessed transitional risks using
Contact’s enterprise risk matrix. These risks are
typically short- to medium-term in nature. The risks
were based on consequence to the business and
likelihood of occurrence across six consequence
categories: people safety and wellbeing,
compliance, environment, financial performance,
customers, and partners and stakeholders.
This assessment helped each risk owner
understand the relative risk and prioritise
appropriate actions to reduce the risk to an
acceptable level.
Assessing physical risks
Last year, we used both the vulnerability x exposure
tool and our Contact enterprise risk matrix to
assess physical climate-related risks. This year we
refined our practice by only using our enterprise
risk matrix. We updated this matrix to incorporate
the impact of physical climate-related risks over
the long term time horizon. We continually review
and update our risk assessment tools to ensure
they remain effective and fit for purpose.
Time horizons
We considered three time-horizons to inform our
view of when a climate-related risk or opportunity
would most likely manifest:
+
short-term (up to 2030)
+
medium-term (2030–2050)
+
long-term (2050–2080)
We will regularly review these time horizons as
climate science matures and new trends emerge.
We will use this data to inform our ongoing risk
assessment.
Managing Climate-related Risks
All risks are recorded in Contact’s central risk
management database. This includes risk controls
and treatment actions in accordance with our risk
management f ramework. Some climate-related
risks are standalone while others span multiple
parts of the business.
Once a risk is entered into our risk database the
risk owner takes responsibility for managing and
monitoring it. Treatment plans are put in place
to eliminate, mitigate or transfer the risk to an
acceptable level.
Progress on site at Glenbrook-Ohurua battery.
GovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
10
Frequency of review and assessment
We assess Contact’s climate-related risks and
opportunities periodically in alignment with our
standard processes. Throughout FY25 this included:
+
Strategy setting process
This involves an environmental scan of risks
and opportunities including those linked to
climate change. New risks and opportunities are
incorporated into our enterprise climate-related
risk assessment and management process.
+
Ongoing emerging risk review
This identifies new potential climate-related risks.
+
Regular risk reviews
These have been extended across the business to
include climate-related risks and ensure existing
risks are actively managed in line with our risk
management f ramework.
+
Normal business processes
At an operational level we actively review and
manage climate risks through normal business
processes.
+
Reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)
We report climate-related risks to the ARC as part
of our standard governance reporting process.
Prioritising and integrating risks
The output of our climate-related risk assessments
is integrated into Mau Taniwha, Contact’s business
planning and prioritisation process. Actions
for material climate-related risks that require
funding or shared resources are prioritised by this
process. Severe or high-rated risks will generally
be prioritised for funding and allocation of shared
resources.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
11
Our value chain
We generate
We innovateWe sell and serveWe trade
We sell the electricity
we generate on the
wholesale market.We
purchase goods and
services f rom a wide
range of suppliers.
We also trade a range
of financial products
to manage our risk
and create value.
We create smart
solutions to help
customers, partners,
suppliers and
communities to
improve energy
efficiency and reduce
carbon emissions.
As a retailer we
sell products and
services to thousands
of individuals and
businesses to
meet their energy,
broadband and
mobile needs.
Relationships
Workforce
Technology
Sustainable
Business Practice
GEOTHERMAL
HYDROELECTRIC
THERMAL
(GAS/DIESEL)
MOBILEBROADBAND
FUTURE RENEWABLE
DEVELOPMENTS
LINES
COMPANIES
NATIONAL
GRID
BATTERY
AND SOLAR
UNDER
CONSTRUCTION
Strategy
Contact’s business
model and strategy
Our strategy centres on building
a better, cleaner and more
sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.
We’re taking bold steps to support
the transition to a renewable
energy future. Our business
focuses on delivering this vision
and achieving net zero emissions
f rom our generation operations
by 2035.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
12
Contact Energy is one of New Zealand’s largest energy generators and retailers.
Generation
As at 30 June 2025, Contact generates electricity through seven geothermal
sites, two hydroelectric sites, two gas peaking units, three diesel fired units and
one baseload gas plant. This baseload gas plant, the Taranaki Combined Cycle
plant, is expected to close at the end of 2025.
We continue to invest in new renewable energy through the active
development of our project pipeline. This includes additional consented
geothermal development options, several solar development options
nationwide through a 50/50 joint partnership with Lightsource bp, and a
pipeline of wind farm opportunities. We currently have one solar farm,
a replacement geothermal project and a grid-scale battery project underway.
Trading
Contact is an active participant in the wholesale electricity market where we
sell all the electricity we generate and buy all the electricity we need for our
sales channels. We also trade a range of financial risk management products.
Purchased electricity relies on a range of generation sources including
renewables, gas and coal. This reflects market composition. We rely on
network and transmission services provided by regulated entities, reflecting
New Zealand’s energy market structure.
Retail
We sell electricity, gas, broadband, and mobile plans to residential customers
and households across New Zealand. We also sell electricity to commercial and
industrial customers.
Simply Energy
Through Simply Energy, part of the Contact Group, we provide solutions for
flexible demand management to commercial and industrial customers.
Western Energy
Our subsidiary, Western Energy, provides specialised geothermal well services
to customers in New Zealand and internationally.
Manawa Energy
In FY25, we received clearance to acquire Manawa Energy (Manawa) and this
was completed on 11 July 2025. This acquisition will create a stronger, more
resilient Contact business with a more diversified portfolio of generation
assets and long term offtake agreements. It will accelerate our transition to
a renewable energy future. With an additional 25 hydroelectric schemes, one
diesel plant and a series of long-term wind offtake agreements, our combined
annual generation and purchased generation
1
volume is expected to increase
by ~1.9TWh and ~0.7TWh respectively in an average hydrology and wind year.
1 Contact also expects to receive up to 0.2TWh p.a. f rom a geothermal power purchase agreement
held by Manawa, expiring December 2026.
Our sites
Dunedin
Kōwhai Park
(under construction)
Roxburgh
Clyde
Lake Hawea
Wellington
Levin
Stratford
Auckland
Glenbrook-Ohurua
(under construction)
Whirinaki
Tauhara
Te Huka
Ohaaki
Te Mihi
Te Mihi Stage 2
(under construction)
Simply Energy
Simply Energy
Western Energy
Taupō
Wairākei
Poihipi
Storage lake
Legend
Battery storage
Offices and call centres
Geothermal power stationHydroelectric power station
Thermal power station
Solar
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
13
Transition is integral to Contact’s strategy:
Contact’s strategy centres on helping lead the
decarbonisation of New Zealand. We aim to
build a better, cleaner, and sustainable Aotearoa
New Zealand through the electrification of
New Zealand’s economy. As a major electricity
generator and retailer, our strategic focus on
decarbonising Contact’s generation portfolio,
developing additional renewable generation, and
supporting industry and customers to decarbonise
is directly aligned with the wider decarbonisation
and transition of New Zealand’s economy.
How Contact’s strategy leads to tangible
emissions reduction and transition benefits:
The four pillars of Contact’s strategy provide the
strategic direction to achieve our Contact26 vision.
They enable us to respond to risks and capture
opportunities as New Zealand’s economy moves
to a low-emissions energy future. The figure
on the next page outlines the relationship
between Contact’s strategy and pillars. It shows
the achievement of key initiatives, transition
implications, and the climate scenario risks and
opportunities.
Contact’s business model and strategy is
resilient to a range of transition and climate
scenarios:
Electrification of industrial processes and
transportation is expected to help facilitate the
transition and decarbonisation of New Zealand’s
economy. This represents a positive economic
opportunity for many of our Contact customers.
Our core business model of generating and supplying
customers with electricity, and our strategy to lean
into decarbonisation and grow into expected future
demand f rom electrification, is expected to be
resilient under any of the three identified climate
scenarios (outlined later in this section).
We continue to review and adapt our strategy
to account for changes in the external operating
environment, including the impacts of climate
change. We recognise that changes may impact
the timelines over which we undertake initiatives
along our transition pathway.
Capital deployment:
The figure on the next page identifies a range of
initiatives undertaken by Contact during FY25.
This includes commencing construction of three
renewable development projects across solar, grid-
scale batteries and geothermal with a combined
total budget of ~$1.1 billion. These projects are in
addition to the commissioning and bringing
to full power of two geothermal plants (Tauhara
and Te Huka 3) in FY25. These represent a further
~$1.2 billion of investment spend in preceding
periods. In FY25 Contact also received clearance
to acquire Manawa (the transaction completed
in July 2025).
Together, these initiatives represent a step change
in Contact’s business. They provide examples of
how Contact is deploying significant capital to
build resilience, optionality (in both technology
and generation/storage), and capacity. This ensures
Contact remains positioned to respond to changes,
risks and opportunities as New Zealand’s energy
transition occurs.
During FY25 Contact also continued to progress
a pipeline of other renewable generation
development options. These will be assessed in
line with Contact’s capital allocation f ramework
in future periods.
Decarbonisation of operations:
Contact has committed to achieving net zero
Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035. Our pathway
to achieving this includes investment in new
renewable generation and the closure of baseload
thermal generation, reducing our reliance on
thermal peaking generation during periods of peak
demand. Other initiatives include carbon capture
and reinjection, forestry offsets, and demand
response innovation.
Tracking progress over time:
The Metrics and targets section of this report
shows our progress. All committed and anticipated
investment in transition initiatives is captured in
our financial planning models and processes,
with progress monitored by the Board.
Physical risks of transition:
Over the long-term, our generation assets may
be affected by physical changes associated with
climate change. This exposure is regularly reviewed
by our management team, using site-specific asset
management plans. The impact of climate change
on asset vulnerability is considered as part of our
annual asset health reviews. We also learn f rom
extreme weather events like Cyclone Gabrielle in
2023, and adapt our plans to build resilience.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targetsContentsRiskAbout this statement
14
Be a leader in New Zealand’s decarbonisation
How the strategic pillars achieve transition outcomes
Grow
demand
+
Support our existing customer
base and new customers
to transition and electrify
processes to reduce the
carbon intensity of
New Zealand’s economy.
+
Signed a long term supply
agreement with Fonterra to
electrify process heat at the
Whareroa dairy factory – O1, O3
+
Began supplying major
industrial customers with
electricity under long-term
PPAs backed by Tauhara.
+
Increase the proportion of
electricity generated from
renewable sources within
both Contact’s portfolio and
the overall market reducing
the total volume of thermal
generation needed to match
supply and demand and
consequently the emissions
intensity of electricity
generation and the wider
economy.
+
Expect to close TCC (baseload
gas plant) at the end of 2025 –
T3, O3, T1
+
Began construction on a
Glenbrook-Ohurua BESS to
help better match supply and
demand reducing the reliance
on thermal peaking – T1, T3, O3
+
Support customers to shift
their usage habits to reduce
the peak load and the
consequent need for thermal
generation.
+
Support businesses and
households that rely on gas
to operate, while helping
them to transition f rom
gas to renewable energy.
+
Scaling of the Hot Water Sorter
programme to shift customer
load f rom peak periods – T3,
O2, O4
+
Continued roll out of innovative
time-of-use plans to share
with customers the economic
opportunity of reducing load in
peak periods – T3, O1, O2, O4
+
Additional renewable
development will help meet
expected future demand
from electrification.
+
Displace the need for thermal
generation in the market to
meet demand.
+
Commissioned Te Huka 3 and
brought Tauhara up to full
power – P1, T3, O1
+
Began construction
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.